Nokia 7250i User Manual
User Guide NOKIA IN C. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard, Suite 1 50, T ampa, FL 336 1 4 Phone: 1 -888-NOKIA-2U (1 -888-665-4228) Fax: 1 -8 13-249-96 1 9 T ext T elephone/ T elecommunication Device for the Deaf (TTY/ TDD) Users: 1 -800-24-NOKIA (1 -800-246-6542) 935597 1 Thank you for purchasing a Nokia 7250i phone. W eâÂÂre here for you! www .nokiahowto.com Learn how to use your new Nokia phone. www .nokia.com/us Get answers to your questions. Register your phoneâ s warranty so we can better serve your needs! All screen images are simulated. Printed in Canada N 6213 Nokia 7250i UG 4/1/03 4:12 PM Page 1
Nokia 7250i User Guide
User Guide for Nokia 7250i Phone What informati on is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Service provi derâ s number Wireless service provider Providerâ s customer care Wireless service provider Model number Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Label on back of phone (under battery). See âÂÂFind information about your phoneâ on page 12.
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in GSM 900, 1800, and 1900 networks. LEGAL IN FORMATION P art No . 935597 1, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P e ople, Nokia 7250i, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos are trademarks or registered trademar ks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 5/2003 US P atent No 58 18 437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. T egic Communications, Inc. All righ ts reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the Nokia 7250i phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserv es the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DA T A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDEN TA L, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS O F THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED â AS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRAN TIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT N O T LIMITED TO , THE IM PLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCH AN T ABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURA CY AND RELI ABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . N OKIA RESERVES THE RIGHT T O REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDR A W IT A T ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulati ons. Diversion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio inter ference (f or example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interfe rence cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to the cond ition th at thi s device does no t cause harmf ul inter ference .
NO TES
[ v ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Overview of function s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Multimedia me ssaging se rvice (M MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speaker phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Wireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 MIDP Java⢠applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Polyphonic sound (MIDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Advanced multimedia player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Browse r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Special use r interface fe atures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Welcome and quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Register you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E-News letters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Nokia 7250i phone at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Quick guide to functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Get help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Copyright protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Phone menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4 Basic operatio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 Install the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switch the phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Make an d answe r calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
[ vi ] Adjust the earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Use the loudsp eaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Call and set up your voice mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Listen to your voice message s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Options during a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Predictive t ext input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Enter punctuation and s pecial characte rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 6 Phone secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PIN code reque st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Closed us er groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7 Advanced multimedi a player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8 Menu fu nctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Messages (Menu 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 Linked mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Before you can s end and receive messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Default mes sage t ype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Font size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Save your mess age center numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Organize mes sages with folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Delete mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Change me ssage settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Write and se nd a text me ssage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Read me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
[ vii ] Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Forward a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Multimedia me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Voice mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Info mes sage s ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Service commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Call log (Men u 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 While vie wing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 View misse d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 View receiv ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 View dialed n umbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 View call time s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Delete ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 View duration of calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Contacts (Menu 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Contac ts menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Types of contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Save conta ct information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Change the default ( primary) number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Search for a n entry in c ontacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Make a c all from contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Add an image to a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Edit a contac t entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Delete na mes and numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Copy contact entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Busines s cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 View info, se rvice, and own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Caller grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Select conta cts view an d memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
[ viii ] Profiles (Menu 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Select a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Cust omize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Set a timed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Settings (Menu 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Over the A ir (OTA ) settings s ervic e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Persona l shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Time and date settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Call set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Display se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Enhancemen t settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Restore factory s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Radio (Menu 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Turn the radio on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Use the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Save a radio channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Camera (Menu 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Self-time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Gallery (Menu 8 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Folder items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Edit an ima ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Organizer (Menu 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 0 Alarm c lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 To-do list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
[ ix ] Games (Menu 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Game downloads me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Launch a ga me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Game options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Applications (Men u 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9 Application options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Launch an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Download applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 View memory status for applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Converter II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Extras (Menu 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Synchron ize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Connectivity (Menu 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Infrar ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 GPRS, HS CSD, CS D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Data communication applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Nokia PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Services (Menu 14 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Notes on w ireless Internet a ccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Set up for browsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Sign on to the wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Navigate the wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Examples of wireless Internet sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 File upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Disconnect from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Set up an au tomatic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Receive a call while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
[ x ] Make a c all while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Make an e mergency c all while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Options while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Allow or reject cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Create a digital signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Appearan ce set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Go to (Menu 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 SIM services (Menu 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 7 9 Hardware and enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 About enhanceme nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Covers a nd case s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 10 Reference informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Care an d maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Emergency ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 12 Technical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 13 Nokia one- year limited warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Appendix A Message fro m the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Appendix B Messag e from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guide lines. Br eaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a handheld phone while driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get in terference, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations o r rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenn a unnecessarily .
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMEN TS AND BA TTERIES Use only approved enhancements and bat teries. Do not connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is not wa ter-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed saf ety instructions. Do not connect inco mpatible produc ts. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code, then press the Tal k k e y . T o e n d a call, press the End key . T o answer a call, press the Tal k key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press the End key as many times as needed (for ex ample, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number , t hen press the Tal k key . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] Overview of funct ions 2 Overview of functions Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Certain features use shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more information. ⢠CAMERA Y our phone has a built-in camera. Y ou can use the full-color screen as a camera viewfinder and the self-time r for a 1 0-second delay . After you have taken a picture, you can attach it to a multimedia message and send it with MMS, save it as wal lpaper in standby mode, use it as a thumbnail picture in cont acts, save it in a compati ble PC using Nokia PC Suit e software, and upload it to a web address with the content image uploader . Wh en you attach a picture to an entry in your list of contacts, the picture is displayed when your contact calls you. See âÂÂCamera (Menu 7)â on page 10 4 for more information. â¢F M R A D I O Y our phone has an FM radio that also functions as a clock radio alarm. Y ou can listen to the radio through a headset or t h e h an ds fr e e s pe ak er (with the head set attached). See âÂÂRadio (Menu 6) â on page 10 2 for more information. ⢠MULTIMEDIA MESSAGING SERVICE (MMS) Y our phone is able to send and rece ive multimedia messages made up of text and pictures and to receive mess ages contai ning text, a picture, and sound such as polyphonic ringing tone s. Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to personalize your phone. In addition, you can easily send text messages and multimedia messag es to multiple recipients. See âÂÂMultimedia messagesâ on page 61 and âÂÂOptionsâ on page 46 for more information.
[ 4 ] ⢠SPEAKERPHONE Y ou can use your phone as a speakerphone. See âÂÂUse the loudspeakerâ on page 29 for more information. ⢠WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use on the GSM 900, 1800, and 190 0 networks. A number of features in this guide are called network services . These are special services that you arrange thro ugh your service provider . Before you can take advantage of any of these network services, you must subscribe to them through your service provider and obtain inst ructions for their use from yo u r service provider . See âÂÂServices (Menu 14)â on page 138 for more information. ⢠GENERAL P ACKET RADIO SERVICE (GPRS) GPRS technology allows mobile phones to send and receive data over a mobile network. Applications such as browsers, MMS, te xt messaging, and Java TM use GPRS. Y our phone supports up to three simultan eous GPRS connections. For more information on GPRS, see âÂÂGPRS, HSCSD, CSDâ on page 135 . Also, consult the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Con nectivity Guide, Nokia PC Suite, and all rel ated software can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠MIDP JAVA⢠APPLICATIONS Y our ph one supports Java 2 Micro Edit ion, J2ME TM , and inclu des some Java applications an d games that have been specially designed for mobile pho nes. Y ou may be able to download new a pplications and games to your phone from a PC with Java in staller software or from some mobil e Internet services. See â Applications (Menu 1 1)â on page 11 9 for more information.
[ 5 ] Overview of funct ions ⢠P OLYPHONIC S OUND (MIDI) P olyphonic sounds can be used in ringing tones, gaming sounds, and message alert tones. They consist of several sound components played at the same time, like an actual me lody through a speaker . Y our phone has sound components from over 40 instruments that can be used for polyph onic sounds and the phone can play f our instruments sim ultaneously . The phone supports scalable polyphonic MIDI (SP-MIDI) format. Y ou can receive polyphonic ringing tones using a multimedia service (see âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedia messageâ on page 65 ) or down load them using the gallery menu [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8) â on pag e 10 7 ]. ⢠ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA PLAYER The built-in multimedia player allows you to view images and play audio, video, and image animat ions. The mult imedia player is activated by other features, such as the Gallery , when there are multimedia files to be displayed. See â Advanced multimedia playerâ on page 43 for more information. ⢠BROWSER The built-in browser can interpret both W AP-based and xHTML-based content. See âÂÂServices (Menu 14)â on page 138 for more information.
[ 6 ] ⢠SPECIAL USER INTERFACE FEATURES Y ou can choose from two types of menu interface: List and Gri d . See âÂÂSelect men u viewâ on page 97 for more information. In the Lis t interface, full color animated images introduce every menu. Use the Scroll up an d Scroll down keys to navigate th rough the menus. In the Grid interface, multiple menu icons appear on a single display . Use all f ou r scroll keys to navigate through the icons. With the Go to menu feature, you can create a convenient shortcut m en u available through the Right selection key that lists the functi ons t hat you use most often. For more information about the Go to menu, see âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on pag e 87. Quick keys from the start screen take you instantly to functions accessed frequently . See âÂÂQuick keysâ on page 14 for more information.
[ 7 ] W elcome and quick guide 3 W elcome and quick guide Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 7250i mobile phone. Y our phone provid es many functions which are practical for daily use, such as a camera, radio, alarm cloc k, calculator , wallet, calendar , and more. Y our phone can also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device using the data cable or built-in IR port. To personalize your phone, you can set your favorite ri nging tones, create a Go to Menu, and select an Xpress-on⢠color cover . For more information on conne ctivity , refer to the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Connectivity Guide, Nokia PC Suite, and all related software can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Be sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.co m or call 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-42 28) so that we can serve you better if you need to call a customer center or to have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter , Nokia Connections. Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, enhancement information, and special offers.
[ 8 ] ⢠NOKIA 7250i PHO NE AT A GLANCE Earpiece V olume keys Displa y screen End key Right selection key Scroll keys Number keys Tal k ke y Left selection key P ound key Star key - Microphone Connection ports IR port Camera (back) Po w e r k e y
[ 9 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The âÂÂNokia 7250i phone at a glanceâ diagram on page 8 illustrates the various components of your phone. Familiarize yourself with the diagram to help you better understand the instructions that follow . Te rm s This guide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to perform. ⢠Press means to press and release a key quickly . For example, Press 7 means press the key on the keypad that is labeled with the number 7 and the letter s âÂÂp qrsâ . ⢠Press and hold mean s to press and hold a key for 2âÂÂ3 seconds (depending on the feature you ar e using), then release the key . ⢠Highlighted options on the screen are enclosed within a dark bar . The selection keys are used to act on the highlighted option. ⢠Scroll keys are used to move up and down in the menus. Wi th some fe atures, such as the calendar monthly view , text messages, and special characters, you can move the screen cursor left and rig h t as well as up and down. For example, i f instructed to scroll to another contacts entry , this means press the Scroll up key or the Scr oll down key . In some submenus, not all options are visible at once, and you may need to scroll up or down to view the full range of options. ⢠Select means to press the Left selection key or the Right select ion key . T o select an option, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone screen. In t he illustration, press the Lef t selection key to select Inbox , or press the Right selection key to go back to t he previous menu. Some functions re quire you to go through several Scroll up Scroll left Scroll right Scroll down
[ 1 0 ] submenus. For example, if this guide says Select Stopwatch > Lap timing > Start you would scroll to the Stopwatch option and press the Left selection key , then scroll to the Lap timing option and press the Left se lection key , then scroll to the Start option and press the Left select ion key . ⢠Ta lk and End keys. Press the Tal k key to place a call or to answer an incoming call. Press the End key to end a call or press and hold to return to the start screen. T ext clues T ext clues make instructions easy to follow . Bold indicates one of the following items: ⢠A word or phrase on the display ⢠Special text such as Note s and War n in g s ⢠Names of keys such as Right selection key Bold and blue indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word is an address on the W orld Wide W eb . ⢠A definition for the word or phrase is listed in the glossary . Italic characters are used for emphasis or to indicate a variable. Graphic clues Graphic clues (icons) alert you to important information. Tip: Provides a shortcut or an alternate method to do something. Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. W arning: Helps you avoid information loss, personal injury , damage to the phone, or pr operty damage.
[ 1 1 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠QUICK GUIDE TO FUNCTIONS Make a call Enter a phone number , press the Ta lk key . Answer a call Press the Tal k key or select Answer . Use call waiting T o answer a new call during another call, press Tal k . End a call Press the End key . Mute ringing tone Select Silence when your phone rings. Decline a call Press the End key . The call i s sent directly to voice mail. Mute a call Select Mute during a call. Redial last number Press the Tal k key twice. Adjust call vol ume Press the V olume keys during a call. Use in-call men u Select Options during a call. Select menu view Select Settings > Display settin gs > Menu view , then select either List or Grid . Save a name and number in contacts Enter a number , select Optio ns , select Save , then enter a name and select OK . Use 1-touch di aling Press and hold a key from 2âÂÂ9 . Y ou must first assign a number in contacts to a key . Look up a name or number Select Contacts > Find . Enter the first character of a name and scroll to the name, then select Details . Check voice mail Press and hold the 1 key OR call your voice mailbox number (contact your service provider for complete details). Send text messages Select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Create message . Enter a message, se lect Options > Send , enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number , and select OK . Read new message Select Show . Reply to a message After reading a message, select Options > Reply , write the reply , select Options > Send .
[ 12 ] â¢G E T H E L P Find information about your phone If you need help, Nokia Customer Care is available for a ssistance. Before calling, however , read âÂÂT roubleshootingâ on page 167. W e also recommend that you write down the following information and have it available if you call. ⢠The International Mobile Equipment Identifier (IMEI) printed on the back of the phone, beneath the battery ⢠Y our zip code Contact Nokia Please have your phone or enhancemen t with you when c ontacting eith er of the numbers below . Nokia Custome r Care Center , USA Customer Care, Canada Nokia, Inc. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard Suite 150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY : 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) (hearing impaired only) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 We stney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427- 1 0 7 0 Information label
[ 13 ] W elcome and quick guide Contact your service provider T o use the network services available in your phone, you will need to sign up with a service provider . In many cases, the service provider will make available descriptions of their services and instructions for using features such as: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Messaging ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Inte rnet se rvices Service providers may differ in their support of features. Before you sign up, make sure a service provider su pports the features that you need. Guide updates From time to time, Nokia updates this guide to reflect changes. The latest version may be available at www .nokia.com . Online tutorials An interactive tutorial for this prod u ct may be available at the web site www .nokiahowto .com . In-phone help Many features have brief descriptions (help text) which can be viewed on the display . T o view t hese description s, scroll to a feature and wait for about 15 seconds. Select More to view all of the descript ion (if necessary), or select Back to exit. T o activate or deactivate help text: 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Help text activati on . 2 Select On or Off . A confirmatio n message appears in the display indicat ing your selecti on.
[ 14 ] ⢠START SCREEN The start screen is âÂÂhome baseâ and indicates that the phone is in standby mode. HOME âÂÂThe name of your servic e provider may appear here. Signal strength âÂÂA higher bar indicates a stronger network signal. Batte ry level âÂÂA higher bar indicates more power in the battery . Menu â The Left selection key in standb y mod e accesses the menu functions. Contacts âÂÂThe Right se lection key in standby mode accesses either the Contacts menu, the Go to menu, or a service pr oviderâ s home page. After you set functions for the Right selec tion key , the word Cont acts changes to Go to in the start screen. T o set the functions, see âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. T o activate a function in the Go to menu, select Go to in the start screen, scroll to the desired function, and select Select . Quick keys From the start screen, each scroll ke y takes you directly to a function: Scro ll up âÂÂActivate the camera viewfinder . Scro ll left âÂÂCreate a message. Scroll down âÂÂGo to your list of contacts. Scroll right âÂÂView the c alendar . Battery level Contacts Signal strength Menu
[ 15 ] W elcome and quick guide Screen saver The phone automatically activates a digital clock screen saver to save power in standby mode. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . For more information, see âÂÂSet screen saver timeoutâ on page 98. W allpaper Y ou can set the phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) when it is in standby mode. See âÂÂW allpaperâ on page 96. Indicators and icons Icon Indicates... Y ou have one or more text or picture messages. See âÂÂReceive a message or e-mailâ on page 60. Y ou have one or more multimedia messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedi a messageâ on pag e 65. Y ou have one or more voice messages. Se e âÂÂV oice messagesâ on page 67. Y our phone keypad is locked . See âÂÂLock the keypadâ on page 35. Y our phone is set to the Silent profile. See âÂÂProfiles (Menu 4)â on page 85. The alarm clock is set to On . See âÂÂAlarm clockâ on page 11 0 . The countdown timer is running. See âÂÂCountdown timerâ on page 123. The stopwatch timer is running in the background. See âÂÂStopwatchâ on page 124. A GPRS dial-up connection is established. See âÂÂGPRS dial-up connectionsâ on page 136. Y ou have an incoming or outgoing call during a GPRS dial-up connection. GPRS is suspended. IR connection indicator . See âÂÂInfraredâ on page 134.
[ 16 ] ⢠SHARED MEMORY The following features in this phon e may share memory: contacts, text and multimedia messages, images and ri nging tones in gallery , calendar , to-do notes, and Java games and applications. Using any such features may reduce the memory available for any features sharing memory . This is especially true with heavy use of any of the fe atures (although some of the features may have a cer tain amo unt of memory specially allotted to them in addition to the amount of memory shared with other features). For example, saving many images, bookma rks, Java apps, or other features sharing memory may take all of the shared memory and your phone may display a message that the memory is full. In this case, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory features before continuing. Forward all voice calls. All calls are forwarded to another number . If you have t wo phone lines, the indicator for line 1 is and for line 2 . If you have two phone lines, this indicates that you are on the second phone line. See âÂÂPhone settingsâ on page 93. Integrated ha ndsfree is active . See âÂÂSpeakerphoneâ on page 4. Calls are limited to a c losed user group. See âÂÂClosed user groupsâ on page 39. The timed profile is selected. See âÂÂProfiles (Menu 4)â on page 85. , or A headset, handsfree, or loopset enhancement is connected to the phone. or V oice privacy encryption is ac t ive (or is not ac tive) in the network. Icon Indicates...
[ 17 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠COPYRIGHT PROTEC TION Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copied, modifie d, transferred or forwarded. ⢠ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is committed to makin g mobi le phones easy t o use fo r all indi viduals. For more information about phone fe atures , enhancements, alternate format user guides, and ot her Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, visit the web site www .nokiaaccessibility .com or call 1-888-665-4228. ⢠PHONE MENUS Phone features are grouped accordin g to function and are accessed through the main menus of your phone. Each main menu contains submenus and lists from which you can select or view items and customize phone features. Y ou can access these menus and submenus by using the scroll meth od or by using a shortcut . Note: Some features may not be ava ilable, depending on your network. For more information, contact your service provider . Scroll method 1 At the start screen, select Menu . 2 In the List view , scr oll th rough the main menus one at a time using the Scroll up key and the Scr oll down key . OR In the Grid view , use all four scroll keys to navigate through the menu icons.
[ 18 ] As you scroll through the menus, the menu number appears in the upper right corner of the display . Below the menu number is a scroll bar with a tab . The tab moves up or down as you scroll through the menus, providing a visual representation of your current position in the menu structure. In addition, in the Grid view , the icon for the selected menu is outlined, and the name of the menu appears at the top of the display . 3 When the desired menu is highlighted, press the Left selection key . 4 If the menu contains submenus, use the scroll keys to highlight the desired menu, then press the Left selection key . â¢S e l e c t Back (press the Right selection key) to return to the previous menu or submenu. ⢠Press the End key to return to the start screen from any main menu. Shortcuts Y ou can go directly to almost any menu or submenu, as well as activate most features by using a shortcut. Select Menu , then within 3 seconds, pre ss the key or keys associated with the menu function you would like to view or activate. For example, to select the Meeting profile, select Menu 4-3-1 ( Menu > Profiles > Meeting > Select ) from the start screen. After a brief pause, the Meet ing profile is activated. A list of shortcuts begins on page 19.
[ 19 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS T o access a menu quickly , select Menu , then enter the shor tcut . For exa mple, to create a multimedia message, select Menu , press the 0 key , then the 1 key , th en the 2 key , and then the 1 key . (Menu 0-1-2 -1 is the Messages > Multimedia msgs > Create message menu.) 1 MESSAGES TEXT MESSAGES . . . . . . . 0-1-1 Create message . . . . . . . 0 -1-1-1 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 -2 Create e - mail . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 -3 Sent items . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-1-4 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 -1-1-5 T emplates . . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-1-6 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-7 Distribution lists . . . . . . 0-1-1-8 Delete messages . . . . . . 0 -1-1-9 MULTIMEDIA MSGS . . . . . 0-1-2 Create message . . . . . . . 0 -1-2-1 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2 -2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2-3 Sent items . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-2-4 Saved items . . . . . . . . . .0-1-2-5 Delete messages . . . . . . 0 -1-2-6 CHAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-3 V OICE MESSAGES . . . . . . . 0-1-4 Listen to voice messages . . . . . . . 0-1-4 -1 V oice mailbox number . 0-1-4-2 INFO MESSAGES . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 Info service. . . . . . . . . . .0-1-5-1 T opics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 -2 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 -3 Info topics saved on SIM card . . . . . 0-1-5-4 MESSAGE SE TTINGS . . . . . 0-1-6 T ext messages . . . . . . . . 0 -1-6-1 Multimedia msgs. . . . . . 0 -1-6-2 Other settings . . . . . . . .0-1-6-3 SERVICE COMMANDS . . . . 0-1-7 2C A L L L O G MISSED CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 RECEIVED CALLS . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 DIALED NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . 2-3 DELETE RECENT CALL LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 CALL TIMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call . . . . . 2-5-1 Duration of received calls . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of dialed c a lls . . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . . 2-5-4 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 CALL COSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last call units . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 All calls units . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 Call cost settings . . . . . . . 2-6-3 GPRS DATA COUNTER . . . . . . 2-7 Data sent in last session . 2-7-1 Data received in last session . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-2 All sent data . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-3 All received data . . . . . . . 2-7-4 Clear counters . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 GPRS CONNECTION TIMER . . 2-8 Duration of last session . . 2-8-1 Duration of all sessions . . 2-8-2 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-3
[ 20 ] 3C O N T A C T S FIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 ADD CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 DELETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 One by one . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1 Delete all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2 COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 From phone to SIM card . 3-4-1 From SIM card to phone . 3-4-2 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Memory in use . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1 Contacts view . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2 Memory status . . . . . . . . . 3-5-3 1 - TOUCH DIALING . . . . . . . . 3-6 INFO NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 SERVICE NUMBERS . . . . . . . . 3-8 OWN NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 CALLER GROUPS . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0 F amily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-1 VIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-2 Friends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-3 Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-4 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-5 4P R O F I L E S NORMAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 (Submenus for Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r are the same as fo r Normal .) SILENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 P AGE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 5S E T T I N G S RIGHT SELECTION KEY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Right selection key . . . . . . 5-1-1 Select Go to options. . . . . 5-1-2 Organize Go to op tions . . 5-1-3 TIME AND DATE SET TINGS . . . 5-2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-1 Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-2 Auto - update of date and time . . . . . . . . 5-2-3 CALL SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . . 5-3-1 Anykey answer . . . . . . . . . 5-3-2 Automatic redial . . . . . . . . 5-3-3 1 - touch dialing. . . . . . . . . 5-3-4 Call waiting. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-5 Summary after call . . . . . . 5-3-6 Send my caller identity . . 5-3-7 Line for outgoing calls . . . 5-3-8 PHONE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-1 Memory status . . . . . . . . . 5-4-2 Automatic keyguard . . . . . 5-4-3 Cell info display . . . . . . . . 5-4 -4 W elcome note. . . . . . . . . . 5-4-5 System selection. . . . . . . . 5-4-6 Confirm SIM service actions . . . . . . . . . 5-4-7 Help text activation . . . . . 5-4-8 Start - up tone . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-9 DISPLAY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . 5-5 W allpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-1 Color schemes. . . . . . . . . . 5-5-2 Menu view . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-3 Operator logo . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-4 Screen saver timeout . . . . 5-5-5 Display brightness . . . . . . 5-5-6
[ 2 1 ] W elcome and quick guide TONE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Ringing options . . . . . . . . .5-6-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . . .5-6-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . .5-6-4 Message alert tone . . . . . .5-6-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-6 W arning tones . . . . . . . . . .5-6-7 Alert for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-8 ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS . . 5-7 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-1 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-4 Music stand . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-5 Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-6 SECURITY SETTINGS . . . . . . . 5-8 PIN code request . . . . . . . .5-8-1 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . .5-8-2 Fixed dialing. . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-3 Closed user group . . . . . . .5-8-4 Security level . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-5 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-6 RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . 5-9 6R A D I O OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 T urn off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-1 Save channel . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-2 Automatic tuning . . . . . . .6-1-3 Manual tuning . . . . . . . . . .6-1-4 Set frequency . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-5 Delete channel . . . . . . . . . .6-1-6 Loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-7 Mono output . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-8 7C A M E R A STANDARD PHOTO . . . . . . . . . 7-1 P ORTRAIT PHOTO . . . . . . . . . 7-2 NIGHT MO DE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 SELF - TIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Standard photo . . . . . . . . 7-4-1 P ortrait photo . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-2 Night mode . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-3 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Image quality . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-1 Camera sounds. . . . . . . . . 7-5-2 Default title . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-3 8 GALLERY VIEW FOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 ADD FOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 DELETE FOLDER . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 RENAME FOLDER . . . . . . . . . 8-4 GALLERY DOWNLOADS . . . . . 8-5 Image downloads . . . . . . . 8-5-1 T one downloads . . . . . . . . 8-5-2 9O R G A N I Z E R ALARM CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Alarm time . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-1 Alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-2 CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 TO - DO LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 10 G A M E S SELECT GA ME . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-1 GAME DOWNLOADS . . . . . 1-0-2 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-3 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4 Game sounds . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-1 Game lights . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-3
[ 22 ] 1 1 APPLICATIONS SELECT APPLICATION. . . . . 1-1-1 APP. DOWNLOADS . . . . . . 1-1-2 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3 12 EXTRAS CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 COUNTDOW N TIMER . . . . . 1-2-2 STOPWATCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3 Split timing . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3-1 Lap timing. . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3-2 W ALLET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4 Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4-1 P ersonal notes . . . . . . . 1-2-4-2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4-3 SYNCHRONIZATION. . . . . . 1-2-5 Synchronize . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5-1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5-2 13 CONNE CTIVITY INFRARED . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2 GPRS connection . . . . . 1-3-2-1 GPRS modem settings . 1-3-2-2 14 SERVICES HOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 BOOKMARKS . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2 DOWNLOAD LINKS . . . . . . 1-4-3 SERVICE INBOX . . . . . . . . . 1-4-4 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-5 Connection settings . . . 1-4-5-1 Appearance settings . . 1-4-5-2 Security settings . . . . . 1-4-5-3 Service inbox settings . 1-4-5-4 GO TO ADDRESS . . . . . . . . 1-4-6 CLEAR THE CA CHE . . . . . . 1-4-7 15 GO TO 16 SIM SERVICES Note: Some phone features are network-dependent. Menus for certain features may or may not appear , or may appear in a different sequence, due to their availability in your network (such as call costs, bookmarks, operator logo, line for outgoing calls, info numbers for contacts, etc.). Contact your service provider for availability .
[ 23 ] Basic operations 4 Basic operations Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠INSTALL THE SIM CARD The SIM card and its contacts can ea sily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be careful when handlin g, inserting, or removing the card. Before installing the SIM card, alwa ys make sure that the phon e is switched off and that you have removed the cover and battery . REMOVE THE BACK COVER 1 With the back of the phone facing you, push the back cover release button. 2 Lift the bottom of the back cover to remove. REMOVE THE BA TTERY 3 After you have removed the back cover , insert your finger into the finger grip and lift the battery from its compartment. W arning: K eep all SIM cards out of reach of small children.
[ 24 ] INSERT THE SIM CA RD 4 Slide the SIM card holder toward the bottom end of the phone until it unlocks. 5 Swing the SIM car d holder open. 6 Insert the SIM card into the holder (beveled corner last) with the gold contacts facing toward the top end of the phone. 7 Close the SIM card holder . 8 Slide the SIM card holder toward the top end of the phone until it locks into place.
[ 25 ] Basic operations REPLACE THE BATTERY The SIM card must be installed before installing the battery . 9 P osition the battery so the gold contacts match up with t hose on the phone. The battery label should be facing away from the phone. 10 Insert the battery , contact end first into the battery slot. 11 Snap the other end of the battery into place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 12 Place the top of the back cover to the locking catch in the top of the phone. 13 P osition the back cover over the locking catches on both sides of the phone and press down to lock the cover into place. ⢠SWITCH THE PHONE ON OR OFF W arning: Do not switch th e phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . 1 T o turn your phone on or off, press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 3 seconds. If the phone displays Insert SIM card even though the SIM card is properly inserted, or SIM card not supported , contact your service provider . 2 If the phone asks for a PIN code, en ter the PIN code (displayed as **** ) and select OK . See âÂÂPIN code requestâ on page 35 for more information.
[ 26 ] 3 If the phone asks for a security code, enter the security code and select OK . See âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 41 for more informatio n. Note: If the language that appears in your display is not correct, see âÂÂSet the display languageâ on page 93 for information on changing the display language. ⢠SET THE CLOCK Before many functions such as call timers will operate properly , you need to set the clock. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time an d date se ttings > Clock > Set the time . 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t , and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . The time is set. ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the keypad 1 Enter the phone number (including the area code), and press the Ta l k key . T o delete a character to the left of the cursor , select Clear . 2 T o end the call or to cancel the call attempt, press the End key . Use contacts 1 At the start sc reen, press the Scroll down key and scroll to the entry you wish to view . 2 Press the Ta lk key to make the call or select Details to view details of the entry . Tip: T o search the list of entries quickly , press any key in which the letters match the first lett er of the nam e for which you are searching.
[ 27 ] Basic operations Redial a number 1 At the start screen, press the Ta lk key to display the last 20 numbers you have dialed. 2 Press the Ta lk key to redial the last number , or scroll to the number (or name) you wish to redial and press the Tal k key . Make an international call 1 Press the Star key tw ice for the in ternatio nal pr efix . A plus ( ) sign replaces the international access code. 2 Enter the country code , the area code without a lead ing zero (if necessary), and the phone number . Make a conference call Conference calling is a network service that allows up to six persons to take part in a conference c all. 1 Make a call to the first participant. 2 T o call a new participant, select Options > New call . 3 Enter the phone number of the new participant (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts) and select Call . The first call is put on hold. 4 When the new call picks up, select Options > Conference to connect the calls. 5 T o add a new participant to the call, repeat steps 2âÂÂ4. 6 T o have a private conversation with one participant, select Options > Private , and select the desired participa nt. Rejoin the conference call as described in step 4. 7 T o end the conference call, press the End key . Answer or reject an incoming call ⢠Press the Ta lk key to answer the call.
[ 28 ] ⢠Press the End key to reject the call. If Forward if busy is activ ated to your voice mailbox, the call is diverted to your voice mail. If not, the call is rejected. If you s elect Silence , only the ringing tone is muted. Y ou can then either answer o r reject the incoming call. Tip: If t he HDB-4 or HDS-3 headset is connec ted, you can answer or end a call by pressing th e key on the h eadset. Answer a call with the keypad locked T o answer a call with K eyguard on, simply press the Ta lk key . During the call, all features function as normal. When you end or reject the call, the keypad automatically relocks. Note: When K eyguard is on, calls may be po ssible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number is displayed only after you have keyed in its last digit. ⢠ADJUST THE EARPIECE VOLUME ⢠T o increase the volume of a call, press the volume up key on the left side of the phone. ⢠T o decrease the volume of a call, press the volume down key on the left side of the phone. ⢠When adjusting the volume, a bar chart appears in the display indicating the volume level. Vo l u m e key
[ 29 ] Basic operations ⢠USE THE LOUDSPEAKER Y ou can use your phone as a loudspeak er during a call. Do not hold the phone to your ear during the loudspeaker operation. ⢠T o activate the loudspeaker , select Options > Loudspeaker . ⢠T o deactivate the loudspeaker during a call, select Options > Handset . ⢠The loudspeaker is deactivated automatically when a call (or a call attempt) ends or when certai n enhancements are connected. Note: When you select the New cal l option from the in-call menu, the loudspeaker does not au tomatically deactivate. ⢠CALL AND SET UP YOUR VOICE MAIL 1 After you save your voice mailbox number (see âÂÂSave your voice mailbox numberâ on page 67 ), press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to set up your voice mail. ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES 1 After you have set up voice mail , you can dial the number one of three ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages.
[ 30 ] ⢠OPTIONS DURING A CALL Many of the options that you can use during a call are networ k services. During a call, select Options , then select one of t he following: Mute âÂÂMute your v oice; you can hear th e other party but they cannot hear you. Unmute âÂÂReturn to normal from mute status. End call âÂÂEnd the call. End all calls âÂÂEnd all calls within a conference call. Contacts âÂÂOpen the contacts menu. Menu âÂÂDispl ay the main menus. Hold âÂÂPlace the current call on hold. Unhold âÂÂRemove the current call from hold status. Lock keypad âÂÂLock the keypad to prevent an accidental key press. New call âÂÂPlace a new call; the first call is p u t on hold. Conference âÂÂCall another party and invite them int o the call. Private âÂÂHave a private conversation with one participant in a conference call. Answer âÂÂAnswer another incoming call. Reject âÂÂReject a call; the calling part y receives a bu sy signal. Loudspeaker âÂÂEnable the handsfree feature in your phone. Handset âÂÂDisable handsfree and return to normal use (earpiece). T ouch tones âÂÂSend touch tones generated by your phone keypad. Swap âÂÂSwitch between the active call an d the call on hold. Tr an s f er âÂÂConnect a call on hold to an active call, and di sconnect yourself from the calls.
[ 3 1 ] T ext entry 5 T ext entry Note: The phone must be switched on to use these functions. Do not switch on the phone when th e use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use two methods for entering text and numbers. ⢠Standard mode is the only way to enter names int o contacts and to rename caller groups. ⢠Predictive text input is a quick and easy method for writin g message s. Press the P ound key to swit ch predictive text on or off and t o use predictiv e text in vari ous modes. Press and hold the Po u n d key to switch between text and numeric entr y . As you press the Po u n d key , the foll owing icons (not the descript ions) appear in the upper left of the display: ⢠STANDARD MODE Enter text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first letter on the key , twice for the second letter , etc. If you pause brie fly , the last letter in the display is accepted and your phone awaits the next entry . â¢S e l e c t Clear to backspace the cursor and delete a character . ⢠Select and hold Clear to backspace cont inuously and delete c har act er s. Icon Indicates... Uppercase text. Predictive text is Off . Lowercase text. Predictive text is Off . Sentence case text. Predictive text is Off . Sentence case text. Predictive text is On . Lowercase text. Predictive text is On .
[ 32 ] ⢠Press the 0 key to enter a space and accept a completed word. ⢠Press the 1 key to enter a period (.). ⢠Press the St ar key to display special char acters. See â Enter punct uation and special char actersâ on page 34. Enter numbers (123) To sw it c h t o 12 3 mode from Ab c mode, press and hold the P ound ke y at any message entry screen until the icon in the upper left corner of th e display switches from Abc to 123 (or vice versa). ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text input allows you to write messages quickly using your keypad and the built-in phone dictionary . It is much faster than using the standard mode âÂÂmulti-tapâ method. Y ou can use predictive text to write a message, create a calendar note, and make a to-do list. Note: When predictive text is on, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . When predictive text is off, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . Activate predictive text 1 At any text entry screen, select and hold Options . OR At a text entry screen, select Optio ns > Predic tive text . 2 Select the language of your choice. A confirmation message shows that predictive text is turned on. Enter text ⢠For each letter of the word th at you want to spell, press the corresponding key on your keypad only once , even if the letter you want is not the first letter on the key . The phone âÂÂguessesâ the word you are trying to spell.
[ 33 ] T ext entry ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press the Star ke y to see other matches. T o move forward through a list of matches, keep pressing the Star key . To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Previous . ⢠Press the 0 key to accept the word, enter a space, and begin writing the next word. â¢I f ? appears after a word, select Spell to add the word to the dictionary . See â Add new words to the dictionaryâ on page 33. ⢠Press the 1 key to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 34. Compound words Enter the first part of the wor d and confirm it by pressing the Scroll right key . Enter the last part of the word and confirm it by pressing the 0 key . Add new words to the dictionary If you encounter a word that predictive text does not recognize, a question mark ( ? ) follows the word and Spell appears in the lower left of the di splay . Select Spell , enter your new word using the keypad, and select Save . The word is added to the dictionary and to the message that you are writing. K eep these factors in mind wh en adding words: ⢠New words that you accept by selecting Save , the 0 key , or del e ting the space between two words are saved to the dictionary . ⢠Depending on the language and the length of the words, you may be able to add hundreds of words to the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary is full, t he mos t recent addition replaces the first.
[ 34 ] Predictive text example To wr i te Nokia with predictive text on and with t he English dictionary selected, press each of the following keys once : the 6 key the 6 key the 5 key the 4 key the 2 key The illustration above simulates your display each time a key is pressed. ⢠ENTER PUNCTUATION AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS While a t any text entry screen, pres s the Star key to display special characters (press and hold the Star key if predictive text is on). Th e following special characters are available: Navigate through the list of special ch arac ter s by usin g th e four- way scroll keys like a joysti ck. Once a character is h ighlighted, select Insert to insert the character into your message. . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ ^ á ÿ ç # l
[ 35 ] Phone security 6 Phone security Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . An array of security features prev ents accidental calls, allows you to restrict the calls your phone can make and receive, and keeps your stored information safe. ⢠K EYGUARD With K eyguard, you can lock the keypad to prevent keys from being pressed accidentally . If the keypad is locked, it unlocks wh en you receive a cal l. After the call, the lock automatically reactivates. Lock the keypad 1 Select Menu with the Left sele ction key . 2 Press the Star key . Unlock the keypad 1 Select Unlock with th e Le ft sele ction key . 2 Press the Star key . When K eyguard is on, calls may b e possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and p ress the Ta lk key . The number appears in the display after you have keyed in t he last digit. ⢠PIN CODE REQUEST The PIN code protects the SIM card fr o m unauthor ized access. The PIN co de can be 4âÂÂ8 digits in length. After thre e successive incorrect entries the PIN code is blocked and you will be asked to enter the personal unblocking key (PUK) code.
[ 36 ] Note: The PIN code must be obtained from your service provider . The PIN code is ty pically provided with your SIM card. Enable your phone to request the PI N code upon power-up. This provides extra security in case your phone is lost or stolen. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security se tti ngs > PIN code request . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . 3 Scroll to On and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This network service lets you restrict the calls your phone can make and receive. Check with your service provider for details. Note: When calls are restricted, call s may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number appears in the display after you have keyed in t he last digit. T urn on call restrictio ns 1 From the menus select Settings > Security sett ings > Call restrictions . 2 Select the type of calls you wa nt to restrict. The options are: Outgoing calls âÂÂCalls cannot be made. International calls âÂÂCalls cannot be made to foreign countries. International except to home countr y âÂÂWhen abroad, calls can be made only within the current country and to your home country (that is, the country where your home network operator is located). Incoming call s âÂÂCalls cannot be received. Incoming call s if roaming âÂÂCalls cannot be received outside your home area. Cancel all call restrictions âÂÂT urns off all call restrictions. Calls can be made and received in the usual way .
[ 37 ] Phone security Note: If you selected Cancel all cal l restrictions , the following steps are not available. Also, you can cancel call restrictions on each option, allowing restrictions on other options to stay in force. 3 Scroll to one of the following options: Activate âÂÂE nter the restriction password and select OK . Cancel âÂÂEnter the restriction password and select OK . Check status âÂÂThe phone lists the call types with call restric tion active. 4 Select OK . Change your restriction password Contact your service provider for yo ur original restriction password. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security settings > Acce ss codes > Change restriction password . 2 Enter your new password, then select OK . ⢠FIXED DIALING Once you set up and activate a fixed dialing list, your phone can make calls only to those numbers that you have defined in the fixed dialing list. Fixed dialing is a network feature and must be supported by your service provi der . Note: When fixed dialing is set on , calls may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (fo r example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Tal k key . The number appears in the disp lay afte r you have keyed in t he last digit. Set up and activate a fixed dialing list 1 From the men us, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing . After a brief pause, the followin g options appear in the display . On âÂÂActivate fixed dialing. Off âÂÂDeactivate fixed d ialing. Number list âÂÂView the numbers in your fixed dialing list.
[ 38 ] Note: If you activate fixed di aling an d the number list is empty , all outgoing calls, except for emergen cy numbers such as 9 1 1, require entry of the PIN2 code. 2 Select Number list . Fixed dialing not active and then Fixed dialin g list empty appear in the display . Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 3 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 4 Enter the fixed dialing number , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts and select OK . 5 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation note appears in the display and you are returned to the fixed dialing number list. 6 Select Back > On to activate fixed dialing. View or edit the fixed dialing list 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing > Number list ). Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 2 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . Any numbers which you have assign ed to fixed dialing appear in the display . 3 Scroll to a number and select Options . The following options appear in the display . View number âÂÂView the number for an entry . Add âÂÂAdd a number to your fixed dialing list. Edit âÂÂEdit the h ighlighted entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the highlighted entry . Delete all âÂÂDelete all entries in your fixed dialing list. 4 Select the desired option.
[ 39 ] Phone security Notes about fixed dialing ⢠If a SIM card with fixed dialing that is activated is inserted into a phone that does not support fixed dia ling, the SIM card is rejected. ⢠If you try to add a name without a number to the fixed dialing list, you will receive an error message. ⢠If you try to browse the fixed dialing list but have not stored any numbers, Fixed dialing list empty appears in the display . ⢠Y ou cannot access SIM memory manua lly (view or copy numbers on the SIM card) while fixed dialing is active. ⢠CLOSED USER GROUPS This network service specifies the group of people whom you can call and who can call you. Default resets the phone to use a user group that the SIM card owner has agreed u pon with the service provider . Note: When calls are limited to closed user groups, calls may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta l k key . The number appears in the display after yo u have key ed in the last digit. T urn on closed user groups 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security se ttings > Closed user group > On . 2 Enter the group number , then select OK. T urn off closed user groups From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > Cl osed user group > Off . Call barring password for closed user groups A closed user group is a network serv ice that specifies the group of people whom you can call and who can call you. For more information, contact your service provider .
[ 40 ] ⢠SECURIT Y LEVELS The security level det ermines your a ccess to features wh en a nono wner SIM card is used. A nonowner SIM card is one (other than t he ori ginal) that is inserted a fter you power off the phon e. There are three security levels: Off âÂÂOwner and Nonowner cards are treated the same. Memor y âÂÂNonowner cards can access SIM memory . Any changes to the memory setting requires the security code. The owner card has access to all featur es, but the security code is required to change a memory setting. Phone âÂÂThe security code is required upon power-up. Use this procedure to set your security level. 1 From the m enus, select Sett ings > Secur ity sett ings > Secur ity level . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. The default code is 12345. 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 3 Select Off , Memory , or Phone . A message appears in the display confirming your selection ⢠ACCESS CODES With the following access codes, yo u can keep your information safe: ⢠Security code (4âÂÂ8 digits) ⢠PIN code and PIN2 code (4âÂÂ8 digits) ⢠PUK code and PUK2 code (8 digits) ⢠Call barring password (4 digits) ⢠W allet code (4âÂÂ1 0 digits) Note: Avoid using codes similar to emergency numbers such as 9 1 1 to prevent accidental dialing of the emergency number .
[ 4 1 ] Phone security Security code The security code controls access to fe atures such as the security level and is supplied with the phone. The preset code is 12345. Note: If you enter the wron g security c ode five times in successi on, you will not be able to enter a code for five minutes, even if you power off the phone between incorrect entries. Once you change the security code fr om its preset of 12345, keep the new code secr et and in a safe pla ce separate from your phone. Use this pr oc e du re to change your security code. 1 From the menus, sele ct Settings > Securi ty se ttings > Access codes > Change security code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current security code (default is 12345). 2 Enter the current sec urity code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new security code. 3 Enter the new security code (up to 1 0 characters) and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new security code for verification. 4 Enter the new security code again and select OK . A message appears in the display co nfirming your security code has been changed. PIN code Before you can change your PIN code, you need to enable PIN code request . See âÂÂPIN code request â on page 35. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security setting s > Access codes > Change PIN code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN code. 3 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new PIN code for verification.
[ 42 ] 4 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your PIN code has been changed. PIN2 Code The PIN2 code is required for features such as Fixed dialing. If yo u enter an incorrect PIN2 code three times in succession, the PIN2 code is blocked and you will have to enter the PUK2 code. Note: The original PIN2 code must be obtained from your service provider . Use this procedure to change your PIN2 code. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security setting s > Access codes > Change PIN2 code . Y ou are prompted to enter the current PIN2 code. 2 Enter the current PIN2 c ode and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN2 code. 3 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . Y ou are aske d to verify the new PI N2 code by enter ing it again. 4 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming you have changed the PIN2 code. P ersonal unblocking key (PUK) codes PUK and PU K2 codes are used to restore blocked PIN and PIN2 codes. Both PUK and PUK2 codes are eight char acters in length and cannot be changed . PUK and PUK2 codes must be ob tained from your service provider . If you enter an incorrect PUK or PUK2 code 1 0 times in succession, SIM rejected appears in t he display and th e S IM car d ca n n o l on g er be us ed . Y ou must cont act your service prov ider fo r a ne w SI M car d. W allet code The wallet code is needed to access the wallet services. If you enter a wrong wallet code several times, the wallet application is blocked for five minutes. See âÂÂWalletâ on page 126 for more information.
[ 43 ] A dvanced multimedia player 7 Advanced multimedia player Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The advanced multimedia player gives you a wide array of options for handling image, audio, video, and image animation files. There is no menu item for the multimedia player . It is activated automatically whenever you use a function, such as the gallery or th e camera, that handles multimedia files. The multimedia player lets you: ⢠Send, receive, and save many types of multimedia files (see âÂÂMultimedia messagesâ on page 61 ). ⢠Play , pause, mute, and unmute audio files [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠Set an audio file as your ringing tone [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠View image files such as photos and clip art [see âÂÂGalle ry (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Zoom in on an image file [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Sequentially view all image files in a folder as a slide show [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Sequentially play all tone files in a folder [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠Set an image file as your wallpaper (see âÂÂW allpaperâ on page 96 ). ⢠Adjust contrast in an image file [see âÂÂG allery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Edit image files by adding frames, text, and clip art (see âÂÂEdit an imageâ on page 10 9 ). ⢠Play , pause, and restart video an d image animation files [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ].
[ 44 ] 8 Menu functions Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This section describes the f ollowing menus on your phone: ⢠Messages (Menu 1) ⢠Call log (Menu 2) ⢠Contacts (Menu 3) ⢠Profiles (Menu 4) ⢠Settings (Menu 5) ⢠Radio (Menu 6) ⢠Camera (Menu 7) ⢠Gallery (Menu 8) ⢠Organizer (Menu 9) ⢠Games (Menu 1 0) ⢠Applications (Menu 1 1) ⢠Extras (Menu 12) ⢠Connectivity (Menu 13) ⢠Services (Menu 14) For a list of menu shortcuts, see âÂÂMenu shortcut sâ on page 19.
[ 45 ] Menu functions Messages (Menu 1) If you have subscribed to a message service, you can send and receive messages to compatible phones that are also subscribed to a message service. Y ou can also send and receiv e picture messages, multimedia messages, and e-mail if supported by your network. Also, you can make distribu tion list s that con tain phon e numbers an d name s in your Contacts . Standard text messages can be up to 1 60 characters in length. See âÂÂT ext entryâ on page 31 for more information. Note: When your phone is dedicated to a call in progress, a Java application (such as a game), or an active browser connection, then the phone cannot rece ive multimedia messages. ⢠LINKED MESSAGES Y our phon e can send and receive long text messages (up to 450 char acters). T ext messages that exceed 160 char acters are au tomatically split into multiple messages and sent as a series. The series of messages is linked by the compatible phone when received and displayed as a single SMS message. For this feature to work pr operly , the receiving phone must also support linked messages. While receiving linked messages, you can start reading the first part before the phone has r e ceived the entire message. While viewing a linked message, you can start reading the first part before the phone has received the entire message. While viewing the message, you may see *some text missing* on the display . This is normal, and the message content will be updated as soon as t he missing sequence arrives. If the memory is full, you may have to delete a message from your inbox or outbox before your phone ca n update the missing text . See âÂÂDelet e messagesâ on page 52 for more information.
[ 46 ] ⢠BEFORE YOU CAN SEND AND RECEIVE MESSAGES Y ou wi ll need the following to send and rece ive messages: ⢠A messaging service through your service provider ⢠A message center nu mber , which must be saved to your phone (if your service provider has not done so already). See âÂÂSave you r message center numberâ on page 48. ⢠ICONS Icons that precede the title of a message indicate the following: â¢O P T I O N S When you create a text or multimedia message, the following options are available: Send âÂÂSend the message to one recipient. Sending options âÂÂSelect Send to list to send the message to one of your distribution lists. Sel e ct Send to many to send the message to one of your fixed calling groups. Select Sending profile to send the message to one of your predefined profiles. Clear text âÂÂErase the text clipboard. The messag e has not be en rea d. The message h as been read . The message which you have c omposed has not been sent. The message w hich you ha ve composed has been sent. i The message is a delivery report. The message is a MMS (multimedia message).
[ 47 ] Menu functions Save message âÂÂSelect Archive to save the message in your archive. Select Te mp l a te s to save the message as one of your predefined templates. Insert contact âÂÂIn sert a name from contacts into your message. Insert number âÂÂInsert a number from contacts int o your message. Use template âÂÂInsert a predefined template into your message. Insert picture âÂÂInsert a picture from the ga llery into your message. Exit editor âÂÂSave the message t o your archive automatically and leave the message ed itor . Insert word âÂÂEnter a word and insert it into your message. Insert symbol âÂÂInsert a special character into your message. Predictive text âÂÂStart the predictive text utility . When you view a text, picture, or mult imedia message, or e-mail, some or all of the following options are available: Delete âÂÂDelete the message you are viewing. Reply âÂÂReply to the message; you have the option to include the original text in the reply , a templ ate, or empty screen. Use detail âÂÂExtract numbers, e-mail addr esses and webs ite addresses from the current message. Chat âÂÂBegin an instant me ssaging conversation. Forward âÂÂForward the message to another recipient. Edit âÂÂEdit the message. Move â Move the message to a folder you specify . Rename âÂÂRename the message before it is saved to a folder . Copy to Calendar âÂÂCopy text from the beginning of the message to your phoneâ s calendar as a reminder note for the current day . Message details âÂÂView the senderâ s name and phone number , the message center used, reception date and time.
[ 48 ] ⢠DEFAULT MESSAGE TYPE Y ou can ch oose the type of message sent by your phone. T ypes include Te x t , E-mail , Pa g e , and Fa x . The default message type is Tex t . Note: This feature must be supported by your service provider . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Text messages > Sending profile > Default profile > Messages sent as . 2 Select the message type of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠FONT SIZE 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Othe r settings > Font siz e . After a brief pause a list of choices appear in the display . 2 Select Small font or Large f ont . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠SAVE YOUR MESSAGE CENTER NUMBER Messages sent by your phone are routed through your service providerâÂÂs message center . Normally , this number is saved to your phone by your service provider . T o save the number manually , do the following: 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Text messages > Sending profile > Default pr ofile > Message center number . 2 If the box in the display is empty or contains an incorrect number , enter the number given by your service provider and select OK . OR If the box in the display contains the correct number , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved.
[ 49 ] Menu functions ⢠DISTRIBUTION LISTS If you need to send messages frequent ly to a fixed group of recipients, you can define a distribut ion list for t hat pu rpose. Y ou can save these distribut ion lists in phone memory . Note that th e phone sends the message separately to each recipient in the list. Therefore, sending a message usin g a distribution list may cost more than sending a message to one recipient. Create Make sure that the contacts you want to add to the distribution lists are saved in the phoneâ s internal contact memory . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Te xt messages > Distribution lists . The names of the available distribution lists are shown. 2 If you have not saved any list s, select Add . OR If you have previously saved lists, select Options > Add list . 3 Enter the name for the list and select OK . 4 Select Options > Vie w list > Add . 5 Search for a name in contacts and select OK . 6 T o add more contacts to the list, select Options > Ad d contact , search for a name in contacts, and select OK . View options 1 From the menus, select Messages > Te xt messages > Distribution lists . 2 Scroll to a list and select Options . The following options are available: View list âÂÂView the details or delete the contacts in the selected list. Add list âÂÂAdd a new distribution list. Rename list âÂÂChange th e name of the selected list.
[ 50 ] Clear list âÂÂDelete all names a nd phon e numbers from the selected l ist. Delete list âÂÂDelete the selected distribution list. View undelivered options If a message cannot be sent to certai n recipients in th e distribution list, select Undelivered > Options . The following options are available: Resend to li st âÂÂResend t he message to the recipients on the Undeliv ered list. View list âÂÂView the list of recipients to whom the latest message sending failed. Delete list âÂÂDelete t he Unde livered list. View message âÂÂView the failed message. ⢠ORGANIZE MESSAGES WITH FOLDERS Folders Inbox âÂÂMessages are automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if y ou se lect Exit when M essage re ceived appears on the start scree n. Outbox âÂÂMessages that you have created but have not sent are automatically stored in the outbox. Archi ve âÂÂStore messages that have been read in the Archive folder . Te mp l a te s âÂÂPictures and pr ewritten te mplates are stored in the Tem pl at es folder . Preloaded t emplates can be edited and customized. Save messages to folders Y ou ca n save messages to an existin g folder or to a folder th at you created. 1 Select Menu > Messages > Te xt message > Create message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Write your message and select Options > Save mess age .
[ 5 1 ] Menu functions 3 Select either Archive , Te mp l at e s , or the name of a folder which you created. The message is saved. View saved messages 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Inbox . 2 Select the folder containing the message you wish to view . 3 Once the folder opens, select th e message you wish to view . Move a message to a folder 1 While viewing the mes sage, select Options > Move . 2 Select the destination folder . My folders K eep your messages organized by creating custom folders and saving some of your messages there. ADD A FOLDER OF YOUR OWN 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > My folders > Options > Add folder . 2 Enter a name for the new folder and select OK . The folder is added. REMOVE A FOLDER Only folders created in My folders can be deleted. The Inbox , Outb ox , Archi ve , and Te mplate folders are p rotected. Wh en you delete a folder , all messages in the folder are also deleted. 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > My folders . After a brief pause, the folder ope ns. Any folders that you have created appear in the display . 2 Scroll to the folder you wish to remove and select Options > Delete fol der . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit.
[ 52 ] ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full and you have more messages waiting at the network, blinks in on the start screen. Y ou can do the following to create more spa ce: ⢠Read some of the unread mess ages and then delete them. ⢠Delete messages from some of your folders. A single message T o delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages . After a brief pause, a list of options appears in the display . 2 Select the folder containing the message you want to delete. A list of messages, if you have any , appears in the display . 3 Select the message you want to delete. The message opens. 4 Select Options > De lete . Y ou are asked to confirm the erasure. 5 Select OK to delete the message or Back to exit. All messages in a folder 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Delete messag es . After a brief pause, a list of yo ur folders appears in the display . 2 Select the folder contai n ing the messages you want to delete. Y ou are asked to confirm your erasure. W arning: If you select All messages , it deletes any messages which have been read in all of the folders. 3 Select OK to empty the folder .
[ 53 ] Menu functions ⢠CHANGE MESSAGE SETTINGS T ext, picture, and e - mail message settings Note: Service providers may customize the text message settings interface. For more details about text message services , contact your service provider . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e Settings > T ext messages > Sending profile . 2 If more than one message profile se t is supported by your SIM card, select the set you want to change, then select one of the following: Message center number âÂÂSave the phone number of th e message center , which is necessary for se nding text messages; obtain this number is from your service provider . Messages sent via âÂÂSelect the me ssage ty pe Tex t , E-mail , Pa g e , or Fa x . Messag e validity âÂÂDefine how long the network attempts to send your messages before it gives up. Default recipient number âÂÂFor text messages, the default number used to send messages. Delivery reports âÂÂRequest the network to send delivery reports on your messages. Use GPRS âÂÂSet GPRS as t he preferred method of sending text messages. Reply via same cente r âÂÂAllow the recipient of your message to send you a reply message using your me ss age center (netw ork service). 3 Follow the prompts to change the selected setting. Overwrite text, picture, and e - mail message settings When the message memory is full, your phone cannot send or receive any new messages. However , you can set y o ur phone to automatically replace old messages in the Inbox and Outbo x folders when new ones arrive.
[ 54 ] 1 Select Menu > Messages > Message settings > Text messages . After a brief pause, a list of options appears in the display . 2 Select Overwriting in sent items or Overwritin g in inbox . 3 Select Allowed to replace the old messages with new ones in the Sent items or Inbox folder , respectively . Multimedia message settings 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. , then select one of the following: Save sent messages âÂÂSave sent multimedia messages to the Sent items folder . Delivery reports âÂÂRequest the network to send delivery reports on your messages. Scale image down âÂÂDefine the image size for the multimedia mess ages you a re w rit ing. Allow multi media reception âÂÂChoos e Ye s , No , or In home netw ork for your multimedia service. In home network cannot receive multimedia messages outside the home network. Incoming mul timedia messages âÂÂSelec t Retrie ve to receive multimedia messages, or Reject if you do not wish to receive multimedia messages. Connection settings âÂÂDefine connection para meters for multimedia data transfer . Allow advertisements âÂÂEnable or disable reception of automatic multimedia advertisements. This setting is n ot shown if A llow multimedia reception is set to No . 2 Follow the prompts to change the selected setting.
[ 55 ] Menu functions Receive multimedia connection settings Y ou may be able to receive multime dia connection settings as a text message from your service provider . For more information, contact your service provider . ⢠WRITE AND SEND A TEXT MESSAGE Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more informa tion. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Text messages > Create message . Tip: T o g o qu ickl y to t he Create message display , press the Scroll left key at the start screen. After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose a message using the keypad and select Opti ons > Send . 3 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retri eve a number from contacts, and select OK . Y our message is sent. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . ⢠READ MESSAGES When you receive a message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message or Exit to move it to your inbox. Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . 2 Use the scroll keys (th e Scroll up key or th e Scroll down key) to view the whole messa ge if necessary .
[ 56 ] Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 3 Select Back to move the message to the Inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Reply . 2 Select a Star t reply wit h option: ⢠Emp ty scre en ⢠Original text ⢠T em plate â¢Y e s â¢N o â¢O K ⢠Thank you ⢠Congratul ations ⢠Happy birthday ⢠I love you too ⢠Hugs and kisses ⢠Sorry ⢠Sorry , IâÂÂm late 3 Compose your reply using the keypad, t hen select Options > Send . The reply is sent. ⢠FORWARD A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Forward . 2 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retri eve a number from contacts. 3 Select OK . The message is forwarded.
[ 57 ] Menu functions ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES Y our phone comes with 1 0 preloaded pictu res. Y ou can, however , overwrite any of t he 1 0 pictures that co me with your ph one. Pictures can be attached to a message and sent using a text message to compatible phones. Picture messages behave the same as text mes sages, bu t pictures take up more space than text. Pictur es are stored in the T emplates folder under Messages > Text messages > Templates . Note: Y ou cannot send a picture message using e-mail. Download pictures Y our phone can download pictures, or receive them from compatible phones using text messaging to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture me ssages. C ontact your service provider for details. Receive a picture message When you receive a pict ure message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well the message icon ( ). VIEW A PICTURE ME SSAGE 1 Select Show to view the picture message, or select Exit to move it to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one picture message, scrol l and select the message that you want to view . Note: When you h ave unopened picture me ssages in your inbox, is shown in t he upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . 3 Use the scroll keys to view the wh ole picture if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you are finished, s elect Back to move the picture message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward .
[ 58 ] SAVE A PICTURE FROM A PICTURE MESSAGE 1 Select Options > Save picture . 2 Enter a title for the picture and select OK . Note: If your templates folder is f u ll of pictures, just scroll to the picture you would like to replace and select Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is equivalent in size to three text messages. When you insert a picture into a message, you will have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in the messa ge. If you try and insert a picture into a message that is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you are prompted to delete some text before proceeding. 1 From the men us, select Messages > T ext messages > Create message . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display . 2 Write a message using the keypad (or enter nothing if you choose to just send a picture), and select Options . Tip: Insert pictures before ad din g text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 3 Select Insert picture . A list of pictures appears in the display . 4 Scroll to a picture and select View . 5 T o insert the picture into your message, select Insert . OR T o view another picture, select Back, scroll to another picture, and select View . 6 T o send the pict ure message, select Options > Send . 7 Enter the phone number for your reci pient, or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts, and select OK . The message is sent.
[ 59 ] Menu functions Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Preview , change, or de lete a picture message 1 After a picture has been inserted into your message, select Options at the message ed it screen. 2 Select one of the following options: Preview âÂÂPreview the inserted mess ag e before sending. Select Back to return to the list of options. Change picture âÂÂGo back to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new picture, select View and then select Inser t to replace th e previous picture in your message. Delete picture âÂÂSelect OK to delete the picture from your message, or select Back to return to the list of options. â¢E - M A I L Y ou can send e-mail up to 160 characters in length (including the e-mai l address) to anyone with an e-mail a ddress. First, you will need to set up an e-mail profile and modify a few othe r settings. It takes just a few minutes, and you only need to do this once. See âÂÂText , picture, and e-mail message settingsâ on page 53. Note: Y ou cannot insert pictures into e-mail. Write and send e-mail Note: See âÂÂChatâ on page 66 for ways to write messages faster . 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Creat e e-mail . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the e-mail address.
[ 60 ] 2 Enter the e-mail address, or select Find to retrieve an e-mail address from contacts, and select OK . 3 Enter a subject for the e-mail and select OK . 4 Compose your e-mail using the keypad and select Options . Tip: Be sure and leave enough spac e in the total character count (160) for the e-mail address. 5 Select Send e -mail . Y our e-mail is sent. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more detai ls about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Receive a message or e - mail When you receive a text message or e-mail, n Message(s) rece ived appears in the display , where n is the number of new messages. The blinking indicates that the message memory is full. Before you can receive new me ssages, delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDelete messagesâ on page 52 for more information. Select Show to view the message now , or Exit to view it later . Read the message later 1 Select Menu > Messages > Te xt messages > Inbox . 2 If more than one message is receiv ed, scroll and select the message you want to read. An unread text message is indicated by in front of the message and an unviewed picture message by .
[ 6 1 ] Menu functions ⢠MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more informa tion. A multimedia message can contain text, sound, and a picture. Y our phone supports multimedia messages th at are up to 45 KB . If the maximum size is exceeded, the phone may not be a ble to receive the message. Depending upon your network, you may receive a message that includes an Internet address where you can go to view th e multimedia message. Pictures are scaled to fit the display area of th e phone. Y our phone has a multimedia message viewer for playing messages and a multimedi a inbox for storing saved messages. Once you save the multimedia message, you can use the image as a screen saver or t he sound as a ringing tone. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . For availability and a su bscription to the m ultimedia messaging service, contact your service provider . Only compatible devices can receive and dis play multimedia messages. Note: The default setting of the multimedia message service is on. Multimedia messaging supports the following formats: ⢠Picture: JPEG, GIF , PNG, OT A-BMP , and WBMP ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI and monophonic ringing tones Note: If a received message contains unsupported elements, they may be replaced with the text Object format not supported . Define MMS settings Before you can use the mult imedia message f eature, you must spec ify whether you want to receiv e messages at all times or only if you are in the service providerâ s home system. ALLOW MUL TIMEDIA RECEPTION Y ou can choose t o receive all messages o r to receive messages only when you are in the service providerâÂÂs home network.
[ 62 ] 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Allow multimedia reception , then select one of the foll owing: Ye s âÂÂAll ow all incoming messages. In home system âÂÂAllow incoming messages only if you are in the service providerâ s home system. 2 Select Incoming multi media messages > Retrieve . BLOCK MULTIMEDIA RECEPTION From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. > Allow multimedia recepti on > No. ALLOW OR BLOCK ADVERTISEMENTS Note: This setting is not available if multimedia r eception is blocked. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Allow advertisements . After a brief pause, Ye s and No appear in the display . 2 Select Ye s to allow advertisements or No to block advertisements. EDIT MULTIMEDIA CONNECTION SETTINGS Contact your service pr ovider for the settings. From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. > Connection settings > Ed it active mult imedia setting s , then select each of the following in turn and en ter the settings provided by the service provider . Settingsâ name âÂÂRename the setting to your preference. Homepage âÂÂEnter the homepage wher e your browser retrieves multimedia messages and select OK . Session mode âÂÂSelect session mode T emporary or Pe r m a n e n t . Data bearer âÂÂSelect the data bearer (always GPRS ). Bearer settings âÂÂSet each of the f ollowing settings for the data bearer: ⢠GPRS ac cess point âÂÂEnter the access point name and select OK .
[ 63 ] Menu functions ⢠IP address âÂÂEn ter or change the IP address and select OK . ⢠Authen ticati on type âÂÂSelect either Normal or Secure . ⢠User name âÂÂEdit or enter your user name and select OK. ⢠Pa s s w o r d âÂÂEdit or enter a password and select OK. Note: Y o u may be able to receive multimedia connection settings as a text message from your servi ce provider . For more infor mation, contact your service provi der . OTHER MMS SETTINGS Other multimedia settings includ e savi ng your messages to the Sent items folder and editing your connection settings. From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. , then select one of the following: Save sent messages â Select Y es to save sent multimedia messages to the Sent items folder , or No to discard. Delivery reports âÂÂSe lect On to be inf ormed if th e message was delivered, or Off to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSele ct Ye s to scale images to a smaller size when inserted into a message, or No to keep the original size. Allow multimedia reception âÂÂSelect Ye s , No , or In home network for your multimedia service. In home network cannot receive mu ltimedia messages outside the home network. Incoming mu ltimedia messages âÂÂSelect Retrieve to receive multimedia messages, or Reject to not receive multimedia messages. Connection settings âÂÂDefine browser settings for ret rieving multim edia messages. Activate the se t where y ou want to save the connection settings and then edit the settings. See âÂÂEdit multimedia connection sett in gsâ on page 62. Allow advertisements â Sele ct Y es t o enable reception of automatic multimedia advertisements, or No to disable.
[ 64 ] Write and send a multimedia message For availabilit y and subscriptio n to the MMS, contact yo ur service provid er . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Multimedia messages > Create message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Enter the text of your message and select Options . 3 T o insert a picture or a sound clip, select Insert image or Insert sound clip , respective ly . The list of available folders in the Gallery is shown. 4 Open the desired folder , scroll to the picture or sound clip, and select Options > Insert . The indicator in the header of the message indicates that a picture or sound clip has been attached. Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copied, modif ied, transferred, or forwarded. 5 T o insert a name fr om contacts, select Options > More options > Insert contact . Scroll t o the desired n ame and select M ore options > Insert contact . 6 T o insert a number , select Options > More optio ns > Inse rt number . Enter the number or search for it in contacts, then select OK . 7 T o view the message before sending it, select Options > Preview . 8 T o send the message, sele ct Opti ons , then sele ct Send to number , Send to e-mail , or Send to many . Note: If you have attached a pictu re to t he messag e, you cannot send the message using e-mail. 9 Enter the recipientâ s number or e-ma il address, or search for it in contacts, then select OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder for sending.
[ 65 ] Menu functions Note: It takes more time to send a multimedia message than to send a text messa ge. While the multimedia message is being sent, the animated indicator is displayed and you can use other functions on th e phone. If there is an interr uption while the message is being sent, the phone tries to rese nd it a few times. If this fails, the message remains in the Outbox folder and you can try to resend it lat er . Check your Outbox folder for unsent messages. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Read and reply to a multimedia message When a multimedia message is being received, app ears (blinking) in the display . Once the messag e has been fully downloaded, and Multimedia message received appear in the display . 1 T o view the message immediately , select Show . T o view the message later , select Exi t . 2 While viewing the mes sage, select Options , then select one of the following: Delete message âÂÂDelete a saved mes sage. Reply or Reply to all âÂÂReply to the message. Select Options and then Send . The senderâ s phone number or e-mail is used as the default. Forward to number âÂÂForward the message to another number . Forward to e-mail âÂÂForward the message to an e-mail address . Forward to many âÂÂForwar d the message to multiple recipients. Edit âÂÂEdit the message. Y ou can on ly edit messages that you have written. Message details âÂÂView the message subje ct, size, and class.
[ 66 ] Details âÂÂView the details of the attached image or sound. Play âÂÂListen to a soun d clip in the message, if one is included. Save tone âÂÂSave a ringing t one, if included, to the gallery . Save image âÂÂSave a picture, if included, to the gallery . Zoom âÂÂEnlarge the picture. If blinks and Multimedia memory ful l, view waiting msg. appears in the display , memory for multimedia me ssages is full. Y ou need to delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDelete messagesâ on page 52 for more information. ⢠CHAT Y ou can have a conversation with anot her person using this faster text messaging applic ation. Y ou cannot save messages, but you can vi ew them while chatting. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Ch at . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number . 2 Enter the recipientâÂÂs nu mber or select Find to retrieve a n umber from contacts, and select OK . 3 Enter your Chat name (up to five cha racters) and select OK . Note: Another way to start a chat: When you have received a message, select Show to read it. T o start a chat, select Options > Chat . 4 Enter your chat message using the keypad. For faster ways to write a message, see âÂÂPredictive text inputâ on page 32. 5 When you are ready to send the message, select Options > Send . When you receive a reply , the message from the other person is shown above your original message.
[ 67 ] Menu functions 6 T o reply to the message, select OK and repeat the steps 4 and 5. 7 T o end the chat session, sele ct OK > Options > Quit . 8 T o view the latest messages of the current chat session, se lect Options > Chat history . The message that you have sent is indicated by < and y our nickname. The messages from your chat partner are indicated by > and that senderâ s nickname. 9 Select Back to ret urn to the message you are writing. 10 T o edit your nickname, select Option s > Chat name . ⢠V OICE MESSAGES If you subscribe to voice mail, your service provider wil l furnish you with a voice mailbox number . Y ou need to save this number to your phone to use voice mail. When you receive a voice message, your phone lets you know by beeping, displaying a message , or both. If you receive more than one message, your phone shows th e number of messages received. Save your voice mailbox number Y our service provider may have already saved your voice mailbox number to your phone. If so, the number will appear in the display in step 2. Select OK to leave the number unchanged. 1 From the menus, select Messages > V oice messages > V oice mailbox number . After a brief pause, the V oice mailbox num ber screen appears. 2 If the box is empty , enter the voice mailbox area code and number and select OK . The phone confirms that the n umber has been saved. Tip: Save yourself the trouble of entering the mailbox codes each time you dial voice mail. See â Automate voice mailâ on page 68.
[ 68 ] Call and set up your voice mail 1 Once you have saved the voice mailbox number , press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect to voice mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the serviceâ s automated inst ructions to setup your voice mail. Listen to your voice messages Once you have set up voice mail, you can dial the number in one of four ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Menu > Messages > V oice mess ages > Listen to voice messages . After a bri ef pause, your phone dials the voice mail number . Once you connect and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages. Automate voice mail Y ou can insert special charac ters called dialing codes into phone numbers such as vo ice mail a nd then save th e number to a 1-touch dialin g locatio n. Dialing codes instruct the receiving system to pau se, wait, bypass, or accept the numbers that follow them in the dialing string. Note: Each voice mail service can vary . The examples and steps that follow are for clarification. Check with your service provider if you have specific questions about your voice mail service. WRITE DOWN SOME INFORMATION Y ou will need this information in âÂÂSet up voice mail with dialing codesâ on page 69 . Be sure to record all of the information correctly . 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call and check your voice mail as you normally would.
[ 69 ] Menu functions 3 Write down your interaction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind that each voice ma il service may vary . However , it should look something like this: Dial 2 14555 12 12, pause 5 seconds , press 1, pause 2 sec onds , press 1234, press pound key . INSERT DIALING CODES Press the Star key repeatedly to cycle thro ugh dialing codes. Once the desired code appears in the display , pa use briefly and the code is inserted into the dialing string. For example, press the Star key four times to display w (wait character). P a use bri efly and th e wait character is in serted int o the dialing string. Av ai l ab le di al i ng c odes are as follows: SET UP VOICE MAIL WITH DIA LING CODES 1 At the start screen, se lect Contacts > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touch dialing slot and select Assign . 3 Enter your voice mailbox number , including the area code. 4 Enter any dialing codes as necessary . For example, if you pause for 5 se conds after connecting to voice mail, enter p twice after the voice mailbox nu mber , such as 2 14555 12 12 pp. 5 Enter any remaining paus es, PIN codes, and other information that allows you to listen to your messages, then select OK . * Bypasses a set of instructions. Precedes an international telephone number . p P auses for 2.5 seconds before sending any numbers that follow . w Wait. Y our phone waits for you to press the Talk key before it sends any numbers or codes that follow .
[ 7 0 ] 6 Enter a name (such as V oice Mail) and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your 1-touch dialing location has been saved. 7 T o dial and listen to you r voice mail, select and hold the assigned 1-touch dialing key at the start screen . No other keypresses should be ne cessary to connect and listen to your messages. ⢠INFO MESSAGE SERVICE With the info message network serv ice, you can receive short text messages from your service provider on various topics, such as w eather and traffic conditions. Contact your service provider for mor e information. From the menus, select Messages > Info messages , then select one of the following: Info service âÂÂSelect On or Off to activate or deac tivate the service. T opics âÂÂOptions for selecting, adding, e diting, and deleting info topics. Language âÂÂSelect the language in which info messages are received. The language you select does not af fect the language you select under the Phone se ttings menu. Info topics saved on SIM card âÂÂSelect one or more info topics to save to your SIM card. ⢠SERVICE COMMANDS Use the Service commands editor to enter and send se rv ice r equ ests ( als o known as USSD commands) to your se rvice provider . Contact your service provider for information about specific service commands. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Service commands . 2 Enter a service request, such as an act ivation command for a specific network service, and select Send .
[ 7 1 ] Menu functions Call log (Menu 2) Call log stores information about the la st 1 0 missed, 1 0 received , or 20 dialed calls. It also adds the total du ration of all calls. When the number of calls exceed the maximum, the most recent call replaces the oldest. For Call log to work properly: ⢠Y our service provider must support caller ID, and it must be enabled. ⢠Y our calls cannot be blocked. ⢠Y our phone must be on and within the service area . â¢O P T I O N S The following options are ava ilable from the call log menu: Missed calls âÂÂShow the phone numbers of unanswered incoming calls. Received calls âÂÂShow the phon e numbers of the most recently answered incoming calls. Dialed numbers âÂÂShow the most recently dialed numbers. Delete rece nt call lists âÂÂClear phone numbers from recent call lists. Call timers âÂÂView the duration of recent calls and clear the call timers. Call costs âÂÂView and limit the cost of calls, and reset the cost count er . GPRS data counte r âÂÂShow the amount of sent and received GPRS data and reset the counter s. GPRS conn ectio n tim er âÂÂShow the duration of GPRS dat a connections and reset the timers. ⢠WHILE VIEWING CALLS Whether you are viewing missed, re ceived, or dialed calls, the menu options are the following: Call time âÂÂDisplay the date and time of th e call. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the number . View number âÂÂDisplay the number .
[ 72 ] Edit number âÂÂEdit the number and associate a name with the number . Save âÂÂEnter a name for the number and save it to contacts. Add to contact âÂÂAdd the number to an existing entry in contacts, i f the number is not associated with a name. Delete âÂÂClear the number from memory . Call âÂÂCall the number . ⢠VIEW MISSED CALLS Missed call s are calls that were ne ver an swered. Y ou can check for missed calls in two ways: Note: The missed calls feature d oes n o t function while your phone is off or outside of the service area. 1 If # missed call appears in the display , select List . The phone number appears in the display . 2 Select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . OR 1 From the menus, select Call log > Missed calls . After a brief pause, a list of missed calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW RECEIVED CALLS Received calls are calls that have been answered. 1 From the menus, select Call log > Received call s . After a brief pause, a list of re ceived calls appears in the display (if any exi st).
[ 73 ] Menu functions 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW DIALED NUM BERS Y ou can view dialed numbers in one of two ways: 1 At the start screen, press the Tal k key . OR From the menus, select Call log > Dialed numbers . After a brief pause, your most recently dialed numbers appear . 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW CALL TIMES Y ou can receive up to five calls from the same number and view the time each call occurred . Y our clock must be set for this feature to work accu rately . See âÂÂSet the clockâ on page 26 for inst ructions on setting your clock. 1 While viewing dialed numbers or a missed or received call, select Options > Call time . The time that the last call occurred appears in the display . 2 Press the Scroll down key to view other call times from this number . 3 Select Back to ret urn to the options list.
[ 74 ] ⢠DELETE CALL LISTS T o clear any missed, dialed, or received calls from phone memory: 1 From the menus, select Call log > Delete recent call lists . After a brief pause, All , Missed , Receive d and Dialed appear in the display . 2 Select the call type you want to clear . ⢠VIEW DURATION OF CALLS 1 From the menus, select Call log > Call timers. 2 Select one of the following options: Duration of last cal l âÂÂShow the duration of the last call received. Duration of received calls âÂÂShow the duration of all received calls. Duration of dialed call s âÂÂShow the duration of all dialed calls. Duration of all cal ls âÂÂShow the duration of all calls (missed, dialed, and received). Clear timers âÂÂReset all call timers to ze ro.
[ 75 ] Menu functions Contacts (Menu 3) Contacts can save up to 5 00 name s, with multiple numbers and text notes for each name. The amount of numbers and text entries that you can save may vary , depending on their length and the total number of entries in contacts. ⢠CONTACTS M ENU At the start screen, select Contacts , then select one of the following: Find âÂÂFind a name or select from a list. Add contact âÂÂAdd a name to contacts. Delete âÂÂDelete a name and its associated numbers. Copy âÂÂCopy entries from phone memor y to SIM and vice versa. Settings âÂÂSet memory in use (phone or SIM), change contacts view , and check the memory status of your phone and SIM card. 1-touch dialing âÂÂDisplay the list of 1-touch dialing numbers saved to memory . Service numbers âÂÂDisplay a list of numbers related to your service provider . Own numbers âÂÂView t he numbers (line 1, lin e 2, data) in use by your SIM card. Caller groups âÂÂView and edit the properties (such as th e ringing tone) for any of the caller groups.
[ 76 ] ⢠T YPES OF CONTACT INFORMATION Each contact entry can contain one or more of the following types of information: ⢠SAVE CONTACT INFORMATION Y ou can save names and numbers to phone memory or to SIM memory . Quickly save a name and number 1 At the start screen, enter the phone number you wish to save. 2 Select Options > Save . 3 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation message appears in the display indicating your entry has been saved. Quickly save (only) a number Y ou can save a phone number as a stand-alone entry in contacts. 1 At the start screen, enter the number you w ish to save. General phone number Mobile phone number Home phone number W ork phone number F ax number E-mail address W eb address Street address Note
[ 77 ] Menu functions 2 Select and hold Option s . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved. Save an entry using the contacts menu 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Add contact . 2 Enter a name and select OK . 3 Enter a number and select OK . 4 Select Done to return to the start screen. Save multiple numbers an d text items per entry For each entry in phone memory , you can save different types of phone numbers and short text items. (SIM card memory can have only one name and number per entry .) The first number you save for any entry is automatically set as the default, or primary number . It i s indicated with a frame around the number type indicator . 1 Make sure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSelect contacts view and memoryâ on page 84. 2 At the start sc reen, press the Scroll down key and scroll to the entry to which you wish to add a number or text item. 3 Select Details > Options. 4 Select Add number or Add detail , then select the desired number or text type. See âÂÂTypes of contact information â on page 76. 5 Enter a number , ad dress, or note, and select OK . 6 T o change the number or text type, with a contact entry highlighted, select Options > Change type , then s elect t he desire d type. 7 Press the End key to return to standby mode.
[ 78 ] Save addresses and notes T o save an e-mail address, yo u will need to add it to an existing entry (name). 1 Find the entry (name) in contacts to which you would like to add an address or note. 2 With the entry highlighted, select Details > Options > Add detail. 3 Select E-mail address , Web address , Street address , or Note . 4 Enter the text for the note or address and select OK . ⢠CHANGE THE DEFAULT (PRIMARY) NUMBER 1 At the start screen, press the Scroll down key , scroll to the entry you want to change , and select Details . 2 Scroll to the number you wish to set as default and select Options > As primary number . ⢠SEARCH FOR AN ENTRY IN CONTACTS 1 At the start screen, pr ess the Scroll down key to display t he contents of contacts. 2 Press the key which corresponds to the first letter of the name for which you are perfo rmin g a search. 3 Press the Scroll up key or the Scroll d own key to scroll up and down through names and numbers in the list. Press the Left selection key or the Right selection key to move the cursor left or right in the search window at the bottom of the display , if necessary . 4 Select Details to view the details of the selected entry . 5 Use the Scroll up and Scroll down keys to scroll through the details of the entry , if nece ssary .
[ 79 ] Menu functions ⢠MAKE A CALL FROM CONTACTS At the start screen, press the S croll down key , scroll to the entry for the person you want to call, and press the Ta lk key . The phone dials the primary number for the contact. ⢠ADD AN IMAGE TO A NAME OR NUMBER 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key . 2 Scroll to the name or number to wh ich you want to add an image, and select Details > Options > Add image . The display shows the lis t of folders in the Gallery . 3 Scroll to a folder that co ntains images and select Open . 4 Scroll to the desired image an d select Opti ons > Save to co ntacts . A copy of the image is added to the contact. Note: Y ou can use the phone to take a photo and attach it to the contact. See âÂÂT ake a photoâ on page 10 4 for more information. ⢠EDIT A CONTACT EN TRY 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key . 2 Scroll to the entry that you want to edit and select Details . 3 Scroll to the item you want to edit, and select Options . The list of available options vari es according to the type of item sel ected. 4 Select an option and follow the prompts to edit the item. ⢠DELETE NAMES AND NUMBERS 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Delete . 2 T o delete individual names and numbers, select One by one . 3 Scroll to the entry you wish to delete, select De lete , and select OK to confirm the deletion. 4 T o delete the entire contents of contacts, select Delete all , then select either Phone or SIM card .
[ 80 ] 5 Select Delete , then select OK to confirm. Y ou are asked to enter the security code. 6 Enter the security code and select OK . ⢠COPY CONTACT ENTRIES 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Copy . 2 Select either From phone to S IM card or From SIM card to phone . The following options appear in the display: One by one âÂÂSelects and copies entries one by one. All âÂÂCopies all entries from the SIM card or phone. Primary numbers âÂÂCopies only primary numbers. This appears only if you selected From phone to SIM card . 3 Select the copy method of your choice. ⢠If you selected One by one , go to step 4. ⢠If you selected All or Primary numbers , go to s tep 6. 4 Scroll to the entry you wish to copy and select Copy . 5 Select either Keep original or Move original . W arning: Select K e ep origin al if you are unsure of which copy method to use. This ensures origin al entries are merely copied to the new location. Move or iginal deletes files after copying. The entry is copied and you are return ed to the list of contacts entries. 6 If you selected All or Pr imary numbers in step 3, select K eep original or Move origin al . 7 Select OK to confirm your choice. All entries are copied to the selected destination. 8 Select Bac k to ret urn to the list of contacts entries, or press th e End key to return to the start sc reen.
[ 8 1 ] Menu functions ⢠BUSINESS CARDS Y ou can send and receive an entry in co ntacts using IR or text message, if supported by your service provider . Receive a business card using IR 1 From the menus, select Connectivity > Infrared to ensure IR is activated. When you receive the business card, your phone beeps and a message appears in the display . 2 Select Save to sa ve the business card in phone memory , or select Exit and then OK to discard the business card. Send a business card Y ou can send a business card using IR or as a text message to a compatible phone or other handheld device. 1 Highlight an entry from contacts that you wish to send and select Details > Options > Send bus. card . 2 T o send the business card using IR, make sure t he receivin g device is set up to receive data u s ing its IR port and select Via infrared . OR T o send the bu siness ca rd as a message, select Via text message . 3 Select Primary number or All details . If you are sending the business card using IR, the phone makes the IR connection and sends the busine ss card. If you are sending the business card as a text mes sag e, continue to the next step. 4 Enter the number for your recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts. 5 Select OK . The business card is se nt. â¢1 - TOUCH DIALING Y ou can associate any entry in contacts with a k ey from 2 â 9 , then dial those entries by pressing and holding the assigned key .
[ 82 ] Assign a key 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to any empty slot and select Assign . 3 Enter the number (including the area code) and select OK , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts. 4 Enter a name for the number and select OK . If 1-touch dialing is off, the phone displays a prompt asking if you would like to turn 1-touch dialing on. 5 Select Ye s to activate 1-touch dialing. The entry appears in the slot you have assigned. Make a call Press and hold the key to which an ent ry has been assigned. Y our phone dials the entry assigned to the key . Change numbers 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing entry you wish to change and select Options > Change . 3 Enter the new number , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts, and select OK . 4 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . Delete numbers 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to delete and select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete the key assignment.
[ 83 ] Menu functions ⢠VIEW INFO, SERVIC E, AND OWN NUMB ERS Y our service provider may have saved the operating number of your phone, as well as various information and service numbers to your SIM card. Note: This feature may not be supported by your SIM card. Contact your service provider for more information. 1 At the start screen, select Contacts , then select one of t he following number types: Info numbers âÂÂContact your service provider to obtain information. Service numbers âÂÂContact your service provider to obtain service. Own numbers âÂÂDisplay the operating number , or numbers which have been assigned to your phone by your service provider . 2 T o view details of any of the numbe r types in the previous table, select Details when the number type appears in the display . ⢠CALLER GROUPS Y ou can add contacts entries to any of five caller groups, and then assign a unique ring ing tone or graphic to that group. Th is enables you to identif y callers from the group by their unique ringing tone or graphic. A caller group can be as small as one person or as large as the contacts list. Y ou can rename caller groups to suit your preference. Set caller group options 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Caller groups . The caller groups available are Fa mily , VIP , Friends, Business , and Other . 2 Select a caller group to display the following caller group options: Rename group âÂÂRename the group to your preference. Group ringing tone âÂÂSet the ringing tone for the group. Group logo âÂÂT urn the graphic for the caller group on or off. Group members âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group.
[ 84 ] 3 Select a caller group option and f ollow the prompts to set the option according to your preference. Set up a caller group 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key to display a list of entries in contacts. Tip: P er form a âÂÂquick findâ when contacts entries are displayed by entering the first letter of a name. appears at the bottom of the display to indicate you are performing a search. 2 Scroll to a name you want to add to a caller group and select Details > Options > Caller groups . 3 Select the caller gr oup to which you want to add the name. A confirmation message appears in the display . ⢠SELECT CONTACTS VIEW AND MEMORY At the start screen, select Contacts > Settings , th en select one of the following options: Memor y in use âÂÂSelect the memory you wish to use. Options are Phone , SIM card , or Phone and SIM combined. W ith Phone and SIM selec ted, names and numbers are saved to phon e memory but entries saved to both memories appear in the display . Contacts view âÂÂSelect the Name list , Name and number , or Name only view . Memor y status âÂÂView the amount of phone or SIM memo ry used and available.
[ 85 ] Menu functions Profiles (Menu 4) Profiles define how your phone reac ts when you receive a call or a message, how your keypad sounds when you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the five available profiles can be left at thei r default setting, or customized to suit your needs. Select and customiz e the most suitable profile for your situation, such as when you are in a meeting or outdoors. The profiles available a re Normal , Silent , Meetin g , Outdo or , and Pa g e r . Note: Profiles are also available fo r enhancements such as a headset and car kit. See âÂÂEnhancement settingsâ on page 99 for more information about enhancement profiles. ⢠SELECT A PROF ILE 1 At the start screen, select the Profiles menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select a profile from the list. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE Y ou can customize any of the profiles a variety of ways. 1 At the start screen, select the Profiles menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you want to cust omize, select Customize , then select one of the following: Ringing options âÂÂSelect th e ringing tone style. Ring ing tone âÂÂSelect the ringing tone for incoming calls. Ringing volume âÂÂSet the volume of your ringing tone. Vibrating al ert âÂÂT urn the vibrating alert on or off. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received mes sages.
[ 86 ] Ke yp a d t o ne s â S e t t h e v o l u m e o f y o u r k e y p a d t o n e s ( o r t u r n t h e m o f f ) . W arning to nes âÂÂT urn warning and confirmation tones on or off. Alert for âÂÂDefine which caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 83 for more information. Profile n ame âÂÂRename the profile (up to 16 characters). Y ou cannot rename the Normal profile. ⢠SET A TIMED PROFILE Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an event that requ ires your phone be set to Silent before the event starts, but you forget to return it to Norm al until long after the event. During this time, you have mis sed several calls because the ringing tone was sile nt. A timed pro file can pr event this by au tomatically retu rning your phone to the default profile at a t ime you specify . Note: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 At the start screen, select the Profi les menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select a profile, then select Time d . 3 Enter the time for the profile to expire and select OK . The profile you have set for expirat ion is now active and appears in the start screen along with a small clock icon.
[ 87 ] Menu functions Settings (Menu 5) Use this menu t o set or change your personal shortcuts, time and date settings, call settings, phone setting s, display settings, tone settings, enhancement settings, security settin gs, and to restore factory settings. ⢠OVER THE AIR (O T A ) SETTINGS SERVICE T o use browsers, M MS, GPRS, and other wireless services , you must have the proper settings on your phone. If you receive the settings directly as an O T A message, then you need only to sav e the settings on your phone. For more information about the availability of the settings, contact your service provider or nearest authorized Nokia dealer . ⢠P ERSONAL SHORTCUTS Y ou can change the func tion of the Ri ght selection key so that your most frequently used functions can be quic kly accessed from the start screen. This list of functions is called the Go to menu. Y ou can also select an operator-specific name for the Right selection key to be displayed in the start scree n. Choose functions 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Select Go to options . The list of functions is displayed. Th e list includes phone functions and bookmarks for Internet sites that yo u entered into the bookmark list. See âÂÂBookmarksâ on page 142. 2 Scroll to the desired function from the list, then select Mark . A mark appears in the box next to the selected function indicating that you have selected the function. Select Un mark to remove a function from the list.
[ 88 ] 3 Repeat the previous step to select or remove as many functions as you wish. 4 Select Done when you have added all desired functions. 5 When Save changes? appears in the display , select Ye s . Organize functions 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Organi ze Go to op tions . The list of funct ions is displayed. 2 Select the function you wish to rearrange, then s elect Move . 3 Select Move up , Move down , Move to top , or Move to bottom from the list of choices. The list of right selection key func tions is displayed in the new order . 4 Select Done . A confirmation message appears. 5 Select Ye s . The changes are saved. Choose a name 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Right selection key . 2 Select either an operator- specific name (if available), Go to , or Contacts . The selected name will appear over the R ight sele ction key in the start scree n. If you s elected Contacts , the Right selection key takes you directly to contacts. If you selected Go to , the Right selection key takes you to the list of fu nctions you selected for the Go to menu. If you selected an operator-specific name, the Right selection key takes you to a list of items specified by your operator .
[ 89 ] Menu functions ⢠TIME AND DATE SETTINGS Set the clock 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Clock > Set the time . 2 Enter the time in hh :mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Show or hide the clock Y ou may display or not display the clock on the start screen. 1 From the menus, select S ettings > Time and date settings > Clock . 2 Select Hide clock or Show cl ock . If the clock was previously hidden (not shown on the display), it will now appear in the upper right corner of the start screen. If the clock was previously shown in the display , it will now be hidden from view . Change the time format Y ou can set the time format for am/pm or 24-hour format (military time). 1 At the start screen, select Men u > Settings > Time and date settings > Clock > Time format . 2 Select 24 - hou r or am/pm . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Set the date 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Date > Set the date . 2 Enter the date and select OK . The date is set. Set or change the date format 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Date > Date separat or .
[ 90 ] 2 Select the separator of your ch oice (period, slash, or hyphen). A message appears in the display confirming your selection. 3 Select Date > Date format . 4 Select the format of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠CALL SETTINGS Call forwarding Call forwarding tells your networ k to redirect incoming calls to another number . Note: Call forwarding is network-dependent and may not work the same in all networks. Contact your servi ce provider for availabi lity . ACTIVATE CALL FORWAR DING Note: This is a networ k-dependent feature. Some options listed in the following table may not appear in the display . Contact your service provider for more information. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Cal l settings > Cal l forwarding , then select one of the following: Forward all voice calls âÂÂForward all calls to the number you specify . Forward if busy âÂÂForward incoming calls when you are in a call. Forward if not answered âÂÂForward incoming calls to another number if you are unable to answer . Y ou can also set a delay before forwarding takes place. Forward if out of reach âÂÂForward incoming calls when your phone is off. Forward when not able to take calls âÂÂForward calls that are not picked up. Y ou can also set a dela y before forwarding takes place. Forward all fax calls âÂÂForward all fax calls to a fax mailbox.
[ 9 1 ] Menu functions Forward all data calls âÂÂForward all data calls to a data mailbox. Cancel all call forwarding âÂÂCancel any call forwarding options you may have set. 2 Select Activa te . 3 Select the destination t o which your calls will be forwarded. 4 Enter the number to which your calls , data, or other information will be forwarded and select OK . Y our phone calls the network to activa te the feature you have requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature ha s been activated successfully . CANCEL CALL FORWARDING From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding > Cancel all call forwarding . Note: Cancel all call forwarding may af fect your ability to receive voice mai l messages. Contact your service provider fo r specific details. Anykey answer Anykey answer allows you to answer an incoming call by bri efly pressing any key except the power key , the Left sele ction key , the Right selection key , and the End key . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Anykey answer . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Automatic redial Occasionally , your network may experi ence heavy traffic, resulting in a âÂÂfastâ busy signal when you dial. Wi th automatic redial activated, your phone redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifies you once the network is available. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call sett ings > Aut omatic red ia l. 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate.
[ 92 ] 1 - touch dialing Y ou can turn the 1-touch dialing feature on and off. For more information, see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 81 . 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > 1 - touch dialing . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Call waiting If supported by your service provider , call waiting notifies you of an incoming call even while you are in a ca ll. Y ou can then accept, reject, or ignore the incoming call. ACTIVATE OR DEAC TIVATE CALL WAITING 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Call waiting . 2 Select Activate or Cancel . USE CALL WAITIN G 1 During a call, press the Ta lk key to answer the waiting call. The first call is put on hold. 2 Press the End key to end the active call. Summary after call Y ou can display the time spent on a call when you hang up. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call setti ngs > Summary after call . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Send my caller identity Y ou can prevent your number from being displayed on the receiving partyâ s caller ID. This feature is network-dependent and works on a call-by-call basis. Contact your se rvice provider for more information. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Send my caller identity . 2 Select Default , Ye s , or No . A message appears in the display confirming your selection.
[ 93 ] Menu functions Select a line for outgoing calls Note: This is a network-dep endent feature. Check w ith your service provider for availability and a description of the feature. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Line for outgoing calls . After a brief pause, Line 1 and Line 2 appear in the display . Note: If you select Line 2 but have not subscribed to this network service, you will not be able to place calls. However , calls on both lines can be answered regardless of the selected line. 2 Select Line 1 or Line 2 . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Tip: If supported by your SIM card, you can prevent the line selection by using the Lock option. ⢠PHONE SETTINGS Set the display language 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Language . After a brief pause, Automatic , English , Po r t u g u ê s , Español , and Français appear in the display . 2 Select the language of your choice. View the phone memory 1 From the menus, select Settings > Ph one settings > Memory status . After a brief pause, Free memory , Used memory , Contacts , Tex t messag es , Multimedia msgs. , Gallery , Organizer , an d Applications appear in the display . 2 Scroll through the list to view the memory associated with each item. Note: For more information, see âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16.
[ 94 ] Activate or deactiva te automatic Ke yguard Note: W hen K eyguard is on, it may be p ossible to dial emergency number s programm ed int o your phon e (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number is displayed only after you have keyed in its last digit. Y ou can set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically after a preset time delay (fro m 1 0 seconds to 60 mi nutes). When the pres et delay expires, the keypad locks automatically . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Automatic keyguard . After a brief pause, On and Off appear in the displ ay . 2 Select On (or Off to deactivate). 3 If you s elected On , Set delay appears in the display . 4 Enter the delay (in mm:ss format) and select OK . Activate or deactiva te cell info display Note: Cell info display is netwo rk-dependent an d may not work the same in all networ ks. Contact you r service provider for availabi lity . When this function is selected, your phone will indicate when it is used in a system cell b ased on Micro Cellular Netw ork technolo gy . MCN tech nology increases the capacity of wireless netw orks in ur ban areas. The setting will remain in effect even if the SIM card is chang ed or the phone is switched off. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Cell info display . After a brief pause, On and Off appear in the displ ay . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Note: If the GPRS connection is set to Always online , info messages may not be receiv ed. In that c ase, set the GPRS connection to When needed , see âÂÂGPRS, HSCSD, CSDâ on page 135 for more information.
[ 95 ] Menu functions Write a welcome note Y ou can write a welcome note which shows up briefly on your display whenever you power up your phone. Predictive text input cannot be us ed for entering welc ome note text. 1 From the menus, select Se ttings > Phone settings > W elcome note . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display awaiting text input. 2 Enter a note (up to 44 characters). Press the Star key to display and select from available special characters. For more information on special characters, see âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 34. 3 When yo u are finished, select Options > Save . Set up system selection Y ou may be able to manually search for another network which has a roaming agreement with your home service provider . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > System selection . 2 Select one of the following options. Automat i c âÂÂY our phone defaults to those settings which have been preset by your service provider . Manual âÂÂY our phone searches for a network which has a roaming agreement with your service provider . Note: If No system acce ss appears in the display , you will need to switch to Au tomati c mode, or insert another SIM card into the phone. Confirm SIM service actions This option allows you to request noti fication when your service provider makes changes to SIM-rela ted services (such as ac tivating GPRS service). 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Confi rm SIM service actions .
[ 96 ] 2 Select Ye s to request notification, or No to prevent notification. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Activate or deactivate help text Y our phone displays bri ef descriptio ns for most m enu items. When you arrive at a fe ature or menu, pause for about 15 seconds. Use the scroll keys to page through the full help text, if necessary . The default setting for Help text is On. However , you can turn help text on or off by doing the following from the start screen. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Help text activati on . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Activate or deactivate start - up tone Y ou can set your phone to play (or not to play) a start-up tone when the phone is switched on. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Start - up tone . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠DISPLAY SETTINGS W allpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) on the start screen. Some pictures are presaved in the Gallery menu. Y ou can also take pictures with the built-in came ra, receive picture s using multimedia messaging, download them from browser pages or transf er them with PC Suite from your PC and then save them in the Gallery . Y o ur phone suppor ts JPEG, GIF , BMP , P NG, and WBMP formats.
[ 97 ] Menu functions SELE CT 1 From the menus, select Settings > Display settings > W allpaper > Change image . 2 Scroll to a folder that co ntains images and select Open . 3 Scroll to the image of your choice and select Option s > Set as wallpaper . 4 If Replace current wallpaper? appears in the display , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ACTIVAT E OR DEACTIVATE 1 From the menus, select Settings > Displ ay settings > W allpaper . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Select color scheme Y ou can change the color of some display components in yo u r phone, such as indicators and signal bars. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Display settings > Color Schemes . After a brief pause, a list of c olor schemes appears in the display . 2 Select the color scheme of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Select menu view Y ou can select either the List interface or the Grid interface. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Display settings > Menu view . 2 Select either List or Grid . Show or hide operator logo Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. Y ou can choose whether the display shows the operator logo when the phone is in standby mode. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Disp lay settings > Operator logo .
[ 98 ] 2 Select On to show the logo, or Off to hide the logo. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Set screen saver timeout The screen saver is activa ted when no function of the phone is used after a preset period of time. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . The screen saver is also de activated when the phone is ou t of the network coverage area. Y ou can set your phone to display a sc reen saver after a preset time or after a custom time (up to 60 minutes) of your choosing. 1 From t he menus, select Settings > Displ ay settings > Screen saver timeout . 2 Select 2 minutes or 5 minutes . OR If you want to set a custom t ime (up to 60 minutes), select Other , then enter the custom time and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Change display brightness Y ou can change the brightness of the display . 1 From the menus, select Se ttings > Displ ay setting s > Display brightness . After a brief pause, a bar chart a ppears in the display indicating the current brightness level. 2 Use the Scroll left and Scroll right keys or the side volume keys to adjust the contrast level t o your preference. 3 Select OK to accept your settings. ⢠T ONE SETTINGS Y ou can adjust the ringing volume, keypad tones, and more for the active profile. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 85.
[ 99 ] Menu functions ⢠ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS The Enhancement settings menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to one of the compatible enhancements such as the headset or music stand. Each compatible enhancement appears in the Enhancement settings menu only after it has been con nected to the phone . Once an enhancemen t has been connected, it always appears in the menu even if it is not currently connected. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Enhancement settings . 2 Select either Headset , Handsfree , Loopset , TTY , Music stand , or Charger . A list of options appears in the display . 3 Select the option of your choice an d follow the prompts. Headset options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a headset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a headset is connected. Select On or Off. Handsfree options Handsfree options are available when th e phone is connected to a car kit. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to use when your phone is connected to a car kit. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a car kit is connected.Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Automat ic .
[ 1 0 0 ] Ignition sense âÂÂWhen the phone is connected to the full car kit, prevents the phone from draining the car battery when the car ignition is off. Select Ignition on to automatically switch off the phone approximately 20 seconds after the car ignition is turned off. Select Ignition off to leave the phone on when the car ignition is turned off. Loopset options Use loops et âÂÂEnable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Select Ye s or No . Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a loopset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off . TTY options Use TTY âÂÂActivates the TTY feature. Select Ye s to activate TTY or No to deactivate. Music stand options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected to the music stand. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when the phone is connected. Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Au tomatic . Charger options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connec ted to the charger . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Au tomatic .
[ 1 0 1 ] Menu functions ⢠SECURIT Y SETTINGS For information about security features, see âÂÂPhone securityâ on page 35. ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can reset some of the menu settings to their original values. 1 From t he menus, select Settings > Restore factory settings . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. 2 Enter the security code (the default is 12345) and selec t OK . A message appears in the display confirming that original settings have been restored. Note: Data that you have ent ered or downloaded is not deleted. For example, names and numbers in contacts are n ot affected.
[ 1 02 ] Radio (Menu 6) Y our phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. Y ou can listen to the FM radio on your phone through the handsfree speaker or with a HDB-4 boom headset. For FM stereo, connect a D T-1 music stand or HDS-3 stereo headset to the connector on the bottom of the phone. The leads of the headset function as th e antenna , so it must be conn ected. Allow it to hang freely . The quality of a radio broadcast depend s on coverage of t he radio station in that particular area. ⢠T URN THE RADIO ON AND OFF 1 Attach an audio enhancement to the phone. 2 From the menus, select Radio . 3 T o turn off the radio, press an d hold the End key . ⢠USE THE RADIO Note: When you place or receive a call, the radio automatically mutes. Once the call is ended, the radio switches back on. With the radio on, select Options , then select one of the following: T urn off âÂÂT urn off the r adio. Save channel âÂÂSave the current station t o one of 20 locations. Automatic tu ning âÂÂBriefly press a scroll key to start the channel search up or down. Select OK when a channel is found. Manual tuning âÂÂPress t he Scr oll up key or the Scroll down key to search in increments of 0.1 MHz. Set frequency âÂÂManually enter the frequency of a known radio station. Delete channel âÂÂDelete a saved channe l.
[ 1 0 3 ] Menu functions Rename âÂÂEnter a new name for the saved channel and select OK . Loudspeaker âÂÂListen to the radio through the speakerphone. Mono output/Stereo outp ut âÂÂListen to the radio in monaural mode (default) or in stereo. Stereo output is available through a stereo enhancement. Tip: To set the radio frequency , press the Star key . T o tune the radio manually , press the Po u n d key . Note: When an application u sing a GPRS connection is sending or receiving data, it may interfere with t he radio. ⢠SAVE A RADIO CHANNEL Y ou can save a preset station to any one of 20 locations in memory , and then tune to that station by pressing the S croll up key or th e Scroll d own key with the radio on. 1 With the radio on, press and hold the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key to start the channel search. Searching stops when a channel is found. 2 T o save the cha nnel, select Option s > Save channel . 3 Enter a name for the chan nel and select OK . 4 Select an (e mpty) location to save the channel. Tip: To save an FM station quickly to 1âÂÂ9 memory locations, press and hold the corresponding number key while the radio is playing. Then, enter the name of the chan nel and sele ct OK .
[ 1 0 4 ] Camera (Menu 7) In this menu you can take photos with the built-in camera and adjust its settings. The camera lens is on the back of the phone, and the color display of the phone works as a vi ewfinder . The camera produces JPEG images. The camera self-timer has a 1 0-second delay . After you have taken a picture, you can attach it to a multimedia message and send it with MMS, save it as wallpaper in the standby mode, save it in a c ompatible PC using Nokia PC Suite software, and upload it to a web address with the content image uploader . When you attach a picture to an entry in your list of contacts, the picture is displaye d when your con tact calls you. Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more information. If there is not enough memory to take a new photo, you n eed to free some by deleting old photos or other files in the gallery . When using the features in this devi ce, obey all laws an d respect privacy and legitimate rights of others. ⢠T AKE A PHOTO 1 From the menus, select Camera , then select one of the foll owing options: Standard photo âÂÂLets you take a photo in landscape orientation under normal lighting conditions. P ortrait photo âÂÂLets you take a photo in portrait orientation that can be added to a name/phone number saved in contacts. Nigh t mode âÂÂLets you take a photo in landscape orientation in dim lighting. Tip: To open the camera viewfinder quickly with standard photo view , press the Scroll up key at the start screen. 2 The live image appears on the displ ay , and you can use the display as a viewfinder .
[ 1 0 5 ] Menu functions 3 T o take a photo, select Capture . When taking a photo, a shutter so und is heard. The phone saves the photo in the Photos folder of the G allery menu. The saved photo is shown on the display . 4 Select Back to take anot her photo. OR Select Options and select one of the following: Zoom âÂÂDisplay a zoomed-in version of the photo. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected photo. Send âÂÂSend the selected photo. Rename âÂÂRenam e the selected photo. Change mode âÂÂSelect either Standard photo , P ortra i t photo , or Nigh t mode . Open Gallery âÂÂDisplay the Photos folder in the Gallery . Set contrast âÂÂIncrease or decrease contra st of the selected photo using the Scroll right and Scr oll left keys. Set as wallpaper âÂÂSet the photo as wallpaper . Details âÂÂView details of the photo, such as the name, time and date the photo was taken. Note: When a photo is zoom ed, the photo is not stored per manently in the zoomed size. Y ou cannot edi t or send a zoomed photo. Select Back to display the image in normal size. â¢S E L F - TIMER 1 From the menus, select Camera > Se lf - timer . 2 Select either Standard photo , P ortrait photo , or Night mode . 3 Select Start . After the timeout, the camera t akes the photo and saves it in the Gallery menu. While the self-timer is running, a beeping sound is heard.
[ 1 0 6 ] â¢S E T T I N G S Y ou can select the level of image qua lity , turn camera sounds on and of f, and define a default title to be used when you save a photo. From the menus, select Camera > Settings , then select one of the following: Image quality âÂÂD ef in e f il e co m pr es s io n when saving the image. Select High , Normal , or Basic. High has the least file compression and provides the best image qu ality , but takes more memory . Camera sounds âÂÂSet the shutter sound and the self timer ton e to On or Off . Default title âÂÂDefine the title that will be used when saving a photo. If you s elect Autom atic , t he default title will be used, or if you select My ti tle , you can enter or edit a new title.
[ 1 0 7 ] Menu functions Gallery (Menu 8) Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to folders in the gallery , or create folders of your own and save them there. Y ou can download images and tones using MMS, web sites, or Nokia PC Suite. ⢠FOLDERS 1 At the start screen, select Menu 8 ( Gallery ). 2 Select one of the following options. View folders âÂÂDisplay the folders in the gallery menu. Add folder âÂÂCreate a new folder . Delete fol der âÂÂDelete a folder you have created. Rename folder âÂÂRename a folder you have created. Gallery downloads âÂÂDownload more images and tones. Select Image downloads or T one do wnloads , then select a site. Selecting More bookmarks displays the list of bookmarks in the Services menu. When you select Gallery downl oads , the phone tries to connect to the Internet using your browser and the currently active set of gallery downloads. If the connection fails, yo u may need to activate anoth er set or change the current settings. See âÂÂSet up for br owsingâ on page 139 for more information. ⢠FOLDER ITEMS 1 From the menus, select G allery > View folders . A list of folders appears in the display . 2 Scroll to a folder and select Open . A list of images or tones appears in the display . 3 Scroll to an image or tone, then select Options .
[ 1 0 8 ] Depending on the type of file, some of th e following options appear: Play âÂÂPlay a multimedia file. Pa u s e âÂÂP ause a multimed ia file that is playing. Zoom âÂÂDisplay a zoomed-in version of the image. Use the scroll keys to move around in the image. Open âÂÂOpen the selected file. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected file . Send âÂÂSend the sele cted file. Note: The Send option may not be available if the selected file (either image or sound) is copyrighted. Edit im age âÂÂStart the image editor . Move âÂÂMove the fi le to another folder . Rename âÂÂRenam e the selecte d file. Mute audio âÂÂMute a sound file. Unmute audio âÂÂUnmute a muted sound file. Set contrast âÂÂAdjust the contrast in the image. Set as wallpaper âÂÂSet the image as wallpaper . Set as ring tone âÂÂUse the tone as the ringing t one in the c urrent profile. Details âÂÂView details of the file, such as the n ame, time and date the file was created. Sort âÂÂSort the files according to date, type, name, or size. Delete all âÂÂDelete all items in th e current Gallery folder . View in sequence âÂÂView all of the images in the folder sequentially as a slide show , o r listen to each of the tones in sequence.
[ 1 0 9 ] Menu functions ⢠EDIT AN IMAGE 1 From the menus, select G allery > View folders . 2 Select a folder that cont ains images and select Open . 3 Scroll to an image and select Options > Open . The image editor starts. 4 Select Options > Edit image > Options . Options include Save , Insert text , I nsert frame , and Insert clip - art. 5 T o insert text in the center of the image: a) Select Insert text . b) Enter text in the text editor and select OK . 6 T o put a frame around the image: a) Select Insert frame . b) Scroll to one of the frame images in the Graphics folder and select Options > Ins ert . c) When the image is displayed with the frame added, select OK . 7 T o insert clip art in the center of the image: a) Select Insert Clip - art . b) Scroll to one of the clip art images in the Grap hics folder and select Options > Ins ert . c) When the image is displayed with the clip art added, select OK . 8 T o save the edited image, select Options > Save .
[ 1 1 0 ] Organizer (Menu 9) Y our phone has many useful features for organizing your everyday life, including an alarm clock, a calendar and a to-do list. ⢠ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock is based on the internal clock of your phone. It sounds an alert or turns on the built- in FM radio at the time you specify . The alarm works even if the phone is off if there is enough power in the battery . When the alarm is triggered, the clock radio alarm stays on until the radio is turned off. Select an alarm tone From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm tone , then select one of the following: Standard âÂÂSelect the default alarm tone. Radio âÂÂUse the radio as an alarm. If you select this optio n, connect the headset to the phone. The phone uses the last channel you li stened to as an alarm to ne. If th e headset is not co nnecte d, the def ault a larm tone is used. Ring ing tone âÂÂSelect an alarm tone from the ringing tone list. Open Gallery âÂÂSelect a sound clip from a Gallery folder to use as an alarm. Open a folder that contains tones, scroll to the tone you want, and select Options > Select . Set an alarm NOT ALRE ADY SET 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm time . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n.
[ 1 1 1 ] Menu functions ALREADY SET 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. T urn off an alarm setting From the menus, select Organ izer > Alarm cloc k > Alarm time > Off . Alarm off appears briefly in the display . When the alarm sounds Y our phone beeps, vibrates, and the display lights up. Stop and Snooze appear in the bottom of the display . WITH THE PHONE ON Select Stop to shut the alarm off. OR Select Snooze . The alarm stops for 1 0 minutes and Snoozing appears in the display . If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 1 0 minutes, and then sounds again. WITH THE PHONE OFF 1 The alarm sounds. If you s elect Stop , Switch the phone on ? appears in the display: 2 Select Ye s to power up the phone; select No to keep it switched off. W arning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CALENDAR The calendar keeps track of reminders , calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these events.
[ 1 12 ] Open the Calendar From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the Monthl y view appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Tip: T o open the calendar quickly , press the Right selection key at the start screen. Four - way scrolling Y ou can move the cursor in some cale ndar views by using the four-way scroll keys like a joystick. Monthly view Monthly view provides an overview of the selected month and weeks. It also allows you to jump to a specific date. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar notes such as a meeting or reminder . Go to a date 1 From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Go t o date . 3 Enter the date (for exampl e, 12/1 5/2003) and select OK . The monthly view ap pears in the disp lay with the jump date hig hlighted. Make a note for a specific date Y ou can choose from five types of notes: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , and Reminder . Y our phone asks for further information depending on which note you choose. Y ou also have the option to set an alarm for any note that you select. 1 Go to the date for which you w ant to set a reminder . See âÂÂGo to a dateâ on page 11 2 for more in formation. Monthly view
[ 1 13 ] Menu functions 2 From the monthly view with the go to date highlighted, select Options > Make a note , then select one of the following: 3 Enter the note and select Options > Save . 4 Enter the information requested by the prompts. View calendar note s (the day view) After you have created some calendar notes, you can view them as follows: 1 From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Any dates that contain calendar notes are in bold. 2 Use four-way scr olling to go to the date containing the note. 3 Select Options > View day . Any notes you have for the day appear in a list format. 4 Scroll to the desired note and select Options > View . The body of the note appears in the display . Meeting prompts you to enter a subject, location, and then a start/end time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Call prompts you to enter a phone number , a name, and the time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Birth day prompts you to enter the personâÂÂs name, and year of birth. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Memo prompts you to en ter a subject and then an end date. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Reminder prompt s you to enter the subject you wish to be reminded about. Y ou are then gi ven the option to set an alarm.
[ 1 14 ] Options while viewing calendar notes Select Options while viewing a dayâ s notes to display and the following options appear: View âÂÂView the full note (available only in header view). Make a no te âÂÂMake another note for the selected date (available only in header view). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your calendar . Repeat âÂÂMake the note recur on a regula r basis (daily , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yearly). Go to date âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar (available only in header view). Send note âÂÂSend the note to an other device using Infrared or as a text message or in vCal format. Copy âÂÂCopy the note. Y ou can then paste the note to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the date and time, date and time format, the day each week starts, and whether you want yo ur notes to autodelete after a specified time. Go to to-do list âÂÂTakes you to the to-do list for todayâ s date. Send a calendar note to another device 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display . Days containing notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the note you wish to send. 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to the note you wish to send and select Options > Send note . 5 Select either Via Infrared , As note , or As text message .
[ 1 15 ] Menu functions 6 If you s elected Via Infrared , align the infrared ports of both devices and select Select . Ensure the other device is set to receive data using IR. For more information on enabling IR in th e re ceiving device, refer to the user guide for the receiving device. The note is sent. 7 If you selected As n ote , enter the number for the recipient (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts) and select OK . The note is sent. 8 If you s elected As te xt message , the note appears in the display . 9 Select Options > Se nd . 10 Enter the number for t he recipient (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts), and select OK . The note is sent. Receive Calendar notes from another device When you receive a c alendar note, your phone displays Calendar note received . Y ou can then save the n ote in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. VIEW RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES 1 When your phone displays Calendar note received , select Show . The text of your note appears in the display . 2 Press the scroll keys to view th e entire message, if necessary . SAVE RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the Calendar note , select Options > Save . DISCARD VIEWED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the Cale ndar note, select Options > Discard .
[ 1 16 ] â¢T O - DO LIST Y ou can keep track of your tasks w ith the to-do list feature. Y o u may be able to save up to 30 notes, depending on their length. T o-do notes are not related to specific dates. Add a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organizer > T o - do list > Option s > Add . 2 Enter the to-do note and sel e ct Options > Save . 3 Select either High , Medium , or Low priority . The to-do note is saved. View a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organizer > T o - do list. 2 Scroll to a to-do note and select Options > View . The to-do note appears in the display . Options while viewing to-do notes Select Options whil e viewing the header or body of a particular note and the following options appear: View âÂÂView the body of a note (available only in header view). Edit âÂÂEdit the content of a note (available only in body view). Add âÂÂAdd another note (availabl e only in header view). Deadline âÂÂSet a deadline for the note (available only in body view). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Mark note as done âÂÂMark a note or task as complete; no more reminders will follow (available only in body view). Sort by deadline âÂÂSort the notes according to their deadline. Send âÂÂSend the n ote as a text message. Edit priority âÂÂChange the priority to high, me dium, or low (available only in body view). Go to calendar âÂÂLeave the to-do list and go to the calendar . Save to calendar âÂÂSave the to-do note to a date on your calendar .
[ 1 17 ] Menu functions Games (Menu 1 0) Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun games in your phone! 1 From the menus, select Games . After a brief pause, the list of ga me submenus in the following table appear in the display . 2 Select the desired submenu. Select game âÂÂSelect a game or enter a game option list. See âÂÂGame optionsâ on page 11 8 for more info on game options. Game downloads âÂÂConnect to game downloads on the Internet using your browser . Memor y âÂÂCheck the available memory fo r games and game related applications. Settings âÂÂT urn game sounds, lights, and shakes on or off. ⢠GAME DOWNLOADS MENU 1 From the menus, select Games > Game downl oads . 2 Select one of the options displayed. After a brief pause, the phone connects t o the web pages using the currently active set of browser settings. If the connection fails, you may enter the Services menu and activate another set of service settings. See âÂÂOptions while onlineâ on page 144 for more info on browser settings. ⢠LAUNCH A GAME 1 From the menus, select G ames > Select game . After a brief pause, a list of games appears in the display .
[ 1 18 ] 2 Scroll to a game and press the Ta lk key . If the selection is a single game it will launch. O therwise, a list of games within the selected game set appears in the display . 3 T o launch a single game, scroll to the desired game and press the Ta lk key . Tip: If a game uses the whole dis play area, select ion keys suc h as Options or Back will not appear in the displ ay . Press the Left selection key or the Right select ion key to show the options keys Select or Back (returns to the game). ⢠GAME OPTIONS While viewing the games list, select Options to display the following options. Scroll to an option and select Sel ect to activate the option or enter its submenu. Open âÂÂPlay the game. Delete âÂÂDelet e the game. We b a cc e ss âÂÂChoose an option for restrictin g network access. Options ar e Ask firs t , Allo wed , and No t allowed . Update version âÂÂCheck if a new version of the game is available for download. W eb page âÂÂGet more information or additional data from an Internet page. This feature is shown only i f it is supported by the network and an internet address has been provided by the game. Service settings âÂÂSome games need specific se rvice settings. Y our phone is set to use as default the se rvice settings for the browser . Details âÂÂDisplay details of the game.
[ 1 19 ] Menu functions Applications (Menu 1 1) Y our phone supports J2ME Java applications. Y ou will find useful Java utilities pre-installed on your phone. Also, you can manage and d ownload new applications that may be offe red by your service provider . For currency conversion, see âÂÂCurrency conversionâ on page 122 for more information. ⢠APPLICATION OPTIONS Open âÂÂOpen the selected application or application set. Delete âÂÂDelete the application or application set from your phone. If you delete a pre-installed application, yo u will not be able to recover it. We b a c ce ss âÂÂChoose an option f or restricting network access: Ask fir st (ask for net access), Allo wed (allow net access), Not allowed (do not allow net access). Update version âÂÂCheck if a new version of the application is available for download. W eb page âÂÂGet further information or additional data for the application from an Internet page. This featur e must be supported by a service provider . It is only sh own if an Inte rnet address has been provided with the application. Service settings âÂÂSome applications need specif ic service settings. Y our phone is set to use as default the service settings for the browser . Details âÂÂShows additional information about the application. ⢠LAUNCH AN APPLICATION 1 From the menus, select Applicatio ns > Select application . After a brief pause, one or more applications appear in the display . 2 Scroll to an application or an application set.
[ 120 ] 3 T o launch the application, press the Tal k key . OR Select Options > Open . An application may require a few seconds to load. When you op en an applicatio n, wait for the launch screen to disappear . At t ha t p oin t, th e application is ready . ⢠DOWNLOAD APPLICATIONS Y ou can download new Java applications in diff e rent ways. Application downloads 1 From the menus, select Applicatio ns > App. downloads . After a brief pause, the list of available browse r bookmarks ap pears in the display . Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. 2 Select More bookmarks to access the list of browser bookmarks in your Serv ices menu. 3 Select the boo kmark t hat contain s the appl ication yo u wish to downlo ad. After a brief pause, you are connected to the web page. See âÂÂNavigate th e wireless Internetâ on page 140 for information on browsing web pages. If the connection fails, you may enter the Services menu and activate another set of service settin gs. See âÂÂOptio ns while onlin eâ on page 144 for more info on browser settings. Download links 1 From the menus, select Services > Download li nks . 2 Select an application from the list.
[ 12 1 ] Menu functions PC Suite Use the Java Application installe r from PC Suite to download the applications in your phone. Note: Only install software from sources that you trust. When you download games or applicat ions, games may be saved in the Applications men u and applications ma y be saved in the Games menu . ⢠VIEW MEMORY STATUS FOR APPLICATIONS Y ou can view the size of memory available for game and application installations. From the menus, select Applicatio ns > Memory . After a brief pause, the amount of free memory appears in the display . ⢠CONVERTER II This application converts many common unit types. Switch the conversion direction with the Scroll up key and the Sc roll down key . Press the Star key for the minus (-) sign. Press the Po u n d key for the decimal point. Select Option s to display the following: Clear all âÂÂReset the application. Revers e conv . âÂÂToggle the unit conversion direction. Set conversion âÂÂSet a unit con version to a certain state that will always occur when you enter the application . P ossible states are temperature, currency , weight, length, area, volume, and other (create a new conversion type). Configure âÂÂProvide options for unit conversion. Instructions âÂÂDisplay instructions for use. Change sign âÂÂT oggle the value of the unit from positive ( ) to negative (-) and vice versa.
[ 122 ] Extras (Menu 12) Extras include a calculator with currency exchange rate converter , countdown timer , stopwatch, mobile wallet, and syn chronize tool. ⢠CALCULATOR Basic calculations The calculator in your phone adds, subtracts, multiplies, divides, counts the square and the square root, and converts currency values. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and is designed for simple calculations. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Calculator . After a brief pause, the calculator screen appears in the display . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation. Press the Po u n d key for a decimal point if necessary . 3 T o perform an arithmetic calculation, press the Star key to cycle through the add ( ), subtract (-), multiply ( * ), and divide (/) characters, and pause briefly to select the displayed character . OR T o perform a square or squa re root calculation, select Options , then select Square or Square root . 4 For an arithmetic calculation, en ter the second number in your calculation, then select Options > Equals . The sum of your calculation appears in the display . Currency conversion Y ou can convert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa d irectly from the start screen. 1 At the start screen, enter a currenc y amount to convert.
[ 123 ] Menu functions 2 Select Options , then select one of the f ollowing options: To ho m e âÂÂConverts foreign cur rency t o domestic currency . To fo r e ig n âÂÂConverts domestic currency to foreign currency . If you have not done so already , you are prompted to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the exchange rate, using the Po u n d key to insert a decimal if needed, and s elect OK . The converted amount appears in the display . Edit the exchange rate 1 From the menus, select Extras > Calculator > Options > Exchange rate . 2 Select one of the following options: Foreign units in home un its âÂÂEnter the number of home units it takes to make one unit of foreign currency . Home units in foreign units âÂÂEnter the number of foreign units it takes to make one unit of your home currency . 3 Enter the exchange rate and select OK . The exchange rate is saved . ⢠COUNTDOWN TIMER The countdown timer is like an egg-timer or the timer on your microwave oven. Y ou can enter a specified time (up to 99 hours and 59 minutes), and when the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Note: The countdown timer only works when the phone is on. Once you turn off your phone, the timer is no longer active. Set the timer 1 From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the time.
[ 124 ] 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t , then select OK . 3 Enter a note for the timer , then select OK . The timer begins running. Change the time After you have set the timer , you can change the time. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer > Change t ime . 2 Enter the new time in hh:mm format, then select OK . 3 Leave the note as it was, or enter a new note and select OK . The timer begins running. When the alarm sounds When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm, displays the timer note, and flashes its lights. ⢠Press any key during the alarm to stop the timer . ⢠After 30 seconds the timer alert expires automatically . Stop the timer befor e the alarm sounds From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer > Stop ti mer . Timer stopped appears in the display . ⢠STOPWATCH Y our phone has a stopwatch that can be used to trac k time at sporting events or other occasions. The stopwat ch displays time in hours, minutes, seconds and fractions of a second: hh:mm:ss.s While the stopwatch is running, if you press the End key and return to the st ar t s c ree n, th e cl ock continues to run in th e backgroun d and the icon appears in the upper left corner of the screen. Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the operating time of the phone will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone.
[ 125 ] Menu functions Measure time 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Split timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T o stop timing, select Stop . Measure split time Y ou can use the split t ime function fo r such things as a long distance race when you need to pace yourself. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Split timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T o take an interme diate time, select Sp lit . The timer continues to run. The split time appears below the running time. If you split the time more than once, the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measured times. 3 T o stop timing, select Stop . The total time appears at the top of the display . Measure lap time Y ou can use the lap time function when you want to track how long it takes to complete each cycle or lap. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Lap timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T ake a lap time by selecting Lap . The clock stops, then starts imme diately from zero. The lap time appears below the running time. If you take more than one la p time, the new measured time appears at the beginning of th e list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measured times.
[ 126 ] 3 T o stop timing, select Stop . The total time appears at the top of the display . Save the lap time 1 While the clock is running, select Stop > Options > Save . 2 Enter a name for the measurement and select OK . If you do not enter a name, the total time is used as the default title for the lap time. Other stopwatch options Y ou can ch oose the following options when using the stopwatch: Continue âÂÂShows up when the stopwatch is working in the background. Show last time âÂÂAllows you to view the last measured time. View times âÂÂAllows you to browse the saved times. Delete ti mes âÂÂAllows you to delete any save d times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once. ⢠W ALLET The wallet feature allows you to store personal information like debit and credit card information to an encrypted area of phone memory . This information can then be used to make secure online purchases. W allet purchases can also utilize digital signatures enabled by a security module in the SIM card (if present) for signin g and verifying transactions. Online purchases and digital signature capa bilities are dependent upon your service provider . Y ou can also store impo rtant informati o n in a wallet per sonal note. Security features such as a password and data encryp tion make it ideal fo r storing personal informat ion such as PI N codes and other sensitive dat a.
[ 127 ] Menu functions Security T o protect yourself against unauthorized use of the wallet conten t, you can require a code to be entere d each time you use wallet. See âÂÂAc t iv at e or deactivate code requestâ on page 128 for instructions. Time - out If wallet is open for longer than 5 mi nutes without any user interaction (key presses), a query appears in th e display asking if you would like to keep W allet open , or Exit . If you do not respond within 5 seconds, the wallet application closes and your ph one returns to the start screen. Create a wallet code The first time you access wallet, you w ill be asked to create a personalized wallet code. The wallet code can be 4âÂÂ1 0 digits in length. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter a wallet code. 2 Enter the 4âÂÂ1 0 digit code of your choice and select OK . W allet prompts you to verify th e code. 3 Enter the same code again and select OK . Note: Create a code that is un ique, yet easy to remember . This will be your key to using wallet features in the future. Also, keep your wallet code in a secret place , separate from your phone. Change your wallet code 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > Settings > Change code . 3 Enter the original wallet code and select OK . 4 Enter the new wallet code and select OK . 5 Enter the new wallet code again for verification and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your change.
[ 128 ] Activate or deacti vate code reques t T o protect yourself against unauthorized use of wallet content and information, you can require the wallet code to be entered each time you use wallet. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > Settings > Code request . Y ou are prompted to enter the wallet code. 3 Enter the wallet code and select OK . 4 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A m es sa ge ap p ea r s in the display confirming you have activated or deactivated code request. Reset the wallet code If you forget the wallet code and wish to erase all the information stored in wallet, follow these steps. W arning: Once yo u reset the wallet code and clear the contents of wallet, all of the information is deleted. Y ou must manually enter the information to restore it. 1 At the start screen, enter *#3925538# (*#ewallet#) . A message appears asking if you want to clear your wallet content and code. 2 If you want to permanently delete your wallet code and its contents, select OK . 3 Enter the security code and select OK . Y our wallet code and content are erased. Create a wallet card W allet cards contain data entry fie lds for shipping, billing, receipt, and card information. W allet can hold up to five credit card sets.
[ 129 ] Menu functions 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter the wallet code. 2 Enter the wallet code and select OK > Cards . 3 Scroll to a card and select Options > View , then select one of the following: Card info âÂÂEnter the card holder , type, number , verification value, expiration day , expiration month, and expiration year . User info âÂÂEnter your user name and password. Ship ping inf o âÂÂEnter your first, middle, and last name, company name and street address 1, street ad dress 2, city , state, zip code, and country , phone number , and e-mail addr ess. Billing info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, last name, company name and street address 1, street address 2, city , state, zip code, country , phone number , and e-mail address. Receipt info âÂÂEnter the receipt to phone number and receipt to e - mail address. Compose a personal note W allet can store up to 30 personal notes, such as passcodes or other sensitive data. Y our notes are protec ted by the wallet security feature. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > P ersonal notes > Add new . 3 Compose your note, and select Options > Save . 4 Enter a title for the note and select Options > Save . Y our note is saved. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING THE NOTES LIS T 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet > P ersonal notes . The headers of the notes you have composed appear in the display .
[ 130 ] 2 Scroll to a note header and Select Options , t hen select one of the following: View âÂÂView the contents of the selected note. Edit âÂÂEdit the content s of the selected note. Add new âÂÂCompose and save a new note. Sort âÂÂSort the list of notes by name or date. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected note. Delete all âÂÂDelete all note s. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING A NOTE While viewing a personal note, select Options , then select one of the following: Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note to a compatible phone using SMS. Copy to calendar âÂÂCopy the note t o any dat e on your calendar . Use detail âÂÂCapture any numbers within the note. The number can then be saved to contacts, used to place a call, or you can send a message t o the number . Delete âÂÂErase the note. ⢠SYNCHRONIZE Y our phone synchronization feature allows you to synchronize the calendar and contacts data in your phone with a remote Internet server or a compatible PC. Contacts in your SIM card will not be synchronized. Note: This feature must be supported by your service provider . For more information on availabilit y and synchronization service settings, contact your service provider .
[ 13 1 ] Menu functions Save settings Y ou may receive the synchronization settings as a text me ssage or you may need to enter the synchronizat ion settings manually . If you do not rec eiv e the synchronization setting as a text messa ge, see âÂÂSav e s ett ings manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information. SAVE SETTINGS WHEN RECEIVED AS A TEXT MESSA GE When you receive the synch ronization settings as a text message, Synchronization settings received is displayed. Select Options , then select one of the following: Details âÂÂView the received settings first. Save âÂÂSave the synchronization settings. Discard âÂÂDiscard the synchronization settings. SAVE SETTINGS MANUA LLY Y ou need to activate the set where yo u want to save the synchronization settings. A set is a collection of settin gs required to make a connection to a service. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Synchroniz ation > Settings > Active Internet sync. settings . 2 Scroll to the set you wish to activate and select Acti vate . A confirmation message appears in the display . 3 Select Custom. active Inte r net sync. se tt. , then select each of the following and enter the required settings: Settingsâ name âÂÂRename the synchronization setting and select OK . Data to be synchronized âÂÂScroll to Contacts or Calendar , then select Mark to synchronize that type of data. Y ou can mar k both types if desired. Select Unmark to prevent synchronization. Select Don e to save the changes. Database addresses âÂÂSelect Contacts databa se or Calendar database , enter the name of the database, an d select OK . Y ou can provide an address for each database if desired.
[ 132 ] User n ame âÂÂEnter the user name and select OK . (Contact your service provider , if necessary , for this information.) Pa s s w o r d âÂÂEnter the passwor d and select OK . (Contact your service provider , if necessary , for this information.) Synchronization server âÂÂEnter the name of the server and select OK . Synchronize from your phone If you have saved data in the remote Internet server , you can synchronize your phone by starting the synchronization from your phone. Once you have customized and selected the a ppropriate synchronization settings, you are ready to synchronize data. ( See âÂÂSave settingsâ on page 13 1 or âÂÂSave settin gs manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information.) SYNCHRONIZE DATA 1 From the menus, select Services > Active se rvice set tings . The synchronizat ion settin gs may differ from the service set tings required for browsing. After synchron i zing, change your active service settings back to the previ ous ones if you want to use other serv ices later . 2 Mark the data to be synchronized. See âÂÂSave settings manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information. 3 From the menus, select Extras > Synchronization > Synchronize . Synchronization begins. Depending on the type of connect ion you are using to synchronize data, connecting or initia lizing messages may appear . Note: Synchronizing for the first time or after an interrupted synchronization may take time up to 30 minutes, if contacts or calendar are full. STOP SYNCHRONIZATION 1 T o stop synchronization select Quit or press the End key . The Quit synchronization? message appears. 2 Select OK .
[ 133 ] Menu functions HANDLE CALLS DURING SY NCHRONIZATION During synchronization, outgoing calls are not possible. Incoming calls can still be received, and can be handled in one of the following ways: ⢠T o reject the incoming call, press the End key (synchronization continues). ⢠T o answer the incoming call, press the Ta lk key (synchronization is interrupt ed and a Sy nchron izatio n suspend ed message appears). Note: Once the incoming call is ended, a Start synchronization again? message appears. Selecting Ye s starts synchronization over again, from the beginning. Synchronize from your PC Y ou can synchronize the data in contac ts and calendar t o correspond with the data of your PC by starting th e synchronization from your PC. T o synchronize contacts and calendar from your PC, use either an IR connection or a data cable. Y ou also need the Nokia PC Suite software. Start the synchronization from your PC using Nokia PC suite. After synchronizing, the data in the phone and in the PC are the same.
[ 134 ] Connectivity (Menu 13) Y ou can make a serial connection betw een your phone and a PC using th e DKU- 5 data cable, which is available fo r purchase as an enhanc ement. On ce y ou e s t ab li sh th i s c o nn e c t i on , you can access phone information from your PC, or use your phone as a wirel ess modem. It may also be possib le to make this same serial con nection between you r phone and an IR-equipped lap top or IR- equipped de sktop PC using the IR port. For more information, see the PC/PDA connectivity guide. This document can be downloaded from the Nokia website at http://www .nokia.com . ⢠INFRARED Y ou can set up the phone to receive data t hrough its IR port. T o use an IR c on ne c t io n, transmission and reception mu st be to or from an in fr a re d compatible phone or device. Y ou can send or receive data such as business cards and calendar notes to or from a compat ible phone or data device (such as a computer) using the IR port of your phone. W arning: Do not point the IR beam at anyone's eye or allow it to interfere with oth er IR devices. This device is a Class 1 laser pr oduct.
[ 135 ] Menu functions SEND AND RECEIVE DATA 1 Ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between the devices. The preferable distance between the two devices in an IR connection is from 3 inches to 3 feet . 2 Activate IR in your phone by selecting Connectivity > Infr ared from the menus. 3 The user of the other device should activate IR as well. If data transfer is not started within two minutes after the activation of the IR port, the connection is ca ncelled and must be restarted. CONNECTION INDICATOR â¢W h e n is shown continuously , the IR connection is activated and your phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port. â¢W h e n blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or a connection has been lost. ⢠GPRS, HSCSD, CSD With your phone you can use gene ral packet radio service (GPRS), high-speed circuit switched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD). GPRS is a technology used to send an d receive data using short bursts or packets over the wireless network. With GPRS, you can stay connected to the Internet an d allow for faster d ow n l o ad s w it ho ut c o mp l e t i ng a di a l -u p c o nn ec ti o n . Applications using GPRS include the bro w ser , text messaging and dial-up connections for making digital data calls 3-ft maximum distance
[ 136 ] GPRS dial - up connections When you use your Nokia phone as a wireless modem, you have the option of enabling GPRS connectivity from your PC or laptop computer . Before you can u se GPRS technology , yo u must save the GPRS settings for each of the applications us ed over GPRS. Some service providers may have already set up information for your GPRS dial-up connection. In order to use GPRS, you must firs t subscribe to the network service. Contact your service provider for details. GPRS icons The following icons appear on t he screen to show you the status of your GPRS connection. ⢠DATA COMMUNICAT ION APPLICATIONS For information on using a data c ommunication application, refer to the documentation provided with the application. If you use an IR connection, activate the IR connection in your phone by selecting Connectivity > Infrared from the menus. Also, make sure that the connection is active in your PC. If you use the DKU-5 data c able: 1 Connect the cable to the USB port on your computer and to the connector on your phone. 2 Start using the data communications application on the computer . Shows up in the upper left corner of the screen. Indicates an active GPRS connection, for example, when you are using the browser . Indicates that CSD or voice calls are not possible when using GPRS. Indicates that the GPRS connection has been interrupted by a voice call.
[ 137 ] Menu functions Note: Making or answering phone calls during a computer connection is not recommended as it might disrupt the operation. For better performance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary surface with the keypad facing downward. Do not move the phone during a data call. ⢠NOKIA PC SU ITE Nokia PC Suite 5 is a collection of powerful tools that you can use to man age phone features and data. PC Sui te consists of the following components : Nokia Content Copier allows you to copy data between two Nokia phones, to back up phone data to your PC (then restore the data back to your phone), and erase data from your phone. Nokia Connection Manager allows you to monitor the serial connection between your phone and PC and switch to a different type of connection (cable, IR, or Bluetooth) when copy ing data from one phone to another . Nokia Sound Converter allows you to convert General MIDI files for use with MMS messages and as ringing tones for your phone. Nokia PC Sync allows you to synchronize contact s, calendar , and to-do list items between your phone and PIM applications such as Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Organizer . Nokia Image Converter allows you to convert and optimize graphics for use in MMS messages or for creating desktop wallpaper for your phone. Nokia Phone Editor allows you to edit contact s and settings from your PC. Nokia Applicati on Installer allows you to insta ll Java applications from your PC to your phone. Nokia Phone Browser allows you to browse the contents of your phone using Windows Explorer or My Computer . Refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide fo r installation an d setup instruct ions. PC Suite software and documentation for the Nokia 7250i can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com .
[ 138 ] Services (Menu 14) Y our phone has a built-in browser you can use to connect to selected services on the Internet. Y o u can vi ew weather reports , chec k news or flight times, view financial information, and much more. The browser on your phone can display W AP-based content. Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. ⢠NOTES ON WIRELESS INTERNET ACCESS This section gives a brief overview of wireless Internet technology . T echnology background A technology called Wireless Applic ation Protocol (W AP) is to mobile devices what the W or ld W ide W eb (WWW) is to personal computers. The mobile community began develo ping W AP several years ago to provide access to the Internet for mobile users. Most W AP sites are made up of te xt and hyperlinks. Some pages even contain low-resolution graphics, or require data input. Y our service provider and others are free to design WAP sites as they choose, so the sites are as variable as web pages on the world wide web . Internet content on your personal computer is called a web page. Internet content on your mobile phone is called a page or card. With your multimode br owser you can vi ew the services that use Wireless Mark-Up Language (WML) or extensible Hyper T e xt Mark-u p Language (xHTML). Since the phon e display and memory capacity are much smaller than in a computer , Inter net conten t is displayed differ ently . Y ou may not be able to view all the details on some Internet pages.
[ 139 ] Menu functions Role of the service provider Because wi reless Internet c ontent is designed to be viewed from you r phone, your service provider is now yo ur wireless Internet ser v ice provider as well . It is likely that your service prov ider has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the Internet. Once at your service providerâ s home page, you may find links to a number of other sites. ⢠SET UP FOR BROWSING It should not be necessary to manua lly configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is done by yo ur service provider once you have subscribed to the feature. Contact your service provider if you have problems using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO THE WIRELESS INTERNET Activate service settings for the desired service 1 From the menus, select Services > Settings > Connections settings > Active service se ttings . 2 Scroll to the desired service and select Activate . Connect to the service Y our service provider may have programmed the Right sele ction key to connect you directly to a web site, for example, the pr oviderâÂÂs customer site. Y ou can change this setting by reprogramming the Right select ion key . See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. Y ou can also program the Ri ght selection key to connect you directly to a web site of your choice. See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87.
[ 140 ] There are s everal ways to connect to a servic e: ⢠T o open the serviceâ s start page, from the menus, select Ser vices > Home . OR At the start screen, press and h old the 0 key ( the Internet icon ). ⢠T o select a bookmark, select Service s > Bookmar ks and select a bookmark from the list. If the bookmark does not work wi th the current active service settings, activate another set of service settings an d try again. ⢠T o enter the address of the service, select Services > Go to address . Enter the address of the service and select OK . After a brief pause, the phone atte mpts to connect to your service providerâ s home page. If you see Check service set tings , t he phone may not be set up for browsing. Contact your service provider to make sure that your phone is configured properly . ⢠NAVIGATE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Since your phone screen is much smaller than a co mputer screen, Internet content is displ ayed differently from content displ ayed on a computer . This section cont ains guideli nes for using ph one keys to navigate a W AP sit e. ⢠To browse the W AP site, press the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key . ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press the Tal k key . ⢠T o enter letters and numbers, press a key from 0 âÂÂ9 . ⢠T o enter special characters, press the Star key .
[ 14 1 ] Menu functions ⢠EXAMPLES OF WIRELESS INTERNET SITES The following illustrations show most of the elements you may find on a wireless Internet site. These a re examples only . 1) Header line . Shows the current Internet site. 2) Active l ink . Appears as a highlighted word. 3) Inactive link . Appears as an underlined word. Scroll through the list of links usin g th e Scr oll up key and the Scroll down key . 4) Selection list . Brackets [ ] appear when you have the option to enter information. 5) Options . Select Options to go to the site menu and/or browser page. 6) Back . Select Bac k to return to the previous page. 7) Data entry field . Brackets [ ] that enclose dots indicate when you need to enter information. In th is example, you can enter your zip code to receive the local weather forecast. 1) 2) 3) 6) 4) 5) 7)
[ 142 ] ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can save addresses for your fa vorite sites as bookmarks. Y ou can add up to 50 bo okmarks to your browser . Once you h ave saved a bookmar k, you can program the Go to menu to take you directly to t hat site. See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. Enter bookmarks manually 1 From the menu, select Services > Boo kmarks . After a brief pause, a list of bookma rks (if any) appear in t he display . 2 Select Options > New bookmark . 3 Enter an address for the bookmark and select OK . 4 Enter a title for the bookmark and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your bookmark is saved. Set bookmarks while online While you are connected to the site that you want to bookmark, select Options > Add bookmark . A message appears in the display confirming your bookmark is saved. ⢠FILE UPLOAD Depending on your service, you may be able to upload images and sound files from your phone to a web page. Y ou must be connected to an xHTML page that contai ns embedded image upload tags. Follow the instruct ions on the display to upload files. For more information, contact your service provider . ⢠DISCONNECT FROM THE INTERNET T o close your connection, press the End key twic e.
[ 143 ] Menu functions ⢠S ET UP AN AUT OMATIC CONNEC TION Some service providers may have customized the options on t he Services menu. Contact your service p rovider for more information i f the options shown here are not avail able. Y ou can choose one of the following options for your GPRS connection. 1 From the menus, select Connectivity > GPRS > GPRS connection . After a brief pause, the followin g options appear in the display . 2 Select one of the following options. Always online âÂÂThe phone is au tomaticall y registered to a G PRS network when y ou tu rn your phone on. When you use the W AP browser , the co nne ct ion be twe en yo ur phone and th e network is create d and data transfer is possible. When yo u exit the W AP browser , the GPRS connection ends but the registrati on to the GPRS network remains. When ne eded âÂÂThe GPRS connection is established when you use the W AP browser and is closed when you exit the W AP browser . ⢠RECEIVE A CALL WHILE ONLINE If you are using the W AP browser over GPRS, you can still receive a voice call. Y our data call is put on hold and you can choose to answer the call. ⢠T o answer the incoming call, press the Ta lk key . ⢠T o reject the incoming call, press the End key . Note: After you end your voice call, the GPRS con nection automatically resumes. ⢠MAKE A CALL WHILE ONLINE When you are browsing a W A P card and want to make a call, select Options > Other opti ons > Use detail > Phone number . Y our phone then searches the information on the W AP card for a string of numbers. Y ou can then choose from the number or nu mbers displayed to place the call.
[ 144 ] An alternate way is to press the End key to disconnect from the Internet, then place your call by searching contacts for a name and number or by keying in the phone number . ⢠MAKE AN EMERGENCY CALL WHILE ONLINE If you are using GPRS to connect to the I nternet, you can end your data connection and then make an emergency call. 1 T o close your Internet connect ion, press the End key . 2 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1). 3 Press the Ta lk key . ⢠OPTIONS WHILE ONLINE While you are connected to the Internet , select Options to ac cess the following options. Some service prov iders may have customized these options. Contact your service provider for more information if any of the following options are not available. Home âÂÂStarts the browser and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. Add bookmark âÂÂSaves the current page as a bookmark. Bookmarks âÂÂShows a list of all saved bookm arks. Bookmarks help you find a W AP site quickly . Download links âÂÂShow the list of bookmarks for down loading. Shortcuts âÂÂOpen a new list of options, fo r example, options specific to the current page. Other options âÂÂShow a list of other options, such as appearance and security options. Reload âÂÂReload and update the current page. Quit âÂÂDisconnect from a service.
[ 145 ] Menu functions ⢠SECU RITY Cache memory The information or services you access with the W AP browser are t emporarily saved in the cache memory of the ph one. A cache is a buffer memory , which is used to store data temporarily . If you tried to access or have accessed confidential in formati on requirin g passwords (for example, your bank acco unt), clear the cache after each use. T o clear the cach e from the menu, select Services > Clear the cache . T o clear the cache while browsing, select Option s > Other options > Clear the cache . Certificates T o use some W AP services, such as ba nking services, you need an authority certificate. Using the certificate ca n help you to improve the security of connections between your phone and a W AP server . Y ou can download the certifi c ate fr om a WAP page if the WAP service supports the use of authority certif icates. After the download, you can view the certificate, then save or delete it. If you save the certificate, it is added to the list of certificates in the phone. Y our phone alerts you if the identity of the W A P server or W AP gateway cannot be verified or is not authent ic. T o view the list of authority certificates , from the menus, select Serv ices > Settings > Security settings > Auth ority certificates > Certificate list . ⢠ALLOW OR REJECT COOKIES A cookie is data that a web site saves in your ph one browser cache memory . The data can be, for example, your user info rmation or your browsing preferences. Cook ies will be saved until you clear the cache memo ry .
[ 146 ] 1 From the menus, select Services > Settin gs > Secu rity settings > Cookies . OR While browsi ng, select Options > Other options > Security settings > Cookies . 2 Select Allow to accept cookies or Decline to reject cookies. ⢠CREATE A DIGITAL SIGNATURE Y ou can make digital signatures with your phone. The signature can be traced back to you through the private key on the security module and the user certificate that was used to perfor m the signature. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name to a paper bill, contract or other document. 1 While browsing, select a link on a page, such as the title of the book you want to buy and its price. The text to sign (possibly includin g amount, date, etc.) will be shown. 2 Check that the header text is Re ad and that the digital signature icon is shown. If the digital signature icon does not appear , there is a security breach, and you should not enter any personal data such as your signing PIN. 3 Read all of t he text before signing, scroll ing through the t ext if necessary . 4 T o sign the text, select Sign . 5 Select the user certificate you want to use, enter the signing PIN (provided with the SIM car d if th e SIM card has a security module), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappear s, and the service may display a confirmation of your purchase.
[ 147 ] Menu functions ⢠APPEARANCE SETTINGS Y ou can determine how pages appear on the phone display . 1 From the menus, select Services > Settings > Appearance settings . 2 Select one of the following options: T ext wrapping âÂÂT ext on the web page continues on the next line if it cannot be shown on only one line. Select On to allow text wrapping, or Off to prevent text wrapping. Show images âÂÂSelect Ye s to display pictures fr om the page, or No to hide pictures. When pictures are displayed, pages load more slowly . Go to (Menu 15) The Go to menu lets you access specific functions quickly . Y ou can personal ize the men u so that it li sts the functi ons you u se most f requentl y . See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87 for instructions on setting up the Go to menu. SIM services (Menu 16) In addition to the functions availabl e on the phone, your SIM card may provide additional services that you can access in Menu 16. This menu is shown only if it is supported by your SIM card. The name and content s of the menu depend entirely on the serv ice available. For availability , rates, and information on using SIM services, contact your service provider . T o see the mes sages sent betw een th e phone and the network when you are using the SIM services, select Settings > Ph one settings > Con firm SIM service actions > Y es . Accessing these services may involve sending a t ext message or making a phone call for which you may be charged.
[ 148 ] 9 Hardware and enhancements ⢠HARDWARE Connection ports and other tools ⢠Charger connector (1) ⢠P op-P ort TM connector for headsets and data cables (2) ⢠IR (i n frared) port (3) ⢠Camera lens on the back cover of the phone (4) Antenna Y our phone has a built-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, avoid touching the antenna while the phone is powered up. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than necessary . Hold the phone as you would any other telephone with the antenna area pointed up and over your shoulder .
[ 149 ] Hardware and enhancements Recharge the battery Y our phone is powered by a recharge able battery . To charge the battery: 1 Plug the charger t ransformer in to a standard ac outlet. 2 Insert the charger output plug into the round co nnector at the bottom end of the phone. After a few seconds, the battery indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. If the battery is completely flat, it may take a few minutes bef ore the charging indicator appears on the display or any calls can be made. Tip: Y ou can use the phone while the charger is connected. Change the Xpress - on⢠covers W arning: Before changing covers, ensure t he phone is powered off and disconnected from the charge r or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached. REMOVE THE BACK COVER AND THE BATTERY This procedure is illustrated in the section âÂÂRecharge the batteryâ on page 149 . 1 Push the back cover release toward the top of the phone. 2 Lift th e back cover away from the phone to remove. 3 After you have removed the back cove r , insert your finger into the finger grip and lift the battery from its compartment.
[ 150 ] REMOVE THE FR ONT COVER 4 Press the front cover latch on the top of the phone while gently pulling the top of the front cover away from the rest of the phone. INSTALL THE KEY MAT AND NEW FRONT COVER 5 Remove the key mat from the old front cover and place it into the new front cover as shown. 6 Insert the latches from the bottom of the new front cover into the matching holes at the bottom of the phone. 7 Gently push the latches from the middle of the front cover into the matching holes in the middle of the phone. 8 Gently push the cover latch on the top of the front cover through the locking hole in the top of the phone, and snap the cover into place.
[ 15 1 ] Hardware and enhancements 9 Install the battery , and then match the top of the back cover to the locking catch in the top of t he phone. 10 P osition the back cover over the locking catches on both sides of the phone, and press down to lock the cover into place. ⢠ABOUT ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from AC P -7, ACP-8, ACP-12, LCH- 9, LCH-12 , DDC-1, an d D T -1. W arning: U se only batteries, char gers and enhancements approv ed by the phone manufacturer for use with this particular phone model. The use of any other type s may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone, and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancemen ts, please check with your dealer . When you disconn ect the pow er cord of any enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord.
[ 152 ] Important battery information CHARGING AND DISCHARGING Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full perfor mance may be achieved only after two or three complete char ge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approv ed by the ph one manufact urer and recharg e your battery only wi th the ch argers ap prov ed by the manufact urer . Un plug the charger when not in use. Do not l eav e the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, si nce overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fu lly charged battery will di scharge it self over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge; allow it to cool down or warm up first. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery which is damaged or worn out. Do not short-circuit the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes direct connection of the and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a cl osed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery be tween 59ðF an d 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully char ged. Batteries' performance is particularly limited in temperatures we ll below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of ba tteries acco rding to applica ble local regu lations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose of as household waste.
[ 153 ] Hardware and enhancements PROLONG THE BATTERY Use the following guidelines to obtain th e best performance from your battery: ⢠Y ou can use your phone while the battery is charging. However , if the battery is completely empty , it ma y need to recharge a few minutes before you can make or receive calls or the battery indicator appears. ⢠After the first charge, you can ma ke and receive calls during the charging cycle, but a call lengthens the charging time. When a call ends, the normal charging cycle resumes. ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrol ling and remain constant when the phone is fully charged. If you lea ve the phone connected to the charger , the battery receives an ad ditional charge. If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, Batte ry full momentarily appears in the display . Note: The battery will accept a âÂÂtrick le chargeâ for an additional two hours. â¢P O W E R Standard 720-mAh Li - Ion battery (BLD - 3) ⢠Provides up to 5 hours of talk-time. ⢠Provides up to 3 hours talk-time using the loudspeaker . ⢠Provides up to 1 0 days of standby time. ⢠Provides up to 20 hours of playing time for the radio when using the headset. ⢠Provides up to 8 hours of playing time for the radio when using the speaker . Note: Operation times are estimates and may vary depending on network conditions, charging and phone use.
[ 154 ] Standard travel charger (ACP - 7) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). Multivoltage performance travel charger (ACP - 8) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the ch arger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Call s can be made du ring chargin g, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used toget her with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). Battery charging stand (DDC - 1) Charge a spare battery with this convenient stand.
[ 155 ] Hardware and enhancements Rapid travel charger (ACP - 12) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-Va c wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Calls ca n be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). ⢠AUDIO Music stand (D T - 1) Equipped with full-range stereo speakers, the Nokia Music stand is designed for listening to your FM phone radio in excellent quality stereo sound. It also includes input for external audio devices. Just plug in a compatible CD player or MP3 player to the external audio input at the back of th e stand to enjoy music on the stereo speakers. K eeping the business user in mind, the Nokia Music stand has an automute feature for external audio sources. And the integrated microphone lets you make conference calls and talk handsfree while your phone is charging in this stylish, st reamlined music stand.
[ 156 ] Headset (HS - 5) The headset provide s an easy and convenient handsfree solution with a remote control. Boom headset (HDB - 4) New over-the-ear design concept boom headset is small, lightweight, and provides excellent audio quality . Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset plug into the P op-P ort TM connector at the bottom end of your phone. 2 P osition the headset on your ear as it appears in the illustration to the right. With the headset conn ected, you can make, answer , and end calls as usual. ⢠Use the keypad to enter numbers. ⢠Press the Ta lk key to place a call. ⢠Press the End key to end a call.
[ 157 ] Hardware and enhancements Stereo headset (HDS - 3) Distinctive Nokia design enabling the use of stereo FM radio available on some Nokia phones. Provides excellent audio quality and handsfree functionality with an integral send/end button. Loopset (LPS - 4) With the Nokia loopset, people who us e a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck, so it can be worn comfortably and discreetly . ⢠DATA Data cable (DKU - 5) For e-mail, faxe s, Internet, and data transmissions, the data cable p rovides easy and convenient connection with no modem or PC card needed.
[ 158 ] Desktop stand (DCV - 14) The desktop stand pr ovides easy charging and convenient data synchronization with a compatible computer using the data cable (DKU-5) sold separately . ⢠CAR Full car kit (CARK-143) The full car kit is a complete handsfree solution for your vehicle. ⢠Advanced car handsfree unit (HFU-4) ⢠Mounting plate (MKU-1) ⢠Handsfree microphone (HFM-8) ⢠Handsfree speaker (HFS-12) ⢠P ower cable (PCU-4) ⢠System cable (SCU-4) ⢠Mobile holder (MBC-15S) and swivel mount (HHS-15) The car kitâ s ignition sense feature prevents the phone from draining the car battery when the car ignition is turned off. Note: MBC-15S and HHS-15 are also sold separately .
[ 159 ] Hardware and enhancements Mobile lighter charger (LCH - 12) This multi voltage charger plugs into the cigarette lighter and is an easy and convenient way to charge the compatible phone battery in a vehicle. This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to t he base of your phone. Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . Headrest handsfree (BHF -1) This handsfree unit with an integrated microphone installs on a car headrest and provides basic handsfree operation. ⢠COVERS AND CASES Xpress - on color covers Express yourself with Xpress-on c olor covers that match your own unique style. Carry cases A wide range of stylish carrying case s for your Nokia phone is available from your local Nokia dealer . The availability and selection of carrying cases may vary by dealership.
[ 160 ] 10 R e f e r e n c e information ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superio r design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years: ⢠K eep the phone and all its parts and enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot area s. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, da mage batteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it war ms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form ins ide which may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt t o open the phone. Nonexpert han dling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake th e phone. Rough h andling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the phone and may violate regul a tions governing radio devices.
[ 16 1 ] Reference information All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charger or any enhancement. If any of them are not working properly , take them to your nearest qualified service faci lity . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arrange for service. ⢠I MPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION T raffic Safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the ph one on the passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regula tions in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elec tronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. P ACEMAKERS P acemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 6 inches (20 cm) be maintained be tween a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interf erence with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. P e rsons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket
[ 162 ] ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠If you have any reason t o suspect that interference is taking place, switch off your phone immediately . HEARIN G AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfe re with some hearing aids. In the event of such int erference, you may wa nt to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phon es, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the ma nufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shie lded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off yo ur phone in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF ene rgy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es (for example, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag system s). Check with the manufacturer or its representative regar ding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P osted facilities Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death.
[ 163 ] Reference information Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blast ing operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below de ck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contai ns chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless ph one equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids , gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicl es equipped with a n air ba g, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wire less equipment is improperl y installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phon e while in the air . Switch of f your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone networ k, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these in structions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the of fender , legal action, or both.
[ 164 ] ⢠EMERGENCY CALLS W arning: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wire less, and landl ine networ ks as well as user-pro grammed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essentia l communications (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services an d/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. T o make an emergency call: 1 If the phon e is not o n, switch it o n . Check for adequate signal strength. 2 Press the End key as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc. ) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number (for example, 9 1 1). 4 Press the Ta l k key . If certain features are in use, you may first need to tur n those feature s off before yo u can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular service provider .
[ 165 ] Reference information CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOV ERNMENT'S REQUIR EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W A VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmi tter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the e mission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Fe deral Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards th at were developed by independent scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards in clude a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are co n ducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determin ed at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while operating can be well bel ow the maximum value. This is because th e ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you ar e to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is ava ilable for sale to t he public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC fo r each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.69 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.7 0 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enha ncements and FCC requirements).
[ 166 ] While there may be differences betwee n the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluate d as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/ o et/fccid after se archin g on FC C ID PY A NHL - 4JX. For body worn operation, this p h one has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an enhancement that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from the body . Use of other enhancements may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body-worn enhancement and are not holding the phone at the ear , posi t ion the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W /kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a su bstantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measureme nts. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at www . nokia.com/us .
[ 167 ] T roubleshooting 1 1 T r oubleshooting The following table lists some common problems and their solutions. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solut ion My phone is not charging The charger and phone are not properly connected. Securel y con nect th e charger to the phone. The charger is not properly plugged i nto the wall. Ensure the cha rger is plugged in correctly . My phone is not making/ receiving calls The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal strength is poor . If you are indoors, move toward a window . I cann ot listen to my voice messages Y ou do no t have voice mail service. Call your service provider . Y ou have not set up your voice mail service with your service provider . Call your service provider . Y ou ha ve not saved your voice mail num ber t o yo ur phon e. See âÂÂSave your voice mailbox numberâ on page 67. Y ou have forgotte n your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your service provider . The voice mail number you have saved to your phone is incorrect. Call your service provider . When I insert my SIM card into an other phone, it is rejected Fixed dialing is activ ated on your SIM card and the receiving phone does not support fixed dialing. Deactivate fixed dialing on the SIM.
[ 168 ] 12 T echnical information Feature Specification Dimensions Width 1.73 in (44 mm) Height 4.13 in (1 05 mm) Depth 0.75 in (19 mm) W eight 3.24 oz (92 gm) with BLD-3 Li-Ion Battery Wireless networks GSM 900, 1800, and 1900 networks Size (volume) 4.45 cu in (73 cu cm) Frequency range (Tx) GSM 900: 880âÂÂ9 15 MHz GSM 1800: 17 1 0âÂÂ1785 MHz GSM 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz Frequency range (Rx) GSM 900: 925âÂÂ960 M Hz GSM 1800: 1805âÂÂ1865 MHz GSM 1900: 1930âÂÂ1990 MHz Tx output power 2 W (max) Battery voltage 3.7 Vdc Number of channels 299
[ 169 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 13 Nokia one -year limited warranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that th is cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty for the Pr oduct extends for ONE (1) y ear beginnin g on the date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that th e Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends only to th e original purch aser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is n ot assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri c a. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective pa rts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use wi t h new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative part s. NokiaâÂÂs limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actu al cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer fo r the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Co nsumerâ s exclusive remedies for breach of warranty .
[ 17 0 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after t he completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no covera ge or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the follow ing conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, expos ure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, negle ct, abus e, acc ident, alte ration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged fro m external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthqua ke or damage fro m exposure to weather conditions, an Act of G od, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or Internet viruses, bugs, worms, T rojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by t he Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the a pplicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the defe ctive function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other so ftware problems introduced into the Product.
[ 17 1 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is not convenient becaus e of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Co nsumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn.: Repair Department 795 W est Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service ag reement (if applicable). Expenses related to removi n g the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by th is limited warranty . The Con sumer will be responsibl e for any expen ses related to rei nstallation of t he Product. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 3 0 days, or after a reasonable number of atte mpts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Pr oduct has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days.
[ 172 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited war ranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed t o the Consumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Product will be retu rned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UNDERST AND THAT THE PRODU CT MA Y CONSIST OF REFURBISHED EQUIPMEN T THA T CONTAINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPR OCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCH ANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRI TTEN W ARRANTY . O THERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHA LL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONS EQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LO SS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD P ARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJU RY T O PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FRO M BREACH OF THE W ARR ANTY , BREACH OF CONTRAC T , NEGLIGEN CE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O T HER LEGAL OR EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP A IRED.
[ 173 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gi ves the Consumer specific legal rights and t he Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or se ller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agr eements or underst andings, oral or written, r elating to the Pro duct, and no represen tation , promise or condition not contained he rein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this limited warrant y may be di rected to: Nokia Inc. Attn.: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2 U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimile: (8 13) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and enhancements is specifically define d within their own warranty cards and packaging.
Manufactured or sold under one or more following US P atents. Asterisk (*) indicates design patents pending. 4868846 55 19885 5827 082 5966378 6 1 12099 6266330 4969 192 5526366 5835889 597 0059 6 1 15 6 17 6282436 500 1372 5553125 5 8 3 9101 5987 137 6 1 18775 6285888 5045973 5557639 584884 59917 16 6 12 1 846 6292668 5101 1 7 5 556582 1 584 52 19 599 1857 6 122498 6295286 52 12834 5570369 5857 1 5 1 59995 23 6 128322 6308 084 5230091 558 1244 5862 178 6005857 6128509 6 310 6 0 9 5233634 5597 10 2 587 06 83 60 1 1 853 613809 1 631 1 054 524 1284 5625274 5887266 60 14573 6 140966 6314 166 524 1583 5640395 5889770 60 18277 6 144243 63244 12 5266782 5664004 5892475 6026 16 1 6 144676 63472 18 5 3 111 5 1 5664053 5898925 6028567 6 148209 6356759 53 1 1 179 566 9069 590 7823 6029 128 6 15 1 485 6359904 53 17283 5677620 59 14690 6038238 6 15 150 7 6363259 533 1638 5678224 59 14796 6043760 6 163609 637 0362 5335362 5692032 59 15440 6047 196 6 164547 637 0 390 5353328 5699406 59 17868 6049796 6167248 6377803 5378935 5699482 5920826 60504 15 61 70 073 63 93 12 1 5384782 57 0 1392 5926 138 6055439 6 178535 64 30 72 1 5390223 5729534 5926 769 6060 193 6 185295 6434133 5396657 57 2954 1 5930233 6 069923 6 188909 * 2 9 / 1 70210 5400949 573 4683 5946651 60 72787 6195338 *29/17 02 29 54 16435 575 4976 5956332 608 1534 6 199035 *29/17 0 245 5442521 5760568 5956625 6 084962 6201876 *29/17 0 246 54448 16 578 2646 5956633 6088746 62 19560 5446364 57 94 142 5960354 6 094587 62400 76 5479476 5802465 5960 389 6097964 62400 79 5487 084 580 5084 5963901 6 1 05784 6249584 5493255 58 0530 1 5966374 6 1 08553 62593 12
[ 175 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cell ular T el ecommu nications & Internet Asso ciation. All Rights R eserv ed.1250 Connecti cut A v en ue, NW Suite 800 , W ashington , DC 20036 . Phone: (202 ) 785-0081
[ 176 ] Saf ety is the most important call you will ev er make . A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people in the U .S. toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, safety and v alue deliv ere d b y the wireless telephone. Quite simply , the wir eless phon e gi v es people the po w er ful a bility to comm unicate b y v oice--almos t anyw here, anytime--with the bos s, wi th a c lient, with the kids , with eme r genc y personnel or e v en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions of calls from their wir ele ss phones, and the n umbers ar e rapidly gr o wing. But an important responsibility ac companies those benef its, one that e v er y wir eless phone user m ust uphold . W hen dri ving a car , dri ving is y our f irst r esponsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluab le tool, but good judgment mus t be e xer cised at all times w hile driving a motor v ehicle--w hether on the phon e or not. T he basic lessons ar e ones w e all lear ned as teena g ers . Dri ving requir es aler tness, caution and cour tesy . It r equir es a hea vy dose of basic common sense---k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c hec k y our mirr ors fr equently and w atch out f or other dri v ers . It r equir es obeying all traf f ic signs and signals a nd sta ying within the speed limi t. It means using seatb elts and r equiring other passe ngers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, dri ving saf ely means a little more. T his broc hur e is a call to wir e le ss phone users e v er yw here to mak e safety their f irst priority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless telecomm unications is k eeping us in touch, simplifying our li v es, pr otecting us in emer g encies a nd pr o viding opportunities to help others in n eed. W hen it comes to the use of wir eless phones, saf ety is your most important ca ll. Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w h ile dri ving and using a wir eless phone w hich should be easy to r emember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone and its f eatur es suc h as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v anta ge of v aluab le featur es most phones of fer , inc luding automatic r edial and memory . Also, w or k to memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dial function w ithout taking y our attention off the r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands fr ee device. A numb er of hands fr ee wir eless phone accessories ar e re adily a v ailab le toda y . Whether y ou ch oose an installed mounted device f or y our wireless p hone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v antage of these de vices if a v ail a ble to y ou. 3 P osition y our wireless ph one within easy r eac h. Mak e sur e y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r eac h and w her e y ou can gra b it without r emo ving y our ey es from the r oad. If y ou get an incoming call at an incon v enient time, if possib le, let y o ur v oice mail ans w er it fo r y ou.
[ 177 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA 4 Suspend con v ersations during hazar dous dri ving conditions or situations . Let the person y ou ar e speaking with kno w y ou are dri ving; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traf f ic or hazar dous w eather conditions. R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be hazar dous, b ut so is hea vy traff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst r esponsibility is to pa y attention to the roa d. 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone n umbers w hile driving . If y ou are r eadin g an addr ess book or b usiness car d , or writing a "to do" list w hile dri ving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w h er e y ou ar e going . Itâ s common sense. Don â t get caught in a danger ous situatio n because y ou are r eading or writing and not pa ying attention to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and assess the tr af f ic; if possib le, place calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T r y to plan y our call s bef or e y ou begin y our trip or attempt to coincide y our calls with times y ou ma y be stopped at a stop sign, r ed light or otherwise stationar y . Bu t if y ou need to dial w hile driving, f ollo w thi s simple tip--dial only a fe w n u mbers , c hec k the r o ad and y our mirrors , then contin ue. 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotiona l con v ersations th at ma y be distractin g. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and driving do not mix--they ar e distracting a nd e v en dangerous w hen y ou ar e behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w ar e y ou are dri ving and if necessary , suspend con v ersations w hich ha v e the potential to di v er t y our attention fr om the r oad. 8 Use y our wirele ss phone to call f or help . Y our wire less phon e is one of the greatest to ols y ou can o wn to pr otect y ourself and y our family in danger ous situations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only thr ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency n umber in the case of f ire, tr af f ic accident, r oad hazar d or medical emer genc y . R emember , it is a free call on y our wireless phone! 9 Use y our wirele ss phone to help o thers in emer gencies . Y our wir eless phone pro vid es y ou a perfect oppor tunity to be a "Good Samar itan" in y ou r community . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pro gre ss or other serious emer gency w here li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency n umber , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assistance or a special wir eless non-emer genc y assistance n umber w hen necessar y . Cer tain situations y ou encounter w hile driving ma y requir e attention, b ut ar e not ur g ent enough to merit a call f or emer genc y services . But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to lend a hand. If y ou see a brok en-do wn v ehic le posing no serious h azar d, a br ok en tr aff ic signal, a minor tr aff ic accident w here no one appe ars injur ed or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen, call r oadside assistance or other special non-emer genc y wir eless number . Car ele ss, distra cted indi viduals and peop le dri ving irr esponsibly r epresent a hazar d to ev er y one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecomm unications Industry Association and the wir eless industry ha v e conducted educational outr each to inf or m wir eless phone users of their resp onsibilities as safe dri v ers and good citizens . As w e appr oac h a ne w c entur y , mor e and mor e of us will tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless telephones . And, as w e tak e to the r oads , w e all ha v e a r esponsibility to dri v e safely . T he wir ele ss industry reminds you to use y our phone saf el y when driving .
[ 178 ] F or mor e inf ormation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or update s: http://www .w o w-com.com/consumer /issues/dri ving / ar tic les.cfm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecomm unications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A v en u e, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1
[ 179 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ..... F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones
[ 180 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administration 1. Do wireless ph ones pose a health h azard? T he a v ailab le scientif ic ev idence does not sh o w that any health pr ob lems ar e associated with usin g wir eless phones . Ther e is no proof , ho w ev er , that wirele ss phones ar e absolutely saf e. W ireless phone s emit lo w lev els of radiofr e quency ener g y (RF) in the micr o w a v e r ange w hile being used. T hey also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the stand-b y mode. W her eas high lev els of RF can pr oduce he alth eff ects (b y heating tissue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating eff ects causes no kno wn ad v erse health effec ts . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biological ef fects . Some studies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut such f indings ha v e not been conf irmed b y addition al r esear c h. In some cases , other r esearc hers ha v e had diff iculty in r epr oducing those studies, or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's r ole concerni ng the safety of wireless phones? Under the la w , FD A does not re vie w the saf ety of radiation-emitting consumer pr oducts suc h as wir eless phones bef ore they can be sold, as it doe s with ne w drugs or medical de vices . Ho w ev er , the agency has authority to tak e action if wir eless phones ar e sho wn to emit rad iofr equency ener g y (RF) at a le v el that is hazar dous to the user . In suc h a case, FD A could requ ir e the man u fac tur ers of wir eless phones to notify users of the health hazar d an d to r epair , r eplace or r ecall the phones so that the hazar d no longer e x ists . Although the e xistin g scientif ic data do not justify FD A regu latory actions, FD A has ur ged the wir eless phone indu str y to tak e a n umber of steps , inc ludin g the f ollo wing: ⢠Suppor t n eeded r esear ch into possib le biological eff ects of RF of the ty pe emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w a y that minimizes any RF exp osur e to the user that is not necessa r y f or device function ; and ⢠Cooper ate in pr o viding users of wir eless phones with the best possib le inf or mation on possib le ef fects o f wir eless phone use on human health. FD A belongs to an intera gency w or k ing group of the f ederal agencies that ha v e r esponsibility f or differ ent aspe cts of RF safe ty to ensur e coor dinated eff or ts at the feder al le v el. The f ollo wing agencies belong to this w orking gr oup: ⢠National Institute f or Occupational Safety and Health ⢠En vironmental Pr otection Agenc y ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr ation ⢠National T elecommunica tions and In f o rmation Administr ation T he National Institutes of Health par tic ipates in some inter a genc y w orking gr oup acti vities, as w ell.
[ 18 1 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA FD A shares r egulator y r esponsibilities f or wireless phones with the F ederal Communi cations Commission (FCC). All phones that ar e sold in the United States must comply with FCC saf ety guidelines that limit RF e xposur e. FCC r elies on FD A and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions a bout wir eless phones . FCC also r egulates the base stations that th e wir eless phone netw orks r ely upon. While these base stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones the mselv es, the RF e xposur es that people get from these base stations ar e typically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get from w ir eless phon es . Base stations ar e thus not the subject of the saf ety questions discussed in th is docume nt. 3. What kinds of ph ones are the subject of t his up date? T he term wireless p hone r efers her e to hand-held wir eless phones with b uilt-in antennas , often called cell mobile or PCS phon es . T hese types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measu ra ble r adiofr equency energ y (RF) because of the short distance betw een the phone and the userâ s he ad. Th ese RF ex posur es ar e limited by F ederal Comm unications Commission saf ety guidelines th at w ere de v eloped with the ad vice of FD A and other f ederal health and saf ety agencies . When the phon e is located at gr eater distances fr om the user , the e xposur e to RF is dr astically lo w er because a person's RF e xposure decr eases ra pidly with incr easing distance fr om the sour ce. T he so-called cor dless phones; w hich h a v e a base un it connected to the telephone wiring in a house, typically oper ate at far lo w er po w er le v els, and th us pr oduce RF e xposures far belo w the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thu s far has pro duced conf licting r esults, and many studies ha v e suff er ed from f la ws in their resear ch methods . Animal experiments in v estig ating the eff ects of r adiofr e quen cy energy (RF) exposur es char acteristic of wir eless phones ha v e yielded conf licting results that often cann ot be r epeated in oth er la bor atories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e suggested that lo w lev els of RF coul d acceler ate the de v elopment of cancer in la bor atory an imals . Ho w ev er , many of the studie s that sho w ed increased tumor dev elopment used animals that had be en genetically engineer ed or tr eated with cancer -causing chemicals so a s to be pr e-disposed to dev elop cancer in the a b sen ce of RF e x p osur e. Other stud ies e xposed the animals to RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . These cond itions ar e not similar to the conditions under w hic h people use wir eless phones, so w e donâ t kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h stu dies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar g e epidemiolo g y studies ha v e been pub lished since December 20 00. Betw een them, the studies in v estigated any possib le association betw een the use of wir eless phones a nd primary brain cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acoustic neur oma, tumors of the b rain o r sali v a ry gland, leuk emia, or other cancers . None of the studies demonstr ated the e xistence of any harmful health eff ects fr om wir eless phone RF e xposures . Ho w ev er , none of the studies can ans w er questions a bout long-te rm exposur es, since the a v era ge period of phone use in these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears .
[ 182 ] 5.What research is neede d to decide whether RF exposu re from wireless phones po ses a health risk? A combination of la bor atory studies and ep idemiological studies of people actually using wir eless phones w ould pr o vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime animal e xposur e studies could be completed in a fe w y ears. Ho w ev er , v er y lar ge n umbers of animals w ould be needed to pr o vide relia ble pr oof of a cancer pr omoting ef fect if one e xists . Epide miological studies can pro vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to human po pulations, b ut 10 or mor e y ears fo llo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers a bout some health ef fects , suc h as cancer . T his is b ecause the interv al betw een the time of ex posur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors de v elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears. T he inter pr etation of epidemiolo gical studies is hamper ed b y dif f iculties in measuring actual RF exposur e during da y-to-da y use of wireless phones . Many factors aff ect this measur ement, suc h as the angle at w hich th e phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used . 6. What is FDA doin g to find out more a bout the possible h ealth effect s of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or k ing with the U .S. National T o xicolo g y Pr og r am and w ith groups of in v estigators around the w or ld to ensure that h igh priority animal studies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions a bout the ef fects o f e xposur e to radiofr equency ener g y (RF). FD A has been a leading par ticipant in the W or ld Health Organization International Electr oma gnetic Fields (EMF) Pr oject since its inception in 1996. An inf luential r esult of this w or k has been the dev elopment of a detailed agenda of resear ch needs that has dri v en the esta b lishment of ne w resea r c h pr o grams ar ound the w or ld. T he Pr oject has also h elped dev elop a series of pub lic inf or ma tion documents on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal Cooper ati v e R esearc h and De v elopment Agreement (CRAD A) to do r esear ch on wir eless phone safety . FD A pro vides the scientif ic o v ersight, obtaining input fr om e xperts in go v ernment, industry , and academic or g aniz ations . CTIA- funded r esear ch is conducted th r ough contr acts to independent in v estig ators . The initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . T he CRAD A will also include a br oad assessment of additional r e se ar c h needs in the conte xt of the latest resear ch de v elopments around the w or ld. 7. How can I fi nd out how much radio frequency energy exposure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones sold in the United States mu st comply with F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) guidelines that limit r adiofrequency ener g y (RF) e xposure s. FCC esta b lished these guidelines in consultation with FD A and the other feder al health and safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f or RF ex posur e fr om wir eless telephones is set at a Specif ic Absorption Rate (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC limit is consiste nt with the saf ety sta ndar ds dev eloped b y the Instit ute of Electr ical and E lectr onic Enginee ring (I EEE) an d the Nat iona l Council on R adiation Pr otection an d Measur ement. T he exposur e limit tak es into conside ration the bodyâ s ab ility to r emo v e heat from the ti ssues that a bsorb ener g y fr om the wireless phone and is set w ell belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e ef fec ts .
[ 183 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones m ust r eport the RF e xposur e lev el f or ea c h model of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety) gi v es dir ectio ns f or locating the FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF exposur e lev el in the online listing. 8. What has FDA don e to measure the radiofrequency e nergy coming from wireless phones? T he Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standar d f or measuring the r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) expo sur e fr om wir eless phones and other wir eless handsets with the par tic ipation and leadersh ip of FD A scientists and engineers . Th e standar d , R ecommended Practice f or Determining the Spatial-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ireless Commun ications Devices: Ex perimental T ec hniques , sets f or th the f irst consistent test methodolo g y f or measuring the rate at w hic h RF is deposited in the heads of wir eless phone users . Th e test method uses a tissu e-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodolog y is e xpected to gr eatly impr o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif feren t la boratories on the same ph one. SAR is the measur ement of the a mount of ener g y absorbed in tissue, eith er b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measur ed in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of matter . T his measur ement is used to determine w h ethe r a wir eless phone complies with safety guideline s . 9. What step s can I t ake to reduce my ex posure to radiofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these products--and at this point w e do not kno w that there is--it is pr oba b ly v e ry small. But if y ou are conce rned about a v oiding ev en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to minimize y our e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposure a person r ecei v es, r educing the amount of time spent using a wir eless phone will r educe RF exposur e. If y ou must conduct e x te nded con v ersations b y wir eless phone e v er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance betw een y our body and the sour ce of the RF , since the e xposur e le v el drops of f dr amatically with distance. F or exam ple, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireless phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone connected to a r emote antenna. Ag a in, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir ele ss phones ar e har mful. B ut if y ou are concerned a bout the RF e xposur e fr om these pr oducts, y ou can use measur es lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF exp osur e fr om wir eless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless pho nes? The scientific evidence does n ot sho w a danger to users of wireless pho nes, inc luding childr en and teenagers. If y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposure to radiofr equenc y ener g y (RF), the measu r es described a b o v e w ould a pply to c hildr e n and teenagers using wir eless phones . R educing the time of wir eless phone use and incr easing the distance betw een the user and th e RF sour ce will r educe RF e xposure.Some gr oups sponsor ed b y other national go v er nme nts ha v e ad vised that childr en be discoura ged fr om using wir eless phones at all. F or example, the go v er nment in the United Ki ng dom
[ 184 ] distrib uted leaf lets containing such a r ecommendation in December 2000. T h ey noted that no e vidence e x ists th at using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill ef fec ts . T heir r ecommendation to limit wireless phone use b y child r en w as strictly precautionary; it w as not based on scientif ic evidence that any health hazar d e xists . 1 1. What a bout wireless phone interference with medical equipment? R adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) fr om wir eless phon es can inter act with some electr onic devices . F or this reason , FD A h elped dev elop a detailed test method to measur e electr omagn etic interfer ence (EMI) of implanted car diac pacemak ers and def i b rillators fr om wir eless telephones . T his test method is no w par t of a standar d sponsor ed b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medical instrumentation (AAMI). T he f i nal dr aft, a joint ef f or t b y FD A, medical device man ufactur ers , and many other gr oups , w as completed in late 2000. T h is stand ar d will allo w man ufactur e rs to ensur e that car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillators ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence fr om handheld wir eless phones and helped de v elop a v oluntar y standar d sponsor ed b y the Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf ormance req uir ements f or hearing aids and wir eless phones so that no interfer ence occurs w hen a person uses a compatib le pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standard w as appr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A continues to monitor the use o f wir eless phone s f or possib le inter actions with other medical de vices . Should h armful interfer ence be f ound to occur , FD A will conduct testing to assess the interfer ence and w or k to r esolv e the prob lem. 12. Where can I find a dditional information? F or additio nal inf or mation, please r efer to the f ollo wing r esour ces: ⢠FD A w e b pa ge on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) RF Saf ety Pr ogram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety ⢠International Commission on Non -Ionizing R adiation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Organization (WHO) Inter national EMF Pr oject http://www .w ho .int/emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Bo ar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .org .uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones
[ 185 ] Index Numerics 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . 81 , 92 A access codes PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PIN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 access the Internet . . . . . . . . . 139 activate call forwarding . . . . . 90 adjust earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 advanced multimedia player . 43 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 answer a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 â 121 audio enhancements . . . . 155 âÂÂ157 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 B battery about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 charge and discharge . . . . . . . 152 chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 recharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 boom headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 C cal cul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 âÂÂ115 call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lists, delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 âÂÂ74 restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 calls answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 emergency . . . . . . . . 35 , 144, 164 make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 cancel call forwarding . . . . . . . 91 car enhancements . . . . . . . . . . 158 care and maintenance . . . . . . . 160 carry cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 cell info display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 clock radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 clock, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 closed user groups . . . . . . . . . . . 39 color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 conference calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 connection p orts . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
[ 186 ] connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 âÂÂ137 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 âÂÂ84 1-touc h dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 add image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 call from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 find entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 info numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 select view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 service numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . 123 covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 currency conversion . . . . . . . . . 122 customer care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 customize profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 D data enhance ments . . . . . . . . . 157 date settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 delete 1-touch dialing entry . . . . . . . . 82 call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 contact en try . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 fixed dialing entry . . . . . . . . . . . 38 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 dialed numbers, view . . . . . . . . . 73 dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 dow nl oad applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 duration of calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 E e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 with keypad locked . . . . . . . . . . 35 enhancements . . . . . . . . . . 151 âÂÂ159 audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 â 157 car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 covers and cases . . . . . . . . . . . 159 data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 âÂÂ155 extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 âÂÂ133 countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . 123 currency conversion . . . . . . . . 122 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 F fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 âÂÂ39 folders gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 forward messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 âÂÂ118 GPRS connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[ 187 ] H headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 I images add to contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 edit in gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 info message service . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 infrared connectivity . . . . . . . 134 install SIM card . . . . . . . . . . 23 âÂÂ25 international calls . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Internet s ervice . . . . . . . . . 138 âÂÂ147 K keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 L language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lap timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 M maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . 19 âÂÂ22 menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 message alert tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 messages chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 default type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 info message service . . . . . . . . . 70 linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 MMS settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ66 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 âÂÂ59 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 send . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 , 58 , 59 , 64 service commands . . . . . . . . . . 70 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 âÂÂ55 text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 undel ivered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 âÂÂ70 missed calls, view . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 multimedia messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ66 player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 music stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ,155 N Nokia P C Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 notes calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 âÂÂ115 to-do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 O operator logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
[ 188 ] organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 âÂÂ116 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 OTA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 over the air settings . . . . . . . . . 87 own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 P PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 personal shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . 87 phone memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 â 39 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 57 âÂÂ59 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 âÂÂ155 predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 â 34 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 â 86 customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Q quick keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 read messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 receive e -mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 received calls, v iew . . . . . . . . . . 72 recharge the battery . . . . . . . . 149 redial a number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 registr ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 reject a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 reply to messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 restor e factory settings . . . . . 101 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 S safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 161 screen sav er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 security Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 âÂÂ39 select profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 self-timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 send business card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 multimedia messages . . . . . . . . 64 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 serv ice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 set alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 radio channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 âÂÂ101 anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 automatic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 cell info display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 âÂÂ98 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . 98 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
[ 189 ] help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 line for outgoing c alls . . . . . . . 93 OTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 per son al sh or tcut s . . . . . . . . . . 87 phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 âÂÂ96 phone memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 restore factory settings . . . . . 101 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 send caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 start-up tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 summary after call . . . . . . . . . . 92 time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 shortcuts menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 âÂÂ22 personal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 SIM card, i nstall . . . . . . . . . . 23 âÂÂ25 special characters . . . . . . . . . . . 34 start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 start-up tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 stereo headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 summar y after call . . . . . . . . . . 92 synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 T take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 text entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 âÂÂ34 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 predictiv e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 âÂÂ34 time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 timed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 travel chargers . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 turn off alarm clock . . . . . . . . 111 U unlock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 35 V vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 view call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 call times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 voice mail listen to messages . . . . . . . . . . . 29 set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 âÂÂ70 volume earpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 W wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[ 190 ] 05/03 NO TES
Nokia 7250i User Guide
User Guide for Nokia 7250i Phone What informati on is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Service provi derâ s number Wireless service provider Providerâ s customer care Wireless service provider Model number Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Label on back of phone (under battery). See âÂÂFind information about your phoneâ on page 12.
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in GSM 900, 1800, and 1900 networks. LEGAL IN FORMATION P art No . 935597 1, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P e ople, Nokia 7250i, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos are trademarks or registered trademar ks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 5/2003 US P atent No 58 18 437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. T egic Communications, Inc. All righ ts reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the Nokia 7250i phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserv es the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DA T A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDEN TA L, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS O F THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED â AS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED B Y APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRAN TIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT N O T LIMITED TO , THE IM PLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCH AN T ABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURA CY AND RELI ABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . N OKIA RESERVES THE RIGHT T O REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDR A W IT A T ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulati ons. Diversion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio inter ference (f or example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interfe rence cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to the cond ition th at thi s device does no t cause harmf ul inter ference .
NO TES
[ v ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Overview of function s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Multimedia me ssaging se rvice (M MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speaker phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Wireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 MIDP Java⢠applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Polyphonic sound (MIDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Advanced multimedia player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Browse r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Special use r interface fe atures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 Welcome and quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Register you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E-News letters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Nokia 7250i phone at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Quick guide to functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Get help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Copyright protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Phone menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4 Basic operatio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 Install the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switch the phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Set the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Make an d answe r calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
[ vi ] Adjust the earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Use the loudsp eaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Call and set up your voice mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Listen to your voice message s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Options during a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Predictive t ext input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Enter punctuation and s pecial characte rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 6 Phone secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PIN code reque st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Closed us er groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7 Advanced multimedi a player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8 Menu fu nctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Messages (Menu 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 Linked mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Before you can s end and receive messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Default mes sage t ype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Font size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Save your mess age center numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Organize mes sages with folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Delete mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Change me ssage settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Write and se nd a text me ssage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Read me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
[ vii ] Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Forward a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Multimedia me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Voice mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Info mes sage s ervice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Service commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Call log (Men u 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 While vie wing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 View misse d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 View receiv ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 View dialed n umbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 View call time s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Delete ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 View duration of calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Contacts (Menu 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Contac ts menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Types of contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Save conta ct information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Change the default ( primary) number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Search for a n entry in c ontacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Make a c all from contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Add an image to a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Edit a contac t entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Delete na mes and numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Copy contact entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Busines s cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 View info, se rvice, and own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Caller grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Select conta cts view an d memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
[ viii ] Profiles (Menu 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Select a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Cust omize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Set a timed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Settings (Menu 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Over the A ir (OTA ) settings s ervic e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Persona l shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Time and date settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Call set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Display se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Enhancemen t settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Restore factory s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Radio (Menu 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Turn the radio on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Use the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Save a radio channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Camera (Menu 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Self-time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Gallery (Menu 8 ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Folder items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Edit an ima ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Organizer (Menu 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 0 Alarm c lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 To-do list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
[ ix ] Games (Menu 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Game downloads me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Launch a ga me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Game options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Applications (Men u 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9 Application options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Launch an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Download applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 View memory status for applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Converter II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Extras (Menu 12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Synchron ize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Connectivity (Menu 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Infrar ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 GPRS, HS CSD, CS D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Data communication applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Nokia PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Services (Menu 14 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Notes on w ireless Internet a ccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Set up for browsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Sign on to the wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Navigate the wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Examples of wireless Internet sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 File upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Disconnect from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Set up an au tomatic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Receive a call while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
[ x ] Make a c all while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Make an e mergency c all while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Options while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Allow or reject cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Create a digital signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Appearan ce set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Go to (Menu 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 SIM services (Menu 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 7 9 Hardware and enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 About enhanceme nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Covers a nd case s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 10 Reference informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Care an d maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Emergency ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 12 Technical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 13 Nokia one- year limited warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Appendix A Message fro m the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Appendix B Messag e from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guide lines. Br eaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a handheld phone while driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get in terference, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations o r rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenn a unnecessarily .
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMEN TS AND BA TTERIES Use only approved enhancements and bat teries. Do not connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is not wa ter-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed saf ety instructions. Do not connect inco mpatible produc ts. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code, then press the Tal k k e y . T o e n d a call, press the End key . T o answer a call, press the Tal k key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press the End key as many times as needed (for ex ample, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number , t hen press the Tal k key . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so.
[ 3 ] Overview of funct ions 2 Overview of functions Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Certain features use shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more information. ⢠CAMERA Y our phone has a built-in camera. Y ou can use the full-color screen as a camera viewfinder and the self-time r for a 1 0-second delay . After you have taken a picture, you can attach it to a multimedia message and send it with MMS, save it as wal lpaper in standby mode, use it as a thumbnail picture in cont acts, save it in a compati ble PC using Nokia PC Suit e software, and upload it to a web address with the content image uploader . Wh en you attach a picture to an entry in your list of contacts, the picture is displayed when your contact calls you. See âÂÂCamera (Menu 7)â on page 10 4 for more information. â¢F M R A D I O Y our phone has an FM radio that also functions as a clock radio alarm. Y ou can listen to the radio through a headset or t h e h an ds fr e e s pe ak er (with the head set attached). See âÂÂRadio (Menu 6) â on page 10 2 for more information. ⢠MULTIMEDIA MESSAGING SERVICE (MMS) Y our phone is able to send and rece ive multimedia messages made up of text and pictures and to receive mess ages contai ning text, a picture, and sound such as polyphonic ringing tone s. Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to personalize your phone. In addition, you can easily send text messages and multimedia messag es to multiple recipients. See âÂÂMultimedia messagesâ on page 61 and âÂÂOptionsâ on page 46 for more information.
[ 4 ] ⢠SPEAKERPHONE Y ou can use your phone as a speakerphone. See âÂÂUse the loudspeakerâ on page 29 for more information. ⢠WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use on the GSM 900, 1800, and 190 0 networks. A number of features in this guide are called network services . These are special services that you arrange thro ugh your service provider . Before you can take advantage of any of these network services, you must subscribe to them through your service provider and obtain inst ructions for their use from yo u r service provider . See âÂÂServices (Menu 14)â on page 138 for more information. ⢠GENERAL P ACKET RADIO SERVICE (GPRS) GPRS technology allows mobile phones to send and receive data over a mobile network. Applications such as browsers, MMS, te xt messaging, and Java TM use GPRS. Y our phone supports up to three simultan eous GPRS connections. For more information on GPRS, see âÂÂGPRS, HSCSD, CSDâ on page 135 . Also, consult the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Con nectivity Guide, Nokia PC Suite, and all rel ated software can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠MIDP JAVA⢠APPLICATIONS Y our ph one supports Java 2 Micro Edit ion, J2ME TM , and inclu des some Java applications an d games that have been specially designed for mobile pho nes. Y ou may be able to download new a pplications and games to your phone from a PC with Java in staller software or from some mobil e Internet services. See â Applications (Menu 1 1)â on page 11 9 for more information.
[ 5 ] Overview of funct ions ⢠P OLYPHONIC S OUND (MIDI) P olyphonic sounds can be used in ringing tones, gaming sounds, and message alert tones. They consist of several sound components played at the same time, like an actual me lody through a speaker . Y our phone has sound components from over 40 instruments that can be used for polyph onic sounds and the phone can play f our instruments sim ultaneously . The phone supports scalable polyphonic MIDI (SP-MIDI) format. Y ou can receive polyphonic ringing tones using a multimedia service (see âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedia messageâ on page 65 ) or down load them using the gallery menu [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8) â on pag e 10 7 ]. ⢠ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA PLAYER The built-in multimedia player allows you to view images and play audio, video, and image animat ions. The mult imedia player is activated by other features, such as the Gallery , when there are multimedia files to be displayed. See â Advanced multimedia playerâ on page 43 for more information. ⢠BROWSER The built-in browser can interpret both W AP-based and xHTML-based content. See âÂÂServices (Menu 14)â on page 138 for more information.
[ 6 ] ⢠SPECIAL USER INTERFACE FEATURES Y ou can choose from two types of menu interface: List and Gri d . See âÂÂSelect men u viewâ on page 97 for more information. In the Lis t interface, full color animated images introduce every menu. Use the Scroll up an d Scroll down keys to navigate th rough the menus. In the Grid interface, multiple menu icons appear on a single display . Use all f ou r scroll keys to navigate through the icons. With the Go to menu feature, you can create a convenient shortcut m en u available through the Right selection key that lists the functi ons t hat you use most often. For more information about the Go to menu, see âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on pag e 87. Quick keys from the start screen take you instantly to functions accessed frequently . See âÂÂQuick keysâ on page 14 for more information.
[ 7 ] W elcome and quick guide 3 W elcome and quick guide Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 7250i mobile phone. Y our phone provid es many functions which are practical for daily use, such as a camera, radio, alarm cloc k, calculator , wallet, calendar , and more. Y our phone can also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device using the data cable or built-in IR port. To personalize your phone, you can set your favorite ri nging tones, create a Go to Menu, and select an Xpress-on⢠color cover . For more information on conne ctivity , refer to the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Connectivity Guide, Nokia PC Suite, and all related software can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Be sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.co m or call 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-42 28) so that we can serve you better if you need to call a customer center or to have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter , Nokia Connections. Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, enhancement information, and special offers.
[ 8 ] ⢠NOKIA 7250i PHO NE AT A GLANCE Earpiece V olume keys Displa y screen End key Right selection key Scroll keys Number keys Tal k ke y Left selection key P ound key Star key - Microphone Connection ports IR port Camera (back) Po w e r k e y
[ 9 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The âÂÂNokia 7250i phone at a glanceâ diagram on page 8 illustrates the various components of your phone. Familiarize yourself with the diagram to help you better understand the instructions that follow . Te rm s This guide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to perform. ⢠Press means to press and release a key quickly . For example, Press 7 means press the key on the keypad that is labeled with the number 7 and the letter s âÂÂp qrsâ . ⢠Press and hold mean s to press and hold a key for 2âÂÂ3 seconds (depending on the feature you ar e using), then release the key . ⢠Highlighted options on the screen are enclosed within a dark bar . The selection keys are used to act on the highlighted option. ⢠Scroll keys are used to move up and down in the menus. Wi th some fe atures, such as the calendar monthly view , text messages, and special characters, you can move the screen cursor left and rig h t as well as up and down. For example, i f instructed to scroll to another contacts entry , this means press the Scroll up key or the Scr oll down key . In some submenus, not all options are visible at once, and you may need to scroll up or down to view the full range of options. ⢠Select means to press the Left selection key or the Right select ion key . T o select an option, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone screen. In t he illustration, press the Lef t selection key to select Inbox , or press the Right selection key to go back to t he previous menu. Some functions re quire you to go through several Scroll up Scroll left Scroll right Scroll down
[ 1 0 ] submenus. For example, if this guide says Select Stopwatch > Lap timing > Start you would scroll to the Stopwatch option and press the Left selection key , then scroll to the Lap timing option and press the Left se lection key , then scroll to the Start option and press the Left select ion key . ⢠Ta lk and End keys. Press the Tal k key to place a call or to answer an incoming call. Press the End key to end a call or press and hold to return to the start screen. T ext clues T ext clues make instructions easy to follow . Bold indicates one of the following items: ⢠A word or phrase on the display ⢠Special text such as Note s and War n in g s ⢠Names of keys such as Right selection key Bold and blue indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word is an address on the W orld Wide W eb . ⢠A definition for the word or phrase is listed in the glossary . Italic characters are used for emphasis or to indicate a variable. Graphic clues Graphic clues (icons) alert you to important information. Tip: Provides a shortcut or an alternate method to do something. Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. W arning: Helps you avoid information loss, personal injury , damage to the phone, or pr operty damage.
[ 1 1 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠QUICK GUIDE TO FUNCTIONS Make a call Enter a phone number , press the Ta lk key . Answer a call Press the Tal k key or select Answer . Use call waiting T o answer a new call during another call, press Tal k . End a call Press the End key . Mute ringing tone Select Silence when your phone rings. Decline a call Press the End key . The call i s sent directly to voice mail. Mute a call Select Mute during a call. Redial last number Press the Tal k key twice. Adjust call vol ume Press the V olume keys during a call. Use in-call men u Select Options during a call. Select menu view Select Settings > Display settin gs > Menu view , then select either List or Grid . Save a name and number in contacts Enter a number , select Optio ns , select Save , then enter a name and select OK . Use 1-touch di aling Press and hold a key from 2âÂÂ9 . Y ou must first assign a number in contacts to a key . Look up a name or number Select Contacts > Find . Enter the first character of a name and scroll to the name, then select Details . Check voice mail Press and hold the 1 key OR call your voice mailbox number (contact your service provider for complete details). Send text messages Select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Create message . Enter a message, se lect Options > Send , enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number , and select OK . Read new message Select Show . Reply to a message After reading a message, select Options > Reply , write the reply , select Options > Send .
[ 12 ] â¢G E T H E L P Find information about your phone If you need help, Nokia Customer Care is available for a ssistance. Before calling, however , read âÂÂT roubleshootingâ on page 167. W e also recommend that you write down the following information and have it available if you call. ⢠The International Mobile Equipment Identifier (IMEI) printed on the back of the phone, beneath the battery ⢠Y our zip code Contact Nokia Please have your phone or enhancemen t with you when c ontacting eith er of the numbers below . Nokia Custome r Care Center , USA Customer Care, Canada Nokia, Inc. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard Suite 150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY : 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) (hearing impaired only) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 We stney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NOKIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427- 1 0 7 0 Information label
[ 13 ] W elcome and quick guide Contact your service provider T o use the network services available in your phone, you will need to sign up with a service provider . In many cases, the service provider will make available descriptions of their services and instructions for using features such as: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Messaging ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Inte rnet se rvices Service providers may differ in their support of features. Before you sign up, make sure a service provider su pports the features that you need. Guide updates From time to time, Nokia updates this guide to reflect changes. The latest version may be available at www .nokia.com . Online tutorials An interactive tutorial for this prod u ct may be available at the web site www .nokiahowto .com . In-phone help Many features have brief descriptions (help text) which can be viewed on the display . T o view t hese description s, scroll to a feature and wait for about 15 seconds. Select More to view all of the descript ion (if necessary), or select Back to exit. T o activate or deactivate help text: 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Help text activati on . 2 Select On or Off . A confirmatio n message appears in the display indicat ing your selecti on.
[ 14 ] ⢠START SCREEN The start screen is âÂÂhome baseâ and indicates that the phone is in standby mode. HOME âÂÂThe name of your servic e provider may appear here. Signal strength âÂÂA higher bar indicates a stronger network signal. Batte ry level âÂÂA higher bar indicates more power in the battery . Menu â The Left selection key in standb y mod e accesses the menu functions. Contacts âÂÂThe Right se lection key in standby mode accesses either the Contacts menu, the Go to menu, or a service pr oviderâ s home page. After you set functions for the Right selec tion key , the word Cont acts changes to Go to in the start screen. T o set the functions, see âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. T o activate a function in the Go to menu, select Go to in the start screen, scroll to the desired function, and select Select . Quick keys From the start screen, each scroll ke y takes you directly to a function: Scro ll up âÂÂActivate the camera viewfinder . Scro ll left âÂÂCreate a message. Scroll down âÂÂGo to your list of contacts. Scroll right âÂÂView the c alendar . Battery level Contacts Signal strength Menu
[ 15 ] W elcome and quick guide Screen saver The phone automatically activates a digital clock screen saver to save power in standby mode. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . For more information, see âÂÂSet screen saver timeoutâ on page 98. W allpaper Y ou can set the phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) when it is in standby mode. See âÂÂW allpaperâ on page 96. Indicators and icons Icon Indicates... Y ou have one or more text or picture messages. See âÂÂReceive a message or e-mailâ on page 60. Y ou have one or more multimedia messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedi a messageâ on pag e 65. Y ou have one or more voice messages. Se e âÂÂV oice messagesâ on page 67. Y our phone keypad is locked . See âÂÂLock the keypadâ on page 35. Y our phone is set to the Silent profile. See âÂÂProfiles (Menu 4)â on page 85. The alarm clock is set to On . See âÂÂAlarm clockâ on page 11 0 . The countdown timer is running. See âÂÂCountdown timerâ on page 123. The stopwatch timer is running in the background. See âÂÂStopwatchâ on page 124. A GPRS dial-up connection is established. See âÂÂGPRS dial-up connectionsâ on page 136. Y ou have an incoming or outgoing call during a GPRS dial-up connection. GPRS is suspended. IR connection indicator . See âÂÂInfraredâ on page 134.
[ 16 ] ⢠SHARED MEMORY The following features in this phon e may share memory: contacts, text and multimedia messages, images and ri nging tones in gallery , calendar , to-do notes, and Java games and applications. Using any such features may reduce the memory available for any features sharing memory . This is especially true with heavy use of any of the fe atures (although some of the features may have a cer tain amo unt of memory specially allotted to them in addition to the amount of memory shared with other features). For example, saving many images, bookma rks, Java apps, or other features sharing memory may take all of the shared memory and your phone may display a message that the memory is full. In this case, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory features before continuing. Forward all voice calls. All calls are forwarded to another number . If you have t wo phone lines, the indicator for line 1 is and for line 2 . If you have two phone lines, this indicates that you are on the second phone line. See âÂÂPhone settingsâ on page 93. Integrated ha ndsfree is active . See âÂÂSpeakerphoneâ on page 4. Calls are limited to a c losed user group. See âÂÂClosed user groupsâ on page 39. The timed profile is selected. See âÂÂProfiles (Menu 4)â on page 85. , or A headset, handsfree, or loopset enhancement is connected to the phone. or V oice privacy encryption is ac t ive (or is not ac tive) in the network. Icon Indicates...
[ 17 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠COPYRIGHT PROTEC TION Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copied, modifie d, transferred or forwarded. ⢠ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is committed to makin g mobi le phones easy t o use fo r all indi viduals. For more information about phone fe atures , enhancements, alternate format user guides, and ot her Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, visit the web site www .nokiaaccessibility .com or call 1-888-665-4228. ⢠PHONE MENUS Phone features are grouped accordin g to function and are accessed through the main menus of your phone. Each main menu contains submenus and lists from which you can select or view items and customize phone features. Y ou can access these menus and submenus by using the scroll meth od or by using a shortcut . Note: Some features may not be ava ilable, depending on your network. For more information, contact your service provider . Scroll method 1 At the start screen, select Menu . 2 In the List view , scr oll th rough the main menus one at a time using the Scroll up key and the Scr oll down key . OR In the Grid view , use all four scroll keys to navigate through the menu icons.
[ 18 ] As you scroll through the menus, the menu number appears in the upper right corner of the display . Below the menu number is a scroll bar with a tab . The tab moves up or down as you scroll through the menus, providing a visual representation of your current position in the menu structure. In addition, in the Grid view , the icon for the selected menu is outlined, and the name of the menu appears at the top of the display . 3 When the desired menu is highlighted, press the Left selection key . 4 If the menu contains submenus, use the scroll keys to highlight the desired menu, then press the Left selection key . â¢S e l e c t Back (press the Right selection key) to return to the previous menu or submenu. ⢠Press the End key to return to the start screen from any main menu. Shortcuts Y ou can go directly to almost any menu or submenu, as well as activate most features by using a shortcut. Select Menu , then within 3 seconds, pre ss the key or keys associated with the menu function you would like to view or activate. For example, to select the Meeting profile, select Menu 4-3-1 ( Menu > Profiles > Meeting > Select ) from the start screen. After a brief pause, the Meet ing profile is activated. A list of shortcuts begins on page 19.
[ 19 ] W elcome and quick guide ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS T o access a menu quickly , select Menu , then enter the shor tcut . For exa mple, to create a multimedia message, select Menu , press the 0 key , then the 1 key , th en the 2 key , and then the 1 key . (Menu 0-1-2 -1 is the Messages > Multimedia msgs > Create message menu.) 1 MESSAGES TEXT MESSAGES . . . . . . . 0-1-1 Create message . . . . . . . 0 -1-1-1 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 -2 Create e - mail . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 -3 Sent items . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-1-4 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 -1-1-5 T emplates . . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-1-6 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-7 Distribution lists . . . . . . 0-1-1-8 Delete messages . . . . . . 0 -1-1-9 MULTIMEDIA MSGS . . . . . 0-1-2 Create message . . . . . . . 0 -1-2-1 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2 -2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2-3 Sent items . . . . . . . . . . .0-1-2-4 Saved items . . . . . . . . . .0-1-2-5 Delete messages . . . . . . 0 -1-2-6 CHAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-3 V OICE MESSAGES . . . . . . . 0-1-4 Listen to voice messages . . . . . . . 0-1-4 -1 V oice mailbox number . 0-1-4-2 INFO MESSAGES . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 Info service. . . . . . . . . . .0-1-5-1 T opics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 -2 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 -3 Info topics saved on SIM card . . . . . 0-1-5-4 MESSAGE SE TTINGS . . . . . 0-1-6 T ext messages . . . . . . . . 0 -1-6-1 Multimedia msgs. . . . . . 0 -1-6-2 Other settings . . . . . . . .0-1-6-3 SERVICE COMMANDS . . . . 0-1-7 2C A L L L O G MISSED CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 RECEIVED CALLS . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 DIALED NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . 2-3 DELETE RECENT CALL LISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 CALL TIMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call . . . . . 2-5-1 Duration of received calls . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of dialed c a lls . . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . . 2-5-4 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 CALL COSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last call units . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 All calls units . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 Call cost settings . . . . . . . 2-6-3 GPRS DATA COUNTER . . . . . . 2-7 Data sent in last session . 2-7-1 Data received in last session . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-2 All sent data . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-3 All received data . . . . . . . 2-7-4 Clear counters . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 GPRS CONNECTION TIMER . . 2-8 Duration of last session . . 2-8-1 Duration of all sessions . . 2-8-2 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-3
[ 20 ] 3C O N T A C T S FIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 ADD CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 DELETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 One by one . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1 Delete all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2 COPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 From phone to SIM card . 3-4-1 From SIM card to phone . 3-4-2 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Memory in use . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1 Contacts view . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-2 Memory status . . . . . . . . . 3-5-3 1 - TOUCH DIALING . . . . . . . . 3-6 INFO NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 SERVICE NUMBERS . . . . . . . . 3-8 OWN NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 CALLER GROUPS . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0 F amily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-1 VIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-2 Friends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-3 Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-4 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 0-5 4P R O F I L E S NORMAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 (Submenus for Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r are the same as fo r Normal .) SILENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 P AGE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 5S E T T I N G S RIGHT SELECTION KEY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Right selection key . . . . . . 5-1-1 Select Go to options. . . . . 5-1-2 Organize Go to op tions . . 5-1-3 TIME AND DATE SET TINGS . . . 5-2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-1 Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-2 Auto - update of date and time . . . . . . . . 5-2-3 CALL SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . . 5-3-1 Anykey answer . . . . . . . . . 5-3-2 Automatic redial . . . . . . . . 5-3-3 1 - touch dialing. . . . . . . . . 5-3-4 Call waiting. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-5 Summary after call . . . . . . 5-3-6 Send my caller identity . . 5-3-7 Line for outgoing calls . . . 5-3-8 PHONE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-1 Memory status . . . . . . . . . 5-4-2 Automatic keyguard . . . . . 5-4-3 Cell info display . . . . . . . . 5-4 -4 W elcome note. . . . . . . . . . 5-4-5 System selection. . . . . . . . 5-4-6 Confirm SIM service actions . . . . . . . . . 5-4-7 Help text activation . . . . . 5-4-8 Start - up tone . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-9 DISPLAY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . 5-5 W allpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-1 Color schemes. . . . . . . . . . 5-5-2 Menu view . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-3 Operator logo . . . . . . . . . . 5-5-4 Screen saver timeout . . . . 5-5-5 Display brightness . . . . . . 5-5-6
[ 2 1 ] W elcome and quick guide TONE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Ringing options . . . . . . . . .5-6-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . . .5-6-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . .5-6-4 Message alert tone . . . . . .5-6-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-6 W arning tones . . . . . . . . . .5-6-7 Alert for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6-8 ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS . . 5-7 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-1 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-4 Music stand . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-5 Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7-6 SECURITY SETTINGS . . . . . . . 5-8 PIN code request . . . . . . . .5-8-1 Call restrictions . . . . . . . . .5-8-2 Fixed dialing. . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-3 Closed user group . . . . . . .5-8-4 Security level . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-5 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . .5-8-6 RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS . . . . . . . . 5-9 6R A D I O OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 T urn off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-1 Save channel . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-2 Automatic tuning . . . . . . .6-1-3 Manual tuning . . . . . . . . . .6-1-4 Set frequency . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-5 Delete channel . . . . . . . . . .6-1-6 Loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-7 Mono output . . . . . . . . . . .6-1-8 7C A M E R A STANDARD PHOTO . . . . . . . . . 7-1 P ORTRAIT PHOTO . . . . . . . . . 7-2 NIGHT MO DE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 SELF - TIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Standard photo . . . . . . . . 7-4-1 P ortrait photo . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-2 Night mode . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-3 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Image quality . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-1 Camera sounds. . . . . . . . . 7-5-2 Default title . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-3 8 GALLERY VIEW FOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 ADD FOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 DELETE FOLDER . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 RENAME FOLDER . . . . . . . . . 8-4 GALLERY DOWNLOADS . . . . . 8-5 Image downloads . . . . . . . 8-5-1 T one downloads . . . . . . . . 8-5-2 9O R G A N I Z E R ALARM CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Alarm time . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-1 Alarm tone . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-2 CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 TO - DO LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 10 G A M E S SELECT GA ME . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-1 GAME DOWNLOADS . . . . . 1-0-2 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-3 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4 Game sounds . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-1 Game lights . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-3
[ 22 ] 1 1 APPLICATIONS SELECT APPLICATION. . . . . 1-1-1 APP. DOWNLOADS . . . . . . 1-1-2 MEMORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3 12 EXTRAS CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 COUNTDOW N TIMER . . . . . 1-2-2 STOPWATCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3 Split timing . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3-1 Lap timing. . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3-2 W ALLET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4 Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4-1 P ersonal notes . . . . . . . 1-2-4-2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4-3 SYNCHRONIZATION. . . . . . 1-2-5 Synchronize . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5-1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5-2 13 CONNE CTIVITY INFRARED . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2 GPRS connection . . . . . 1-3-2-1 GPRS modem settings . 1-3-2-2 14 SERVICES HOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 BOOKMARKS . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-2 DOWNLOAD LINKS . . . . . . 1-4-3 SERVICE INBOX . . . . . . . . . 1-4-4 SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-5 Connection settings . . . 1-4-5-1 Appearance settings . . 1-4-5-2 Security settings . . . . . 1-4-5-3 Service inbox settings . 1-4-5-4 GO TO ADDRESS . . . . . . . . 1-4-6 CLEAR THE CA CHE . . . . . . 1-4-7 15 GO TO 16 SIM SERVICES Note: Some phone features are network-dependent. Menus for certain features may or may not appear , or may appear in a different sequence, due to their availability in your network (such as call costs, bookmarks, operator logo, line for outgoing calls, info numbers for contacts, etc.). Contact your service provider for availability .
[ 23 ] Basic operations 4 Basic operations Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠INSTALL THE SIM CARD The SIM card and its contacts can ea sily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be careful when handlin g, inserting, or removing the card. Before installing the SIM card, alwa ys make sure that the phon e is switched off and that you have removed the cover and battery . REMOVE THE BACK COVER 1 With the back of the phone facing you, push the back cover release button. 2 Lift the bottom of the back cover to remove. REMOVE THE BA TTERY 3 After you have removed the back cover , insert your finger into the finger grip and lift the battery from its compartment. W arning: K eep all SIM cards out of reach of small children.
[ 24 ] INSERT THE SIM CA RD 4 Slide the SIM card holder toward the bottom end of the phone until it unlocks. 5 Swing the SIM car d holder open. 6 Insert the SIM card into the holder (beveled corner last) with the gold contacts facing toward the top end of the phone. 7 Close the SIM card holder . 8 Slide the SIM card holder toward the top end of the phone until it locks into place.
[ 25 ] Basic operations REPLACE THE BATTERY The SIM card must be installed before installing the battery . 9 P osition the battery so the gold contacts match up with t hose on the phone. The battery label should be facing away from the phone. 10 Insert the battery , contact end first into the battery slot. 11 Snap the other end of the battery into place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 12 Place the top of the back cover to the locking catch in the top of the phone. 13 P osition the back cover over the locking catches on both sides of the phone and press down to lock the cover into place. ⢠SWITCH THE PHONE ON OR OFF W arning: Do not switch th e phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . 1 T o turn your phone on or off, press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 3 seconds. If the phone displays Insert SIM card even though the SIM card is properly inserted, or SIM card not supported , contact your service provider . 2 If the phone asks for a PIN code, en ter the PIN code (displayed as **** ) and select OK . See âÂÂPIN code requestâ on page 35 for more information.
[ 26 ] 3 If the phone asks for a security code, enter the security code and select OK . See âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 41 for more informatio n. Note: If the language that appears in your display is not correct, see âÂÂSet the display languageâ on page 93 for information on changing the display language. ⢠SET THE CLOCK Before many functions such as call timers will operate properly , you need to set the clock. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time an d date se ttings > Clock > Set the time . 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t , and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . The time is set. ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the keypad 1 Enter the phone number (including the area code), and press the Ta l k key . T o delete a character to the left of the cursor , select Clear . 2 T o end the call or to cancel the call attempt, press the End key . Use contacts 1 At the start sc reen, press the Scroll down key and scroll to the entry you wish to view . 2 Press the Ta lk key to make the call or select Details to view details of the entry . Tip: T o search the list of entries quickly , press any key in which the letters match the first lett er of the nam e for which you are searching.
[ 27 ] Basic operations Redial a number 1 At the start screen, press the Ta lk key to display the last 20 numbers you have dialed. 2 Press the Ta lk key to redial the last number , or scroll to the number (or name) you wish to redial and press the Tal k key . Make an international call 1 Press the Star key tw ice for the in ternatio nal pr efix . A plus ( ) sign replaces the international access code. 2 Enter the country code , the area code without a lead ing zero (if necessary), and the phone number . Make a conference call Conference calling is a network service that allows up to six persons to take part in a conference c all. 1 Make a call to the first participant. 2 T o call a new participant, select Options > New call . 3 Enter the phone number of the new participant (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts) and select Call . The first call is put on hold. 4 When the new call picks up, select Options > Conference to connect the calls. 5 T o add a new participant to the call, repeat steps 2âÂÂ4. 6 T o have a private conversation with one participant, select Options > Private , and select the desired participa nt. Rejoin the conference call as described in step 4. 7 T o end the conference call, press the End key . Answer or reject an incoming call ⢠Press the Ta lk key to answer the call.
[ 28 ] ⢠Press the End key to reject the call. If Forward if busy is activ ated to your voice mailbox, the call is diverted to your voice mail. If not, the call is rejected. If you s elect Silence , only the ringing tone is muted. Y ou can then either answer o r reject the incoming call. Tip: If t he HDB-4 or HDS-3 headset is connec ted, you can answer or end a call by pressing th e key on the h eadset. Answer a call with the keypad locked T o answer a call with K eyguard on, simply press the Ta lk key . During the call, all features function as normal. When you end or reject the call, the keypad automatically relocks. Note: When K eyguard is on, calls may be po ssible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number is displayed only after you have keyed in its last digit. ⢠ADJUST THE EARPIECE VOLUME ⢠T o increase the volume of a call, press the volume up key on the left side of the phone. ⢠T o decrease the volume of a call, press the volume down key on the left side of the phone. ⢠When adjusting the volume, a bar chart appears in the display indicating the volume level. Vo l u m e key
[ 29 ] Basic operations ⢠USE THE LOUDSPEAKER Y ou can use your phone as a loudspeak er during a call. Do not hold the phone to your ear during the loudspeaker operation. ⢠T o activate the loudspeaker , select Options > Loudspeaker . ⢠T o deactivate the loudspeaker during a call, select Options > Handset . ⢠The loudspeaker is deactivated automatically when a call (or a call attempt) ends or when certai n enhancements are connected. Note: When you select the New cal l option from the in-call menu, the loudspeaker does not au tomatically deactivate. ⢠CALL AND SET UP YOUR VOICE MAIL 1 After you save your voice mailbox number (see âÂÂSave your voice mailbox numberâ on page 67 ), press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to set up your voice mail. ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES 1 After you have set up voice mail , you can dial the number one of three ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages.
[ 30 ] ⢠OPTIONS DURING A CALL Many of the options that you can use during a call are networ k services. During a call, select Options , then select one of t he following: Mute âÂÂMute your v oice; you can hear th e other party but they cannot hear you. Unmute âÂÂReturn to normal from mute status. End call âÂÂEnd the call. End all calls âÂÂEnd all calls within a conference call. Contacts âÂÂOpen the contacts menu. Menu âÂÂDispl ay the main menus. Hold âÂÂPlace the current call on hold. Unhold âÂÂRemove the current call from hold status. Lock keypad âÂÂLock the keypad to prevent an accidental key press. New call âÂÂPlace a new call; the first call is p u t on hold. Conference âÂÂCall another party and invite them int o the call. Private âÂÂHave a private conversation with one participant in a conference call. Answer âÂÂAnswer another incoming call. Reject âÂÂReject a call; the calling part y receives a bu sy signal. Loudspeaker âÂÂEnable the handsfree feature in your phone. Handset âÂÂDisable handsfree and return to normal use (earpiece). T ouch tones âÂÂSend touch tones generated by your phone keypad. Swap âÂÂSwitch between the active call an d the call on hold. Tr an s f er âÂÂConnect a call on hold to an active call, and di sconnect yourself from the calls.
[ 3 1 ] T ext entry 5 T ext entry Note: The phone must be switched on to use these functions. Do not switch on the phone when th e use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use two methods for entering text and numbers. ⢠Standard mode is the only way to enter names int o contacts and to rename caller groups. ⢠Predictive text input is a quick and easy method for writin g message s. Press the P ound key to swit ch predictive text on or off and t o use predictiv e text in vari ous modes. Press and hold the Po u n d key to switch between text and numeric entr y . As you press the Po u n d key , the foll owing icons (not the descript ions) appear in the upper left of the display: ⢠STANDARD MODE Enter text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first letter on the key , twice for the second letter , etc. If you pause brie fly , the last letter in the display is accepted and your phone awaits the next entry . â¢S e l e c t Clear to backspace the cursor and delete a character . ⢠Select and hold Clear to backspace cont inuously and delete c har act er s. Icon Indicates... Uppercase text. Predictive text is Off . Lowercase text. Predictive text is Off . Sentence case text. Predictive text is Off . Sentence case text. Predictive text is On . Lowercase text. Predictive text is On .
[ 32 ] ⢠Press the 0 key to enter a space and accept a completed word. ⢠Press the 1 key to enter a period (.). ⢠Press the St ar key to display special char acters. See â Enter punct uation and special char actersâ on page 34. Enter numbers (123) To sw it c h t o 12 3 mode from Ab c mode, press and hold the P ound ke y at any message entry screen until the icon in the upper left corner of th e display switches from Abc to 123 (or vice versa). ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text input allows you to write messages quickly using your keypad and the built-in phone dictionary . It is much faster than using the standard mode âÂÂmulti-tapâ method. Y ou can use predictive text to write a message, create a calendar note, and make a to-do list. Note: When predictive text is on, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . When predictive text is off, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . Activate predictive text 1 At any text entry screen, select and hold Options . OR At a text entry screen, select Optio ns > Predic tive text . 2 Select the language of your choice. A confirmation message shows that predictive text is turned on. Enter text ⢠For each letter of the word th at you want to spell, press the corresponding key on your keypad only once , even if the letter you want is not the first letter on the key . The phone âÂÂguessesâ the word you are trying to spell.
[ 33 ] T ext entry ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press the Star ke y to see other matches. T o move forward through a list of matches, keep pressing the Star key . To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Previous . ⢠Press the 0 key to accept the word, enter a space, and begin writing the next word. â¢I f ? appears after a word, select Spell to add the word to the dictionary . See â Add new words to the dictionaryâ on page 33. ⢠Press the 1 key to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 34. Compound words Enter the first part of the wor d and confirm it by pressing the Scroll right key . Enter the last part of the word and confirm it by pressing the 0 key . Add new words to the dictionary If you encounter a word that predictive text does not recognize, a question mark ( ? ) follows the word and Spell appears in the lower left of the di splay . Select Spell , enter your new word using the keypad, and select Save . The word is added to the dictionary and to the message that you are writing. K eep these factors in mind wh en adding words: ⢠New words that you accept by selecting Save , the 0 key , or del e ting the space between two words are saved to the dictionary . ⢠Depending on the language and the length of the words, you may be able to add hundreds of words to the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary is full, t he mos t recent addition replaces the first.
[ 34 ] Predictive text example To wr i te Nokia with predictive text on and with t he English dictionary selected, press each of the following keys once : the 6 key the 6 key the 5 key the 4 key the 2 key The illustration above simulates your display each time a key is pressed. ⢠ENTER PUNCTUATION AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS While a t any text entry screen, pres s the Star key to display special characters (press and hold the Star key if predictive text is on). Th e following special characters are available: Navigate through the list of special ch arac ter s by usin g th e four- way scroll keys like a joysti ck. Once a character is h ighlighted, select Insert to insert the character into your message. . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ ^ á ÿ ç # l
[ 35 ] Phone security 6 Phone security Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . An array of security features prev ents accidental calls, allows you to restrict the calls your phone can make and receive, and keeps your stored information safe. ⢠K EYGUARD With K eyguard, you can lock the keypad to prevent keys from being pressed accidentally . If the keypad is locked, it unlocks wh en you receive a cal l. After the call, the lock automatically reactivates. Lock the keypad 1 Select Menu with the Left sele ction key . 2 Press the Star key . Unlock the keypad 1 Select Unlock with th e Le ft sele ction key . 2 Press the Star key . When K eyguard is on, calls may b e possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and p ress the Ta lk key . The number appears in the display after you have keyed in t he last digit. ⢠PIN CODE REQUEST The PIN code protects the SIM card fr o m unauthor ized access. The PIN co de can be 4âÂÂ8 digits in length. After thre e successive incorrect entries the PIN code is blocked and you will be asked to enter the personal unblocking key (PUK) code.
[ 36 ] Note: The PIN code must be obtained from your service provider . The PIN code is ty pically provided with your SIM card. Enable your phone to request the PI N code upon power-up. This provides extra security in case your phone is lost or stolen. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security se tti ngs > PIN code request . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . 3 Scroll to On and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This network service lets you restrict the calls your phone can make and receive. Check with your service provider for details. Note: When calls are restricted, call s may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number appears in the display after you have keyed in t he last digit. T urn on call restrictio ns 1 From the menus select Settings > Security sett ings > Call restrictions . 2 Select the type of calls you wa nt to restrict. The options are: Outgoing calls âÂÂCalls cannot be made. International calls âÂÂCalls cannot be made to foreign countries. International except to home countr y âÂÂWhen abroad, calls can be made only within the current country and to your home country (that is, the country where your home network operator is located). Incoming call s âÂÂCalls cannot be received. Incoming call s if roaming âÂÂCalls cannot be received outside your home area. Cancel all call restrictions âÂÂT urns off all call restrictions. Calls can be made and received in the usual way .
[ 37 ] Phone security Note: If you selected Cancel all cal l restrictions , the following steps are not available. Also, you can cancel call restrictions on each option, allowing restrictions on other options to stay in force. 3 Scroll to one of the following options: Activate âÂÂE nter the restriction password and select OK . Cancel âÂÂEnter the restriction password and select OK . Check status âÂÂThe phone lists the call types with call restric tion active. 4 Select OK . Change your restriction password Contact your service provider for yo ur original restriction password. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security settings > Acce ss codes > Change restriction password . 2 Enter your new password, then select OK . ⢠FIXED DIALING Once you set up and activate a fixed dialing list, your phone can make calls only to those numbers that you have defined in the fixed dialing list. Fixed dialing is a network feature and must be supported by your service provi der . Note: When fixed dialing is set on , calls may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (fo r example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Tal k key . The number appears in the disp lay afte r you have keyed in t he last digit. Set up and activate a fixed dialing list 1 From the men us, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing . After a brief pause, the followin g options appear in the display . On âÂÂActivate fixed dialing. Off âÂÂDeactivate fixed d ialing. Number list âÂÂView the numbers in your fixed dialing list.
[ 38 ] Note: If you activate fixed di aling an d the number list is empty , all outgoing calls, except for emergen cy numbers such as 9 1 1, require entry of the PIN2 code. 2 Select Number list . Fixed dialing not active and then Fixed dialin g list empty appear in the display . Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 3 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 4 Enter the fixed dialing number , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts and select OK . 5 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation note appears in the display and you are returned to the fixed dialing number list. 6 Select Back > On to activate fixed dialing. View or edit the fixed dialing list 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing > Number list ). Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 2 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . Any numbers which you have assign ed to fixed dialing appear in the display . 3 Scroll to a number and select Options . The following options appear in the display . View number âÂÂView the number for an entry . Add âÂÂAdd a number to your fixed dialing list. Edit âÂÂEdit the h ighlighted entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the highlighted entry . Delete all âÂÂDelete all entries in your fixed dialing list. 4 Select the desired option.
[ 39 ] Phone security Notes about fixed dialing ⢠If a SIM card with fixed dialing that is activated is inserted into a phone that does not support fixed dia ling, the SIM card is rejected. ⢠If you try to add a name without a number to the fixed dialing list, you will receive an error message. ⢠If you try to browse the fixed dialing list but have not stored any numbers, Fixed dialing list empty appears in the display . ⢠Y ou cannot access SIM memory manua lly (view or copy numbers on the SIM card) while fixed dialing is active. ⢠CLOSED USER GROUPS This network service specifies the group of people whom you can call and who can call you. Default resets the phone to use a user group that the SIM card owner has agreed u pon with the service provider . Note: When calls are limited to closed user groups, calls may be possible to emergency numbers programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta l k key . The number appears in the display after yo u have key ed in the last digit. T urn on closed user groups 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security se ttings > Closed user group > On . 2 Enter the group number , then select OK. T urn off closed user groups From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > Cl osed user group > Off . Call barring password for closed user groups A closed user group is a network serv ice that specifies the group of people whom you can call and who can call you. For more information, contact your service provider .
[ 40 ] ⢠SECURIT Y LEVELS The security level det ermines your a ccess to features wh en a nono wner SIM card is used. A nonowner SIM card is one (other than t he ori ginal) that is inserted a fter you power off the phon e. There are three security levels: Off âÂÂOwner and Nonowner cards are treated the same. Memor y âÂÂNonowner cards can access SIM memory . Any changes to the memory setting requires the security code. The owner card has access to all featur es, but the security code is required to change a memory setting. Phone âÂÂThe security code is required upon power-up. Use this procedure to set your security level. 1 From the m enus, select Sett ings > Secur ity sett ings > Secur ity level . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. The default code is 12345. 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 3 Select Off , Memory , or Phone . A message appears in the display confirming your selection ⢠ACCESS CODES With the following access codes, yo u can keep your information safe: ⢠Security code (4âÂÂ8 digits) ⢠PIN code and PIN2 code (4âÂÂ8 digits) ⢠PUK code and PUK2 code (8 digits) ⢠Call barring password (4 digits) ⢠W allet code (4âÂÂ1 0 digits) Note: Avoid using codes similar to emergency numbers such as 9 1 1 to prevent accidental dialing of the emergency number .
[ 4 1 ] Phone security Security code The security code controls access to fe atures such as the security level and is supplied with the phone. The preset code is 12345. Note: If you enter the wron g security c ode five times in successi on, you will not be able to enter a code for five minutes, even if you power off the phone between incorrect entries. Once you change the security code fr om its preset of 12345, keep the new code secr et and in a safe pla ce separate from your phone. Use this pr oc e du re to change your security code. 1 From the menus, sele ct Settings > Securi ty se ttings > Access codes > Change security code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current security code (default is 12345). 2 Enter the current sec urity code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new security code. 3 Enter the new security code (up to 1 0 characters) and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new security code for verification. 4 Enter the new security code again and select OK . A message appears in the display co nfirming your security code has been changed. PIN code Before you can change your PIN code, you need to enable PIN code request . See âÂÂPIN code request â on page 35. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security setting s > Access codes > Change PIN code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN code. 3 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new PIN code for verification.
[ 42 ] 4 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your PIN code has been changed. PIN2 Code The PIN2 code is required for features such as Fixed dialing. If yo u enter an incorrect PIN2 code three times in succession, the PIN2 code is blocked and you will have to enter the PUK2 code. Note: The original PIN2 code must be obtained from your service provider . Use this procedure to change your PIN2 code. 1 Select Menu > Settings > Security setting s > Access codes > Change PIN2 code . Y ou are prompted to enter the current PIN2 code. 2 Enter the current PIN2 c ode and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN2 code. 3 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . Y ou are aske d to verify the new PI N2 code by enter ing it again. 4 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming you have changed the PIN2 code. P ersonal unblocking key (PUK) codes PUK and PU K2 codes are used to restore blocked PIN and PIN2 codes. Both PUK and PUK2 codes are eight char acters in length and cannot be changed . PUK and PUK2 codes must be ob tained from your service provider . If you enter an incorrect PUK or PUK2 code 1 0 times in succession, SIM rejected appears in t he display and th e S IM car d ca n n o l on g er be us ed . Y ou must cont act your service prov ider fo r a ne w SI M car d. W allet code The wallet code is needed to access the wallet services. If you enter a wrong wallet code several times, the wallet application is blocked for five minutes. See âÂÂWalletâ on page 126 for more information.
[ 43 ] A dvanced multimedia player 7 Advanced multimedia player Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The advanced multimedia player gives you a wide array of options for handling image, audio, video, and image animation files. There is no menu item for the multimedia player . It is activated automatically whenever you use a function, such as the gallery or th e camera, that handles multimedia files. The multimedia player lets you: ⢠Send, receive, and save many types of multimedia files (see âÂÂMultimedia messagesâ on page 61 ). ⢠Play , pause, mute, and unmute audio files [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠Set an audio file as your ringing tone [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠View image files such as photos and clip art [see âÂÂGalle ry (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Zoom in on an image file [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Sequentially view all image files in a folder as a slide show [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Sequentially play all tone files in a folder [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 107 ]. ⢠Set an image file as your wallpaper (see âÂÂW allpaperâ on page 96 ). ⢠Adjust contrast in an image file [see âÂÂG allery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ]. ⢠Edit image files by adding frames, text, and clip art (see âÂÂEdit an imageâ on page 10 9 ). ⢠Play , pause, and restart video an d image animation files [see âÂÂGallery (Menu 8)â on page 10 7 ].
[ 44 ] 8 Menu functions Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This section describes the f ollowing menus on your phone: ⢠Messages (Menu 1) ⢠Call log (Menu 2) ⢠Contacts (Menu 3) ⢠Profiles (Menu 4) ⢠Settings (Menu 5) ⢠Radio (Menu 6) ⢠Camera (Menu 7) ⢠Gallery (Menu 8) ⢠Organizer (Menu 9) ⢠Games (Menu 1 0) ⢠Applications (Menu 1 1) ⢠Extras (Menu 12) ⢠Connectivity (Menu 13) ⢠Services (Menu 14) For a list of menu shortcuts, see âÂÂMenu shortcut sâ on page 19.
[ 45 ] Menu functions Messages (Menu 1) If you have subscribed to a message service, you can send and receive messages to compatible phones that are also subscribed to a message service. Y ou can also send and receiv e picture messages, multimedia messages, and e-mail if supported by your network. Also, you can make distribu tion list s that con tain phon e numbers an d name s in your Contacts . Standard text messages can be up to 1 60 characters in length. See âÂÂT ext entryâ on page 31 for more information. Note: When your phone is dedicated to a call in progress, a Java application (such as a game), or an active browser connection, then the phone cannot rece ive multimedia messages. ⢠LINKED MESSAGES Y our phon e can send and receive long text messages (up to 450 char acters). T ext messages that exceed 160 char acters are au tomatically split into multiple messages and sent as a series. The series of messages is linked by the compatible phone when received and displayed as a single SMS message. For this feature to work pr operly , the receiving phone must also support linked messages. While receiving linked messages, you can start reading the first part before the phone has r e ceived the entire message. While viewing a linked message, you can start reading the first part before the phone has received the entire message. While viewing the message, you may see *some text missing* on the display . This is normal, and the message content will be updated as soon as t he missing sequence arrives. If the memory is full, you may have to delete a message from your inbox or outbox before your phone ca n update the missing text . See âÂÂDelet e messagesâ on page 52 for more information.
[ 46 ] ⢠BEFORE YOU CAN SEND AND RECEIVE MESSAGES Y ou wi ll need the following to send and rece ive messages: ⢠A messaging service through your service provider ⢠A message center nu mber , which must be saved to your phone (if your service provider has not done so already). See âÂÂSave you r message center numberâ on page 48. ⢠ICONS Icons that precede the title of a message indicate the following: â¢O P T I O N S When you create a text or multimedia message, the following options are available: Send âÂÂSend the message to one recipient. Sending options âÂÂSelect Send to list to send the message to one of your distribution lists. Sel e ct Send to many to send the message to one of your fixed calling groups. Select Sending profile to send the message to one of your predefined profiles. Clear text âÂÂErase the text clipboard. The messag e has not be en rea d. The message h as been read . The message which you have c omposed has not been sent. The message w hich you ha ve composed has been sent. i The message is a delivery report. The message is a MMS (multimedia message).
[ 47 ] Menu functions Save message âÂÂSelect Archive to save the message in your archive. Select Te mp l a te s to save the message as one of your predefined templates. Insert contact âÂÂIn sert a name from contacts into your message. Insert number âÂÂInsert a number from contacts int o your message. Use template âÂÂInsert a predefined template into your message. Insert picture âÂÂInsert a picture from the ga llery into your message. Exit editor âÂÂSave the message t o your archive automatically and leave the message ed itor . Insert word âÂÂEnter a word and insert it into your message. Insert symbol âÂÂInsert a special character into your message. Predictive text âÂÂStart the predictive text utility . When you view a text, picture, or mult imedia message, or e-mail, some or all of the following options are available: Delete âÂÂDelete the message you are viewing. Reply âÂÂReply to the message; you have the option to include the original text in the reply , a templ ate, or empty screen. Use detail âÂÂExtract numbers, e-mail addr esses and webs ite addresses from the current message. Chat âÂÂBegin an instant me ssaging conversation. Forward âÂÂForward the message to another recipient. Edit âÂÂEdit the message. Move â Move the message to a folder you specify . Rename âÂÂRename the message before it is saved to a folder . Copy to Calendar âÂÂCopy text from the beginning of the message to your phoneâ s calendar as a reminder note for the current day . Message details âÂÂView the senderâ s name and phone number , the message center used, reception date and time.
[ 48 ] ⢠DEFAULT MESSAGE TYPE Y ou can ch oose the type of message sent by your phone. T ypes include Te x t , E-mail , Pa g e , and Fa x . The default message type is Tex t . Note: This feature must be supported by your service provider . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Text messages > Sending profile > Default profile > Messages sent as . 2 Select the message type of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠FONT SIZE 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Othe r settings > Font siz e . After a brief pause a list of choices appear in the display . 2 Select Small font or Large f ont . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠SAVE YOUR MESSAGE CENTER NUMBER Messages sent by your phone are routed through your service providerâÂÂs message center . Normally , this number is saved to your phone by your service provider . T o save the number manually , do the following: 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e settings > Text messages > Sending profile > Default pr ofile > Message center number . 2 If the box in the display is empty or contains an incorrect number , enter the number given by your service provider and select OK . OR If the box in the display contains the correct number , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved.
[ 49 ] Menu functions ⢠DISTRIBUTION LISTS If you need to send messages frequent ly to a fixed group of recipients, you can define a distribut ion list for t hat pu rpose. Y ou can save these distribut ion lists in phone memory . Note that th e phone sends the message separately to each recipient in the list. Therefore, sending a message usin g a distribution list may cost more than sending a message to one recipient. Create Make sure that the contacts you want to add to the distribution lists are saved in the phoneâ s internal contact memory . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Te xt messages > Distribution lists . The names of the available distribution lists are shown. 2 If you have not saved any list s, select Add . OR If you have previously saved lists, select Options > Add list . 3 Enter the name for the list and select OK . 4 Select Options > Vie w list > Add . 5 Search for a name in contacts and select OK . 6 T o add more contacts to the list, select Options > Ad d contact , search for a name in contacts, and select OK . View options 1 From the menus, select Messages > Te xt messages > Distribution lists . 2 Scroll to a list and select Options . The following options are available: View list âÂÂView the details or delete the contacts in the selected list. Add list âÂÂAdd a new distribution list. Rename list âÂÂChange th e name of the selected list.
[ 50 ] Clear list âÂÂDelete all names a nd phon e numbers from the selected l ist. Delete list âÂÂDelete the selected distribution list. View undelivered options If a message cannot be sent to certai n recipients in th e distribution list, select Undelivered > Options . The following options are available: Resend to li st âÂÂResend t he message to the recipients on the Undeliv ered list. View list âÂÂView the list of recipients to whom the latest message sending failed. Delete list âÂÂDelete t he Unde livered list. View message âÂÂView the failed message. ⢠ORGANIZE MESSAGES WITH FOLDERS Folders Inbox âÂÂMessages are automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if y ou se lect Exit when M essage re ceived appears on the start scree n. Outbox âÂÂMessages that you have created but have not sent are automatically stored in the outbox. Archi ve âÂÂStore messages that have been read in the Archive folder . Te mp l a te s âÂÂPictures and pr ewritten te mplates are stored in the Tem pl at es folder . Preloaded t emplates can be edited and customized. Save messages to folders Y ou ca n save messages to an existin g folder or to a folder th at you created. 1 Select Menu > Messages > Te xt message > Create message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Write your message and select Options > Save mess age .
[ 5 1 ] Menu functions 3 Select either Archive , Te mp l at e s , or the name of a folder which you created. The message is saved. View saved messages 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Inbox . 2 Select the folder containing the message you wish to view . 3 Once the folder opens, select th e message you wish to view . Move a message to a folder 1 While viewing the mes sage, select Options > Move . 2 Select the destination folder . My folders K eep your messages organized by creating custom folders and saving some of your messages there. ADD A FOLDER OF YOUR OWN 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > My folders > Options > Add folder . 2 Enter a name for the new folder and select OK . The folder is added. REMOVE A FOLDER Only folders created in My folders can be deleted. The Inbox , Outb ox , Archi ve , and Te mplate folders are p rotected. Wh en you delete a folder , all messages in the folder are also deleted. 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > My folders . After a brief pause, the folder ope ns. Any folders that you have created appear in the display . 2 Scroll to the folder you wish to remove and select Options > Delete fol der . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit.
[ 52 ] ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full and you have more messages waiting at the network, blinks in on the start screen. Y ou can do the following to create more spa ce: ⢠Read some of the unread mess ages and then delete them. ⢠Delete messages from some of your folders. A single message T o delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages . After a brief pause, a list of options appears in the display . 2 Select the folder containing the message you want to delete. A list of messages, if you have any , appears in the display . 3 Select the message you want to delete. The message opens. 4 Select Options > De lete . Y ou are asked to confirm the erasure. 5 Select OK to delete the message or Back to exit. All messages in a folder 1 From t he menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Delete messag es . After a brief pause, a list of yo ur folders appears in the display . 2 Select the folder contai n ing the messages you want to delete. Y ou are asked to confirm your erasure. W arning: If you select All messages , it deletes any messages which have been read in all of the folders. 3 Select OK to empty the folder .
[ 53 ] Menu functions ⢠CHANGE MESSAGE SETTINGS T ext, picture, and e - mail message settings Note: Service providers may customize the text message settings interface. For more details about text message services , contact your service provider . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Messag e Settings > T ext messages > Sending profile . 2 If more than one message profile se t is supported by your SIM card, select the set you want to change, then select one of the following: Message center number âÂÂSave the phone number of th e message center , which is necessary for se nding text messages; obtain this number is from your service provider . Messages sent via âÂÂSelect the me ssage ty pe Tex t , E-mail , Pa g e , or Fa x . Messag e validity âÂÂDefine how long the network attempts to send your messages before it gives up. Default recipient number âÂÂFor text messages, the default number used to send messages. Delivery reports âÂÂRequest the network to send delivery reports on your messages. Use GPRS âÂÂSet GPRS as t he preferred method of sending text messages. Reply via same cente r âÂÂAllow the recipient of your message to send you a reply message using your me ss age center (netw ork service). 3 Follow the prompts to change the selected setting. Overwrite text, picture, and e - mail message settings When the message memory is full, your phone cannot send or receive any new messages. However , you can set y o ur phone to automatically replace old messages in the Inbox and Outbo x folders when new ones arrive.
[ 54 ] 1 Select Menu > Messages > Message settings > Text messages . After a brief pause, a list of options appears in the display . 2 Select Overwriting in sent items or Overwritin g in inbox . 3 Select Allowed to replace the old messages with new ones in the Sent items or Inbox folder , respectively . Multimedia message settings 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. , then select one of the following: Save sent messages âÂÂSave sent multimedia messages to the Sent items folder . Delivery reports âÂÂRequest the network to send delivery reports on your messages. Scale image down âÂÂDefine the image size for the multimedia mess ages you a re w rit ing. Allow multi media reception âÂÂChoos e Ye s , No , or In home netw ork for your multimedia service. In home network cannot receive multimedia messages outside the home network. Incoming mul timedia messages âÂÂSelec t Retrie ve to receive multimedia messages, or Reject if you do not wish to receive multimedia messages. Connection settings âÂÂDefine connection para meters for multimedia data transfer . Allow advertisements âÂÂEnable or disable reception of automatic multimedia advertisements. This setting is n ot shown if A llow multimedia reception is set to No . 2 Follow the prompts to change the selected setting.
[ 55 ] Menu functions Receive multimedia connection settings Y ou may be able to receive multime dia connection settings as a text message from your service provider . For more information, contact your service provider . ⢠WRITE AND SEND A TEXT MESSAGE Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more informa tion. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Text messages > Create message . Tip: T o g o qu ickl y to t he Create message display , press the Scroll left key at the start screen. After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose a message using the keypad and select Opti ons > Send . 3 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retri eve a number from contacts, and select OK . Y our message is sent. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . ⢠READ MESSAGES When you receive a message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message or Exit to move it to your inbox. Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . 2 Use the scroll keys (th e Scroll up key or th e Scroll down key) to view the whole messa ge if necessary .
[ 56 ] Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 3 Select Back to move the message to the Inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Reply . 2 Select a Star t reply wit h option: ⢠Emp ty scre en ⢠Original text ⢠T em plate â¢Y e s â¢N o â¢O K ⢠Thank you ⢠Congratul ations ⢠Happy birthday ⢠I love you too ⢠Hugs and kisses ⢠Sorry ⢠Sorry , IâÂÂm late 3 Compose your reply using the keypad, t hen select Options > Send . The reply is sent. ⢠FORWARD A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Forward . 2 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retri eve a number from contacts. 3 Select OK . The message is forwarded.
[ 57 ] Menu functions ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES Y our phone comes with 1 0 preloaded pictu res. Y ou can, however , overwrite any of t he 1 0 pictures that co me with your ph one. Pictures can be attached to a message and sent using a text message to compatible phones. Picture messages behave the same as text mes sages, bu t pictures take up more space than text. Pictur es are stored in the T emplates folder under Messages > Text messages > Templates . Note: Y ou cannot send a picture message using e-mail. Download pictures Y our phone can download pictures, or receive them from compatible phones using text messaging to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . Only phones that offer picture message features can receive and display picture me ssages. C ontact your service provider for details. Receive a picture message When you receive a pict ure message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well the message icon ( ). VIEW A PICTURE ME SSAGE 1 Select Show to view the picture message, or select Exit to move it to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one picture message, scrol l and select the message that you want to view . Note: When you h ave unopened picture me ssages in your inbox, is shown in t he upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . 3 Use the scroll keys to view the wh ole picture if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you are finished, s elect Back to move the picture message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward .
[ 58 ] SAVE A PICTURE FROM A PICTURE MESSAGE 1 Select Options > Save picture . 2 Enter a title for the picture and select OK . Note: If your templates folder is f u ll of pictures, just scroll to the picture you would like to replace and select Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is equivalent in size to three text messages. When you insert a picture into a message, you will have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in the messa ge. If you try and insert a picture into a message that is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you are prompted to delete some text before proceeding. 1 From the men us, select Messages > T ext messages > Create message . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display . 2 Write a message using the keypad (or enter nothing if you choose to just send a picture), and select Options . Tip: Insert pictures before ad din g text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 3 Select Insert picture . A list of pictures appears in the display . 4 Scroll to a picture and select View . 5 T o insert the picture into your message, select Insert . OR T o view another picture, select Back, scroll to another picture, and select View . 6 T o send the pict ure message, select Options > Send . 7 Enter the phone number for your reci pient, or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts, and select OK . The message is sent.
[ 59 ] Menu functions Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Preview , change, or de lete a picture message 1 After a picture has been inserted into your message, select Options at the message ed it screen. 2 Select one of the following options: Preview âÂÂPreview the inserted mess ag e before sending. Select Back to return to the list of options. Change picture âÂÂGo back to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new picture, select View and then select Inser t to replace th e previous picture in your message. Delete picture âÂÂSelect OK to delete the picture from your message, or select Back to return to the list of options. â¢E - M A I L Y ou can send e-mail up to 160 characters in length (including the e-mai l address) to anyone with an e-mail a ddress. First, you will need to set up an e-mail profile and modify a few othe r settings. It takes just a few minutes, and you only need to do this once. See âÂÂText , picture, and e-mail message settingsâ on page 53. Note: Y ou cannot insert pictures into e-mail. Write and send e-mail Note: See âÂÂChatâ on page 66 for ways to write messages faster . 1 From the menus, select Messages > T ext messages > Creat e e-mail . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the e-mail address.
[ 60 ] 2 Enter the e-mail address, or select Find to retrieve an e-mail address from contacts, and select OK . 3 Enter a subject for the e-mail and select OK . 4 Compose your e-mail using the keypad and select Options . Tip: Be sure and leave enough spac e in the total character count (160) for the e-mail address. 5 Select Send e -mail . Y our e-mail is sent. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more detai ls about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Receive a message or e - mail When you receive a text message or e-mail, n Message(s) rece ived appears in the display , where n is the number of new messages. The blinking indicates that the message memory is full. Before you can receive new me ssages, delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDelete messagesâ on page 52 for more information. Select Show to view the message now , or Exit to view it later . Read the message later 1 Select Menu > Messages > Te xt messages > Inbox . 2 If more than one message is receiv ed, scroll and select the message you want to read. An unread text message is indicated by in front of the message and an unviewed picture message by .
[ 6 1 ] Menu functions ⢠MULTIMEDIA MESSAGES Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more informa tion. A multimedia message can contain text, sound, and a picture. Y our phone supports multimedia messages th at are up to 45 KB . If the maximum size is exceeded, the phone may not be a ble to receive the message. Depending upon your network, you may receive a message that includes an Internet address where you can go to view th e multimedia message. Pictures are scaled to fit the display area of th e phone. Y our phone has a multimedia message viewer for playing messages and a multimedi a inbox for storing saved messages. Once you save the multimedia message, you can use the image as a screen saver or t he sound as a ringing tone. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your service provider . For availability and a su bscription to the m ultimedia messaging service, contact your service provider . Only compatible devices can receive and dis play multimedia messages. Note: The default setting of the multimedia message service is on. Multimedia messaging supports the following formats: ⢠Picture: JPEG, GIF , PNG, OT A-BMP , and WBMP ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI and monophonic ringing tones Note: If a received message contains unsupported elements, they may be replaced with the text Object format not supported . Define MMS settings Before you can use the mult imedia message f eature, you must spec ify whether you want to receiv e messages at all times or only if you are in the service providerâ s home system. ALLOW MUL TIMEDIA RECEPTION Y ou can choose t o receive all messages o r to receive messages only when you are in the service providerâÂÂs home network.
[ 62 ] 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Allow multimedia reception , then select one of the foll owing: Ye s âÂÂAll ow all incoming messages. In home system âÂÂAllow incoming messages only if you are in the service providerâ s home system. 2 Select Incoming multi media messages > Retrieve . BLOCK MULTIMEDIA RECEPTION From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. > Allow multimedia recepti on > No. ALLOW OR BLOCK ADVERTISEMENTS Note: This setting is not available if multimedia r eception is blocked. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Allow advertisements . After a brief pause, Ye s and No appear in the display . 2 Select Ye s to allow advertisements or No to block advertisements. EDIT MULTIMEDIA CONNECTION SETTINGS Contact your service pr ovider for the settings. From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. > Connection settings > Ed it active mult imedia setting s , then select each of the following in turn and en ter the settings provided by the service provider . Settingsâ name âÂÂRename the setting to your preference. Homepage âÂÂEnter the homepage wher e your browser retrieves multimedia messages and select OK . Session mode âÂÂSelect session mode T emporary or Pe r m a n e n t . Data bearer âÂÂSelect the data bearer (always GPRS ). Bearer settings âÂÂSet each of the f ollowing settings for the data bearer: ⢠GPRS ac cess point âÂÂEnter the access point name and select OK .
[ 63 ] Menu functions ⢠IP address âÂÂEn ter or change the IP address and select OK . ⢠Authen ticati on type âÂÂSelect either Normal or Secure . ⢠User name âÂÂEdit or enter your user name and select OK. ⢠Pa s s w o r d âÂÂEdit or enter a password and select OK. Note: Y o u may be able to receive multimedia connection settings as a text message from your servi ce provider . For more infor mation, contact your service provi der . OTHER MMS SETTINGS Other multimedia settings includ e savi ng your messages to the Sent items folder and editing your connection settings. From the menus, select Messages > Message se ttings > Multim edia msgs. , then select one of the following: Save sent messages â Select Y es to save sent multimedia messages to the Sent items folder , or No to discard. Delivery reports âÂÂSe lect On to be inf ormed if th e message was delivered, or Off to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSele ct Ye s to scale images to a smaller size when inserted into a message, or No to keep the original size. Allow multimedia reception âÂÂSelect Ye s , No , or In home network for your multimedia service. In home network cannot receive mu ltimedia messages outside the home network. Incoming mu ltimedia messages âÂÂSelect Retrieve to receive multimedia messages, or Reject to not receive multimedia messages. Connection settings âÂÂDefine browser settings for ret rieving multim edia messages. Activate the se t where y ou want to save the connection settings and then edit the settings. See âÂÂEdit multimedia connection sett in gsâ on page 62. Allow advertisements â Sele ct Y es t o enable reception of automatic multimedia advertisements, or No to disable.
[ 64 ] Write and send a multimedia message For availabilit y and subscriptio n to the MMS, contact yo ur service provid er . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Multimedia messages > Create message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Enter the text of your message and select Options . 3 T o insert a picture or a sound clip, select Insert image or Insert sound clip , respective ly . The list of available folders in the Gallery is shown. 4 Open the desired folder , scroll to the picture or sound clip, and select Options > Insert . The indicator in the header of the message indicates that a picture or sound clip has been attached. Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copied, modif ied, transferred, or forwarded. 5 T o insert a name fr om contacts, select Options > More options > Insert contact . Scroll t o the desired n ame and select M ore options > Insert contact . 6 T o insert a number , select Options > More optio ns > Inse rt number . Enter the number or search for it in contacts, then select OK . 7 T o view the message before sending it, select Options > Preview . 8 T o send the message, sele ct Opti ons , then sele ct Send to number , Send to e-mail , or Send to many . Note: If you have attached a pictu re to t he messag e, you cannot send the message using e-mail. 9 Enter the recipientâ s number or e-ma il address, or search for it in contacts, then select OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder for sending.
[ 65 ] Menu functions Note: It takes more time to send a multimedia message than to send a text messa ge. While the multimedia message is being sent, the animated indicator is displayed and you can use other functions on th e phone. If there is an interr uption while the message is being sent, the phone tries to rese nd it a few times. If this fails, the message remains in the Outbox folder and you can try to resend it lat er . Check your Outbox folder for unsent messages. Note: When sending messages, your device may di splay the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indic ation that the message has been sent by your device to the message center number programmed into your device. This is not an indication that the message has been received at the inte nded de stination. For more details about messaging services, check wi th your service provider . Read and reply to a multimedia message When a multimedia message is being received, app ears (blinking) in the display . Once the messag e has been fully downloaded, and Multimedia message received appear in the display . 1 T o view the message immediately , select Show . T o view the message later , select Exi t . 2 While viewing the mes sage, select Options , then select one of the following: Delete message âÂÂDelete a saved mes sage. Reply or Reply to all âÂÂReply to the message. Select Options and then Send . The senderâ s phone number or e-mail is used as the default. Forward to number âÂÂForward the message to another number . Forward to e-mail âÂÂForward the message to an e-mail address . Forward to many âÂÂForwar d the message to multiple recipients. Edit âÂÂEdit the message. Y ou can on ly edit messages that you have written. Message details âÂÂView the message subje ct, size, and class.
[ 66 ] Details âÂÂView the details of the attached image or sound. Play âÂÂListen to a soun d clip in the message, if one is included. Save tone âÂÂSave a ringing t one, if included, to the gallery . Save image âÂÂSave a picture, if included, to the gallery . Zoom âÂÂEnlarge the picture. If blinks and Multimedia memory ful l, view waiting msg. appears in the display , memory for multimedia me ssages is full. Y ou need to delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDelete messagesâ on page 52 for more information. ⢠CHAT Y ou can have a conversation with anot her person using this faster text messaging applic ation. Y ou cannot save messages, but you can vi ew them while chatting. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Ch at . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number . 2 Enter the recipientâÂÂs nu mber or select Find to retrieve a n umber from contacts, and select OK . 3 Enter your Chat name (up to five cha racters) and select OK . Note: Another way to start a chat: When you have received a message, select Show to read it. T o start a chat, select Options > Chat . 4 Enter your chat message using the keypad. For faster ways to write a message, see âÂÂPredictive text inputâ on page 32. 5 When you are ready to send the message, select Options > Send . When you receive a reply , the message from the other person is shown above your original message.
[ 67 ] Menu functions 6 T o reply to the message, select OK and repeat the steps 4 and 5. 7 T o end the chat session, sele ct OK > Options > Quit . 8 T o view the latest messages of the current chat session, se lect Options > Chat history . The message that you have sent is indicated by < and y our nickname. The messages from your chat partner are indicated by > and that senderâ s nickname. 9 Select Back to ret urn to the message you are writing. 10 T o edit your nickname, select Option s > Chat name . ⢠V OICE MESSAGES If you subscribe to voice mail, your service provider wil l furnish you with a voice mailbox number . Y ou need to save this number to your phone to use voice mail. When you receive a voice message, your phone lets you know by beeping, displaying a message , or both. If you receive more than one message, your phone shows th e number of messages received. Save your voice mailbox number Y our service provider may have already saved your voice mailbox number to your phone. If so, the number will appear in the display in step 2. Select OK to leave the number unchanged. 1 From the menus, select Messages > V oice messages > V oice mailbox number . After a brief pause, the V oice mailbox num ber screen appears. 2 If the box is empty , enter the voice mailbox area code and number and select OK . The phone confirms that the n umber has been saved. Tip: Save yourself the trouble of entering the mailbox codes each time you dial voice mail. See â Automate voice mailâ on page 68.
[ 68 ] Call and set up your voice mail 1 Once you have saved the voice mailbox number , press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect to voice mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the serviceâ s automated inst ructions to setup your voice mail. Listen to your voice messages Once you have set up voice mail, you can dial the number in one of four ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Menu > Messages > V oice mess ages > Listen to voice messages . After a bri ef pause, your phone dials the voice mail number . Once you connect and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages. Automate voice mail Y ou can insert special charac ters called dialing codes into phone numbers such as vo ice mail a nd then save th e number to a 1-touch dialin g locatio n. Dialing codes instruct the receiving system to pau se, wait, bypass, or accept the numbers that follow them in the dialing string. Note: Each voice mail service can vary . The examples and steps that follow are for clarification. Check with your service provider if you have specific questions about your voice mail service. WRITE DOWN SOME INFORMATION Y ou will need this information in âÂÂSet up voice mail with dialing codesâ on page 69 . Be sure to record all of the information correctly . 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call and check your voice mail as you normally would.
[ 69 ] Menu functions 3 Write down your interaction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind that each voice ma il service may vary . However , it should look something like this: Dial 2 14555 12 12, pause 5 seconds , press 1, pause 2 sec onds , press 1234, press pound key . INSERT DIALING CODES Press the Star key repeatedly to cycle thro ugh dialing codes. Once the desired code appears in the display , pa use briefly and the code is inserted into the dialing string. For example, press the Star key four times to display w (wait character). P a use bri efly and th e wait character is in serted int o the dialing string. Av ai l ab le di al i ng c odes are as follows: SET UP VOICE MAIL WITH DIA LING CODES 1 At the start screen, se lect Contacts > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touch dialing slot and select Assign . 3 Enter your voice mailbox number , including the area code. 4 Enter any dialing codes as necessary . For example, if you pause for 5 se conds after connecting to voice mail, enter p twice after the voice mailbox nu mber , such as 2 14555 12 12 pp. 5 Enter any remaining paus es, PIN codes, and other information that allows you to listen to your messages, then select OK . * Bypasses a set of instructions. Precedes an international telephone number . p P auses for 2.5 seconds before sending any numbers that follow . w Wait. Y our phone waits for you to press the Talk key before it sends any numbers or codes that follow .
[ 7 0 ] 6 Enter a name (such as V oice Mail) and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your 1-touch dialing location has been saved. 7 T o dial and listen to you r voice mail, select and hold the assigned 1-touch dialing key at the start screen . No other keypresses should be ne cessary to connect and listen to your messages. ⢠INFO MESSAGE SERVICE With the info message network serv ice, you can receive short text messages from your service provider on various topics, such as w eather and traffic conditions. Contact your service provider for mor e information. From the menus, select Messages > Info messages , then select one of the following: Info service âÂÂSelect On or Off to activate or deac tivate the service. T opics âÂÂOptions for selecting, adding, e diting, and deleting info topics. Language âÂÂSelect the language in which info messages are received. The language you select does not af fect the language you select under the Phone se ttings menu. Info topics saved on SIM card âÂÂSelect one or more info topics to save to your SIM card. ⢠SERVICE COMMANDS Use the Service commands editor to enter and send se rv ice r equ ests ( als o known as USSD commands) to your se rvice provider . Contact your service provider for information about specific service commands. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Service commands . 2 Enter a service request, such as an act ivation command for a specific network service, and select Send .
[ 7 1 ] Menu functions Call log (Menu 2) Call log stores information about the la st 1 0 missed, 1 0 received , or 20 dialed calls. It also adds the total du ration of all calls. When the number of calls exceed the maximum, the most recent call replaces the oldest. For Call log to work properly: ⢠Y our service provider must support caller ID, and it must be enabled. ⢠Y our calls cannot be blocked. ⢠Y our phone must be on and within the service area . â¢O P T I O N S The following options are ava ilable from the call log menu: Missed calls âÂÂShow the phone numbers of unanswered incoming calls. Received calls âÂÂShow the phon e numbers of the most recently answered incoming calls. Dialed numbers âÂÂShow the most recently dialed numbers. Delete rece nt call lists âÂÂClear phone numbers from recent call lists. Call timers âÂÂView the duration of recent calls and clear the call timers. Call costs âÂÂView and limit the cost of calls, and reset the cost count er . GPRS data counte r âÂÂShow the amount of sent and received GPRS data and reset the counter s. GPRS conn ectio n tim er âÂÂShow the duration of GPRS dat a connections and reset the timers. ⢠WHILE VIEWING CALLS Whether you are viewing missed, re ceived, or dialed calls, the menu options are the following: Call time âÂÂDisplay the date and time of th e call. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the number . View number âÂÂDisplay the number .
[ 72 ] Edit number âÂÂEdit the number and associate a name with the number . Save âÂÂEnter a name for the number and save it to contacts. Add to contact âÂÂAdd the number to an existing entry in contacts, i f the number is not associated with a name. Delete âÂÂClear the number from memory . Call âÂÂCall the number . ⢠VIEW MISSED CALLS Missed call s are calls that were ne ver an swered. Y ou can check for missed calls in two ways: Note: The missed calls feature d oes n o t function while your phone is off or outside of the service area. 1 If # missed call appears in the display , select List . The phone number appears in the display . 2 Select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . OR 1 From the menus, select Call log > Missed calls . After a brief pause, a list of missed calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW RECEIVED CALLS Received calls are calls that have been answered. 1 From the menus, select Call log > Received call s . After a brief pause, a list of re ceived calls appears in the display (if any exi st).
[ 73 ] Menu functions 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW DIALED NUM BERS Y ou can view dialed numbers in one of two ways: 1 At the start screen, press the Tal k key . OR From the menus, select Call log > Dialed numbers . After a brief pause, your most recently dialed numbers appear . 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options , then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 71 . ⢠VIEW CALL TIMES Y ou can receive up to five calls from the same number and view the time each call occurred . Y our clock must be set for this feature to work accu rately . See âÂÂSet the clockâ on page 26 for inst ructions on setting your clock. 1 While viewing dialed numbers or a missed or received call, select Options > Call time . The time that the last call occurred appears in the display . 2 Press the Scroll down key to view other call times from this number . 3 Select Back to ret urn to the options list.
[ 74 ] ⢠DELETE CALL LISTS T o clear any missed, dialed, or received calls from phone memory: 1 From the menus, select Call log > Delete recent call lists . After a brief pause, All , Missed , Receive d and Dialed appear in the display . 2 Select the call type you want to clear . ⢠VIEW DURATION OF CALLS 1 From the menus, select Call log > Call timers. 2 Select one of the following options: Duration of last cal l âÂÂShow the duration of the last call received. Duration of received calls âÂÂShow the duration of all received calls. Duration of dialed call s âÂÂShow the duration of all dialed calls. Duration of all cal ls âÂÂShow the duration of all calls (missed, dialed, and received). Clear timers âÂÂReset all call timers to ze ro.
[ 75 ] Menu functions Contacts (Menu 3) Contacts can save up to 5 00 name s, with multiple numbers and text notes for each name. The amount of numbers and text entries that you can save may vary , depending on their length and the total number of entries in contacts. ⢠CONTACTS M ENU At the start screen, select Contacts , then select one of the following: Find âÂÂFind a name or select from a list. Add contact âÂÂAdd a name to contacts. Delete âÂÂDelete a name and its associated numbers. Copy âÂÂCopy entries from phone memor y to SIM and vice versa. Settings âÂÂSet memory in use (phone or SIM), change contacts view , and check the memory status of your phone and SIM card. 1-touch dialing âÂÂDisplay the list of 1-touch dialing numbers saved to memory . Service numbers âÂÂDisplay a list of numbers related to your service provider . Own numbers âÂÂView t he numbers (line 1, lin e 2, data) in use by your SIM card. Caller groups âÂÂView and edit the properties (such as th e ringing tone) for any of the caller groups.
[ 76 ] ⢠T YPES OF CONTACT INFORMATION Each contact entry can contain one or more of the following types of information: ⢠SAVE CONTACT INFORMATION Y ou can save names and numbers to phone memory or to SIM memory . Quickly save a name and number 1 At the start screen, enter the phone number you wish to save. 2 Select Options > Save . 3 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation message appears in the display indicating your entry has been saved. Quickly save (only) a number Y ou can save a phone number as a stand-alone entry in contacts. 1 At the start screen, enter the number you w ish to save. General phone number Mobile phone number Home phone number W ork phone number F ax number E-mail address W eb address Street address Note
[ 77 ] Menu functions 2 Select and hold Option s . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved. Save an entry using the contacts menu 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Add contact . 2 Enter a name and select OK . 3 Enter a number and select OK . 4 Select Done to return to the start screen. Save multiple numbers an d text items per entry For each entry in phone memory , you can save different types of phone numbers and short text items. (SIM card memory can have only one name and number per entry .) The first number you save for any entry is automatically set as the default, or primary number . It i s indicated with a frame around the number type indicator . 1 Make sure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSelect contacts view and memoryâ on page 84. 2 At the start sc reen, press the Scroll down key and scroll to the entry to which you wish to add a number or text item. 3 Select Details > Options. 4 Select Add number or Add detail , then select the desired number or text type. See âÂÂTypes of contact information â on page 76. 5 Enter a number , ad dress, or note, and select OK . 6 T o change the number or text type, with a contact entry highlighted, select Options > Change type , then s elect t he desire d type. 7 Press the End key to return to standby mode.
[ 78 ] Save addresses and notes T o save an e-mail address, yo u will need to add it to an existing entry (name). 1 Find the entry (name) in contacts to which you would like to add an address or note. 2 With the entry highlighted, select Details > Options > Add detail. 3 Select E-mail address , Web address , Street address , or Note . 4 Enter the text for the note or address and select OK . ⢠CHANGE THE DEFAULT (PRIMARY) NUMBER 1 At the start screen, press the Scroll down key , scroll to the entry you want to change , and select Details . 2 Scroll to the number you wish to set as default and select Options > As primary number . ⢠SEARCH FOR AN ENTRY IN CONTACTS 1 At the start screen, pr ess the Scroll down key to display t he contents of contacts. 2 Press the key which corresponds to the first letter of the name for which you are perfo rmin g a search. 3 Press the Scroll up key or the Scroll d own key to scroll up and down through names and numbers in the list. Press the Left selection key or the Right selection key to move the cursor left or right in the search window at the bottom of the display , if necessary . 4 Select Details to view the details of the selected entry . 5 Use the Scroll up and Scroll down keys to scroll through the details of the entry , if nece ssary .
[ 79 ] Menu functions ⢠MAKE A CALL FROM CONTACTS At the start screen, press the S croll down key , scroll to the entry for the person you want to call, and press the Ta lk key . The phone dials the primary number for the contact. ⢠ADD AN IMAGE TO A NAME OR NUMBER 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key . 2 Scroll to the name or number to wh ich you want to add an image, and select Details > Options > Add image . The display shows the lis t of folders in the Gallery . 3 Scroll to a folder that co ntains images and select Open . 4 Scroll to the desired image an d select Opti ons > Save to co ntacts . A copy of the image is added to the contact. Note: Y ou can use the phone to take a photo and attach it to the contact. See âÂÂT ake a photoâ on page 10 4 for more information. ⢠EDIT A CONTACT EN TRY 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key . 2 Scroll to the entry that you want to edit and select Details . 3 Scroll to the item you want to edit, and select Options . The list of available options vari es according to the type of item sel ected. 4 Select an option and follow the prompts to edit the item. ⢠DELETE NAMES AND NUMBERS 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Delete . 2 T o delete individual names and numbers, select One by one . 3 Scroll to the entry you wish to delete, select De lete , and select OK to confirm the deletion. 4 T o delete the entire contents of contacts, select Delete all , then select either Phone or SIM card .
[ 80 ] 5 Select Delete , then select OK to confirm. Y ou are asked to enter the security code. 6 Enter the security code and select OK . ⢠COPY CONTACT ENTRIES 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Copy . 2 Select either From phone to S IM card or From SIM card to phone . The following options appear in the display: One by one âÂÂSelects and copies entries one by one. All âÂÂCopies all entries from the SIM card or phone. Primary numbers âÂÂCopies only primary numbers. This appears only if you selected From phone to SIM card . 3 Select the copy method of your choice. ⢠If you selected One by one , go to step 4. ⢠If you selected All or Primary numbers , go to s tep 6. 4 Scroll to the entry you wish to copy and select Copy . 5 Select either Keep original or Move original . W arning: Select K e ep origin al if you are unsure of which copy method to use. This ensures origin al entries are merely copied to the new location. Move or iginal deletes files after copying. The entry is copied and you are return ed to the list of contacts entries. 6 If you selected All or Pr imary numbers in step 3, select K eep original or Move origin al . 7 Select OK to confirm your choice. All entries are copied to the selected destination. 8 Select Bac k to ret urn to the list of contacts entries, or press th e End key to return to the start sc reen.
[ 8 1 ] Menu functions ⢠BUSINESS CARDS Y ou can send and receive an entry in co ntacts using IR or text message, if supported by your service provider . Receive a business card using IR 1 From the menus, select Connectivity > Infrared to ensure IR is activated. When you receive the business card, your phone beeps and a message appears in the display . 2 Select Save to sa ve the business card in phone memory , or select Exit and then OK to discard the business card. Send a business card Y ou can send a business card using IR or as a text message to a compatible phone or other handheld device. 1 Highlight an entry from contacts that you wish to send and select Details > Options > Send bus. card . 2 T o send the business card using IR, make sure t he receivin g device is set up to receive data u s ing its IR port and select Via infrared . OR T o send the bu siness ca rd as a message, select Via text message . 3 Select Primary number or All details . If you are sending the business card using IR, the phone makes the IR connection and sends the busine ss card. If you are sending the business card as a text mes sag e, continue to the next step. 4 Enter the number for your recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts. 5 Select OK . The business card is se nt. â¢1 - TOUCH DIALING Y ou can associate any entry in contacts with a k ey from 2 â 9 , then dial those entries by pressing and holding the assigned key .
[ 82 ] Assign a key 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to any empty slot and select Assign . 3 Enter the number (including the area code) and select OK , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts. 4 Enter a name for the number and select OK . If 1-touch dialing is off, the phone displays a prompt asking if you would like to turn 1-touch dialing on. 5 Select Ye s to activate 1-touch dialing. The entry appears in the slot you have assigned. Make a call Press and hold the key to which an ent ry has been assigned. Y our phone dials the entry assigned to the key . Change numbers 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing entry you wish to change and select Options > Change . 3 Enter the new number , or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts, and select OK . 4 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . Delete numbers 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > 1 - touch dialing. 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to delete and select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete the key assignment.
[ 83 ] Menu functions ⢠VIEW INFO, SERVIC E, AND OWN NUMB ERS Y our service provider may have saved the operating number of your phone, as well as various information and service numbers to your SIM card. Note: This feature may not be supported by your SIM card. Contact your service provider for more information. 1 At the start screen, select Contacts , then select one of t he following number types: Info numbers âÂÂContact your service provider to obtain information. Service numbers âÂÂContact your service provider to obtain service. Own numbers âÂÂDisplay the operating number , or numbers which have been assigned to your phone by your service provider . 2 T o view details of any of the numbe r types in the previous table, select Details when the number type appears in the display . ⢠CALLER GROUPS Y ou can add contacts entries to any of five caller groups, and then assign a unique ring ing tone or graphic to that group. Th is enables you to identif y callers from the group by their unique ringing tone or graphic. A caller group can be as small as one person or as large as the contacts list. Y ou can rename caller groups to suit your preference. Set caller group options 1 At the start screen, select Contacts > Caller groups . The caller groups available are Fa mily , VIP , Friends, Business , and Other . 2 Select a caller group to display the following caller group options: Rename group âÂÂRename the group to your preference. Group ringing tone âÂÂSet the ringing tone for the group. Group logo âÂÂT urn the graphic for the caller group on or off. Group members âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group.
[ 84 ] 3 Select a caller group option and f ollow the prompts to set the option according to your preference. Set up a caller group 1 At the start screen, press the S croll down key to display a list of entries in contacts. Tip: P er form a âÂÂquick findâ when contacts entries are displayed by entering the first letter of a name. appears at the bottom of the display to indicate you are performing a search. 2 Scroll to a name you want to add to a caller group and select Details > Options > Caller groups . 3 Select the caller gr oup to which you want to add the name. A confirmation message appears in the display . ⢠SELECT CONTACTS VIEW AND MEMORY At the start screen, select Contacts > Settings , th en select one of the following options: Memor y in use âÂÂSelect the memory you wish to use. Options are Phone , SIM card , or Phone and SIM combined. W ith Phone and SIM selec ted, names and numbers are saved to phon e memory but entries saved to both memories appear in the display . Contacts view âÂÂSelect the Name list , Name and number , or Name only view . Memor y status âÂÂView the amount of phone or SIM memo ry used and available.
[ 85 ] Menu functions Profiles (Menu 4) Profiles define how your phone reac ts when you receive a call or a message, how your keypad sounds when you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the five available profiles can be left at thei r default setting, or customized to suit your needs. Select and customiz e the most suitable profile for your situation, such as when you are in a meeting or outdoors. The profiles available a re Normal , Silent , Meetin g , Outdo or , and Pa g e r . Note: Profiles are also available fo r enhancements such as a headset and car kit. See âÂÂEnhancement settingsâ on page 99 for more information about enhancement profiles. ⢠SELECT A PROF ILE 1 At the start screen, select the Profiles menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select a profile from the list. ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE Y ou can customize any of the profiles a variety of ways. 1 At the start screen, select the Profiles menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you want to cust omize, select Customize , then select one of the following: Ringing options âÂÂSelect th e ringing tone style. Ring ing tone âÂÂSelect the ringing tone for incoming calls. Ringing volume âÂÂSet the volume of your ringing tone. Vibrating al ert âÂÂT urn the vibrating alert on or off. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received mes sages.
[ 86 ] Ke yp a d t o ne s â S e t t h e v o l u m e o f y o u r k e y p a d t o n e s ( o r t u r n t h e m o f f ) . W arning to nes âÂÂT urn warning and confirmation tones on or off. Alert for âÂÂDefine which caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 83 for more information. Profile n ame âÂÂRename the profile (up to 16 characters). Y ou cannot rename the Normal profile. ⢠SET A TIMED PROFILE Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an event that requ ires your phone be set to Silent before the event starts, but you forget to return it to Norm al until long after the event. During this time, you have mis sed several calls because the ringing tone was sile nt. A timed pro file can pr event this by au tomatically retu rning your phone to the default profile at a t ime you specify . Note: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 At the start screen, select the Profi les menu . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select a profile, then select Time d . 3 Enter the time for the profile to expire and select OK . The profile you have set for expirat ion is now active and appears in the start screen along with a small clock icon.
[ 87 ] Menu functions Settings (Menu 5) Use this menu t o set or change your personal shortcuts, time and date settings, call settings, phone setting s, display settings, tone settings, enhancement settings, security settin gs, and to restore factory settings. ⢠OVER THE AIR (O T A ) SETTINGS SERVICE T o use browsers, M MS, GPRS, and other wireless services , you must have the proper settings on your phone. If you receive the settings directly as an O T A message, then you need only to sav e the settings on your phone. For more information about the availability of the settings, contact your service provider or nearest authorized Nokia dealer . ⢠P ERSONAL SHORTCUTS Y ou can change the func tion of the Ri ght selection key so that your most frequently used functions can be quic kly accessed from the start screen. This list of functions is called the Go to menu. Y ou can also select an operator-specific name for the Right selection key to be displayed in the start scree n. Choose functions 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Select Go to options . The list of functions is displayed. Th e list includes phone functions and bookmarks for Internet sites that yo u entered into the bookmark list. See âÂÂBookmarksâ on page 142. 2 Scroll to the desired function from the list, then select Mark . A mark appears in the box next to the selected function indicating that you have selected the function. Select Un mark to remove a function from the list.
[ 88 ] 3 Repeat the previous step to select or remove as many functions as you wish. 4 Select Done when you have added all desired functions. 5 When Save changes? appears in the display , select Ye s . Organize functions 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Organi ze Go to op tions . The list of funct ions is displayed. 2 Select the function you wish to rearrange, then s elect Move . 3 Select Move up , Move down , Move to top , or Move to bottom from the list of choices. The list of right selection key func tions is displayed in the new order . 4 Select Done . A confirmation message appears. 5 Select Ye s . The changes are saved. Choose a name 1 From the menus, select Settings > Right sele ction key settings > Right selection key . 2 Select either an operator- specific name (if available), Go to , or Contacts . The selected name will appear over the R ight sele ction key in the start scree n. If you s elected Contacts , the Right selection key takes you directly to contacts. If you selected Go to , the Right selection key takes you to the list of fu nctions you selected for the Go to menu. If you selected an operator-specific name, the Right selection key takes you to a list of items specified by your operator .
[ 89 ] Menu functions ⢠TIME AND DATE SETTINGS Set the clock 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Clock > Set the time . 2 Enter the time in hh :mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Show or hide the clock Y ou may display or not display the clock on the start screen. 1 From the menus, select S ettings > Time and date settings > Clock . 2 Select Hide clock or Show cl ock . If the clock was previously hidden (not shown on the display), it will now appear in the upper right corner of the start screen. If the clock was previously shown in the display , it will now be hidden from view . Change the time format Y ou can set the time format for am/pm or 24-hour format (military time). 1 At the start screen, select Men u > Settings > Time and date settings > Clock > Time format . 2 Select 24 - hou r or am/pm . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Set the date 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Date > Set the date . 2 Enter the date and select OK . The date is set. Set or change the date format 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time and date settings > Date > Date separat or .
[ 90 ] 2 Select the separator of your ch oice (period, slash, or hyphen). A message appears in the display confirming your selection. 3 Select Date > Date format . 4 Select the format of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠CALL SETTINGS Call forwarding Call forwarding tells your networ k to redirect incoming calls to another number . Note: Call forwarding is network-dependent and may not work the same in all networks. Contact your servi ce provider for availabi lity . ACTIVATE CALL FORWAR DING Note: This is a networ k-dependent feature. Some options listed in the following table may not appear in the display . Contact your service provider for more information. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Cal l settings > Cal l forwarding , then select one of the following: Forward all voice calls âÂÂForward all calls to the number you specify . Forward if busy âÂÂForward incoming calls when you are in a call. Forward if not answered âÂÂForward incoming calls to another number if you are unable to answer . Y ou can also set a delay before forwarding takes place. Forward if out of reach âÂÂForward incoming calls when your phone is off. Forward when not able to take calls âÂÂForward calls that are not picked up. Y ou can also set a dela y before forwarding takes place. Forward all fax calls âÂÂForward all fax calls to a fax mailbox.
[ 9 1 ] Menu functions Forward all data calls âÂÂForward all data calls to a data mailbox. Cancel all call forwarding âÂÂCancel any call forwarding options you may have set. 2 Select Activa te . 3 Select the destination t o which your calls will be forwarded. 4 Enter the number to which your calls , data, or other information will be forwarded and select OK . Y our phone calls the network to activa te the feature you have requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature ha s been activated successfully . CANCEL CALL FORWARDING From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding > Cancel all call forwarding . Note: Cancel all call forwarding may af fect your ability to receive voice mai l messages. Contact your service provider fo r specific details. Anykey answer Anykey answer allows you to answer an incoming call by bri efly pressing any key except the power key , the Left sele ction key , the Right selection key , and the End key . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Anykey answer . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Automatic redial Occasionally , your network may experi ence heavy traffic, resulting in a âÂÂfastâ busy signal when you dial. Wi th automatic redial activated, your phone redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifies you once the network is available. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call sett ings > Aut omatic red ia l. 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate.
[ 92 ] 1 - touch dialing Y ou can turn the 1-touch dialing feature on and off. For more information, see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 81 . 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > 1 - touch dialing . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Call waiting If supported by your service provider , call waiting notifies you of an incoming call even while you are in a ca ll. Y ou can then accept, reject, or ignore the incoming call. ACTIVATE OR DEAC TIVATE CALL WAITING 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Call waiting . 2 Select Activate or Cancel . USE CALL WAITIN G 1 During a call, press the Ta lk key to answer the waiting call. The first call is put on hold. 2 Press the End key to end the active call. Summary after call Y ou can display the time spent on a call when you hang up. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call setti ngs > Summary after call . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Send my caller identity Y ou can prevent your number from being displayed on the receiving partyâ s caller ID. This feature is network-dependent and works on a call-by-call basis. Contact your se rvice provider for more information. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Send my caller identity . 2 Select Default , Ye s , or No . A message appears in the display confirming your selection.
[ 93 ] Menu functions Select a line for outgoing calls Note: This is a network-dep endent feature. Check w ith your service provider for availability and a description of the feature. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Line for outgoing calls . After a brief pause, Line 1 and Line 2 appear in the display . Note: If you select Line 2 but have not subscribed to this network service, you will not be able to place calls. However , calls on both lines can be answered regardless of the selected line. 2 Select Line 1 or Line 2 . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Tip: If supported by your SIM card, you can prevent the line selection by using the Lock option. ⢠PHONE SETTINGS Set the display language 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Language . After a brief pause, Automatic , English , Po r t u g u ê s , Español , and Français appear in the display . 2 Select the language of your choice. View the phone memory 1 From the menus, select Settings > Ph one settings > Memory status . After a brief pause, Free memory , Used memory , Contacts , Tex t messag es , Multimedia msgs. , Gallery , Organizer , an d Applications appear in the display . 2 Scroll through the list to view the memory associated with each item. Note: For more information, see âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16.
[ 94 ] Activate or deactiva te automatic Ke yguard Note: W hen K eyguard is on, it may be p ossible to dial emergency number s programm ed int o your phon e (for example, 9 1 1). Enter the emergency number and press the Ta lk key . The number is displayed only after you have keyed in its last digit. Y ou can set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically after a preset time delay (fro m 1 0 seconds to 60 mi nutes). When the pres et delay expires, the keypad locks automatically . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Automatic keyguard . After a brief pause, On and Off appear in the displ ay . 2 Select On (or Off to deactivate). 3 If you s elected On , Set delay appears in the display . 4 Enter the delay (in mm:ss format) and select OK . Activate or deactiva te cell info display Note: Cell info display is netwo rk-dependent an d may not work the same in all networ ks. Contact you r service provider for availabi lity . When this function is selected, your phone will indicate when it is used in a system cell b ased on Micro Cellular Netw ork technolo gy . MCN tech nology increases the capacity of wireless netw orks in ur ban areas. The setting will remain in effect even if the SIM card is chang ed or the phone is switched off. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Cell info display . After a brief pause, On and Off appear in the displ ay . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Note: If the GPRS connection is set to Always online , info messages may not be receiv ed. In that c ase, set the GPRS connection to When needed , see âÂÂGPRS, HSCSD, CSDâ on page 135 for more information.
[ 95 ] Menu functions Write a welcome note Y ou can write a welcome note which shows up briefly on your display whenever you power up your phone. Predictive text input cannot be us ed for entering welc ome note text. 1 From the menus, select Se ttings > Phone settings > W elcome note . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display awaiting text input. 2 Enter a note (up to 44 characters). Press the Star key to display and select from available special characters. For more information on special characters, see âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 34. 3 When yo u are finished, select Options > Save . Set up system selection Y ou may be able to manually search for another network which has a roaming agreement with your home service provider . 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > System selection . 2 Select one of the following options. Automat i c âÂÂY our phone defaults to those settings which have been preset by your service provider . Manual âÂÂY our phone searches for a network which has a roaming agreement with your service provider . Note: If No system acce ss appears in the display , you will need to switch to Au tomati c mode, or insert another SIM card into the phone. Confirm SIM service actions This option allows you to request noti fication when your service provider makes changes to SIM-rela ted services (such as ac tivating GPRS service). 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Confi rm SIM service actions .
[ 96 ] 2 Select Ye s to request notification, or No to prevent notification. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Activate or deactivate help text Y our phone displays bri ef descriptio ns for most m enu items. When you arrive at a fe ature or menu, pause for about 15 seconds. Use the scroll keys to page through the full help text, if necessary . The default setting for Help text is On. However , you can turn help text on or off by doing the following from the start screen. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Help text activati on . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Activate or deactivate start - up tone Y ou can set your phone to play (or not to play) a start-up tone when the phone is switched on. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Phone settings > Start - up tone . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ⢠DISPLAY SETTINGS W allpaper Y ou can set your phone to display a ba ckground picture (wallpaper) on the start screen. Some pictures are presaved in the Gallery menu. Y ou can also take pictures with the built-in came ra, receive picture s using multimedia messaging, download them from browser pages or transf er them with PC Suite from your PC and then save them in the Gallery . Y o ur phone suppor ts JPEG, GIF , BMP , P NG, and WBMP formats.
[ 97 ] Menu functions SELE CT 1 From the menus, select Settings > Display settings > W allpaper > Change image . 2 Scroll to a folder that co ntains images and select Open . 3 Scroll to the image of your choice and select Option s > Set as wallpaper . 4 If Replace current wallpaper? appears in the display , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. ACTIVAT E OR DEACTIVATE 1 From the menus, select Settings > Displ ay settings > W allpaper . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. Select color scheme Y ou can change the color of some display components in yo u r phone, such as indicators and signal bars. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Display settings > Color Schemes . After a brief pause, a list of c olor schemes appears in the display . 2 Select the color scheme of your choice. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Select menu view Y ou can select either the List interface or the Grid interface. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Display settings > Menu view . 2 Select either List or Grid . Show or hide operator logo Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. Y ou can choose whether the display shows the operator logo when the phone is in standby mode. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Disp lay settings > Operator logo .
[ 98 ] 2 Select On to show the logo, or Off to hide the logo. A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Set screen saver timeout The screen saver is activa ted when no function of the phone is used after a preset period of time. Press any key to deactivate the screen saver . The screen saver is also de activated when the phone is ou t of the network coverage area. Y ou can set your phone to display a sc reen saver after a preset time or after a custom time (up to 60 minutes) of your choosing. 1 From t he menus, select Settings > Displ ay settings > Screen saver timeout . 2 Select 2 minutes or 5 minutes . OR If you want to set a custom t ime (up to 60 minutes), select Other , then enter the custom time and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. Change display brightness Y ou can change the brightness of the display . 1 From the menus, select Se ttings > Displ ay setting s > Display brightness . After a brief pause, a bar chart a ppears in the display indicating the current brightness level. 2 Use the Scroll left and Scroll right keys or the side volume keys to adjust the contrast level t o your preference. 3 Select OK to accept your settings. ⢠T ONE SETTINGS Y ou can adjust the ringing volume, keypad tones, and more for the active profile. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 85.
[ 99 ] Menu functions ⢠ENHANCEMENT SETTINGS The Enhancement settings menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to one of the compatible enhancements such as the headset or music stand. Each compatible enhancement appears in the Enhancement settings menu only after it has been con nected to the phone . Once an enhancemen t has been connected, it always appears in the menu even if it is not currently connected. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Enhancement settings . 2 Select either Headset , Handsfree , Loopset , TTY , Music stand , or Charger . A list of options appears in the display . 3 Select the option of your choice an d follow the prompts. Headset options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a headset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a headset is connected. Select On or Off. Handsfree options Handsfree options are available when th e phone is connected to a car kit. Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to use when your phone is connected to a car kit. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a car kit is connected.Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Automat ic .
[ 1 0 0 ] Ignition sense âÂÂWhen the phone is connected to the full car kit, prevents the phone from draining the car battery when the car ignition is off. Select Ignition on to automatically switch off the phone approximately 20 seconds after the car ignition is turned off. Select Ignition off to leave the phone on when the car ignition is turned off. Loopset options Use loops et âÂÂEnable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Select Ye s or No . Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a loopset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off . TTY options Use TTY âÂÂActivates the TTY feature. Select Ye s to activate TTY or No to deactivate. Music stand options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected to the music stand. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when the phone is connected. Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Au tomatic . Charger options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connec ted to the charger . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Au tomatic .
[ 1 0 1 ] Menu functions ⢠SECURIT Y SETTINGS For information about security features, see âÂÂPhone securityâ on page 35. ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can reset some of the menu settings to their original values. 1 From t he menus, select Settings > Restore factory settings . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. 2 Enter the security code (the default is 12345) and selec t OK . A message appears in the display confirming that original settings have been restored. Note: Data that you have ent ered or downloaded is not deleted. For example, names and numbers in contacts are n ot affected.
[ 1 02 ] Radio (Menu 6) Y our phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. Y ou can listen to the FM radio on your phone through the handsfree speaker or with a HDB-4 boom headset. For FM stereo, connect a D T-1 music stand or HDS-3 stereo headset to the connector on the bottom of the phone. The leads of the headset function as th e antenna , so it must be conn ected. Allow it to hang freely . The quality of a radio broadcast depend s on coverage of t he radio station in that particular area. ⢠T URN THE RADIO ON AND OFF 1 Attach an audio enhancement to the phone. 2 From the menus, select Radio . 3 T o turn off the radio, press an d hold the End key . ⢠USE THE RADIO Note: When you place or receive a call, the radio automatically mutes. Once the call is ended, the radio switches back on. With the radio on, select Options , then select one of the following: T urn off âÂÂT urn off the r adio. Save channel âÂÂSave the current station t o one of 20 locations. Automatic tu ning âÂÂBriefly press a scroll key to start the channel search up or down. Select OK when a channel is found. Manual tuning âÂÂPress t he Scr oll up key or the Scroll down key to search in increments of 0.1 MHz. Set frequency âÂÂManually enter the frequency of a known radio station. Delete channel âÂÂDelete a saved channe l.
[ 1 0 3 ] Menu functions Rename âÂÂEnter a new name for the saved channel and select OK . Loudspeaker âÂÂListen to the radio through the speakerphone. Mono output/Stereo outp ut âÂÂListen to the radio in monaural mode (default) or in stereo. Stereo output is available through a stereo enhancement. Tip: To set the radio frequency , press the Star key . T o tune the radio manually , press the Po u n d key . Note: When an application u sing a GPRS connection is sending or receiving data, it may interfere with t he radio. ⢠SAVE A RADIO CHANNEL Y ou can save a preset station to any one of 20 locations in memory , and then tune to that station by pressing the S croll up key or th e Scroll d own key with the radio on. 1 With the radio on, press and hold the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key to start the channel search. Searching stops when a channel is found. 2 T o save the cha nnel, select Option s > Save channel . 3 Enter a name for the chan nel and select OK . 4 Select an (e mpty) location to save the channel. Tip: To save an FM station quickly to 1âÂÂ9 memory locations, press and hold the corresponding number key while the radio is playing. Then, enter the name of the chan nel and sele ct OK .
[ 1 0 4 ] Camera (Menu 7) In this menu you can take photos with the built-in camera and adjust its settings. The camera lens is on the back of the phone, and the color display of the phone works as a vi ewfinder . The camera produces JPEG images. The camera self-timer has a 1 0-second delay . After you have taken a picture, you can attach it to a multimedia message and send it with MMS, save it as wallpaper in the standby mode, save it in a c ompatible PC using Nokia PC Suite software, and upload it to a web address with the content image uploader . When you attach a picture to an entry in your list of contacts, the picture is displaye d when your con tact calls you. Note: This feature uses shared memory . See âÂÂShared memoryâ on page 16 for more information. If there is not enough memory to take a new photo, you n eed to free some by deleting old photos or other files in the gallery . When using the features in this devi ce, obey all laws an d respect privacy and legitimate rights of others. ⢠T AKE A PHOTO 1 From the menus, select Camera , then select one of the foll owing options: Standard photo âÂÂLets you take a photo in landscape orientation under normal lighting conditions. P ortrait photo âÂÂLets you take a photo in portrait orientation that can be added to a name/phone number saved in contacts. Nigh t mode âÂÂLets you take a photo in landscape orientation in dim lighting. Tip: To open the camera viewfinder quickly with standard photo view , press the Scroll up key at the start screen. 2 The live image appears on the displ ay , and you can use the display as a viewfinder .
[ 1 0 5 ] Menu functions 3 T o take a photo, select Capture . When taking a photo, a shutter so und is heard. The phone saves the photo in the Photos folder of the G allery menu. The saved photo is shown on the display . 4 Select Back to take anot her photo. OR Select Options and select one of the following: Zoom âÂÂDisplay a zoomed-in version of the photo. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected photo. Send âÂÂSend the selected photo. Rename âÂÂRenam e the selected photo. Change mode âÂÂSelect either Standard photo , P ortra i t photo , or Nigh t mode . Open Gallery âÂÂDisplay the Photos folder in the Gallery . Set contrast âÂÂIncrease or decrease contra st of the selected photo using the Scroll right and Scr oll left keys. Set as wallpaper âÂÂSet the photo as wallpaper . Details âÂÂView details of the photo, such as the name, time and date the photo was taken. Note: When a photo is zoom ed, the photo is not stored per manently in the zoomed size. Y ou cannot edi t or send a zoomed photo. Select Back to display the image in normal size. â¢S E L F - TIMER 1 From the menus, select Camera > Se lf - timer . 2 Select either Standard photo , P ortrait photo , or Night mode . 3 Select Start . After the timeout, the camera t akes the photo and saves it in the Gallery menu. While the self-timer is running, a beeping sound is heard.
[ 1 0 6 ] â¢S E T T I N G S Y ou can select the level of image qua lity , turn camera sounds on and of f, and define a default title to be used when you save a photo. From the menus, select Camera > Settings , then select one of the following: Image quality âÂÂD ef in e f il e co m pr es s io n when saving the image. Select High , Normal , or Basic. High has the least file compression and provides the best image qu ality , but takes more memory . Camera sounds âÂÂSet the shutter sound and the self timer ton e to On or Off . Default title âÂÂDefine the title that will be used when saving a photo. If you s elect Autom atic , t he default title will be used, or if you select My ti tle , you can enter or edit a new title.
[ 1 0 7 ] Menu functions Gallery (Menu 8) Y ou can save pictures and ringing tones to folders in the gallery , or create folders of your own and save them there. Y ou can download images and tones using MMS, web sites, or Nokia PC Suite. ⢠FOLDERS 1 At the start screen, select Menu 8 ( Gallery ). 2 Select one of the following options. View folders âÂÂDisplay the folders in the gallery menu. Add folder âÂÂCreate a new folder . Delete fol der âÂÂDelete a folder you have created. Rename folder âÂÂRename a folder you have created. Gallery downloads âÂÂDownload more images and tones. Select Image downloads or T one do wnloads , then select a site. Selecting More bookmarks displays the list of bookmarks in the Services menu. When you select Gallery downl oads , the phone tries to connect to the Internet using your browser and the currently active set of gallery downloads. If the connection fails, yo u may need to activate anoth er set or change the current settings. See âÂÂSet up for br owsingâ on page 139 for more information. ⢠FOLDER ITEMS 1 From the menus, select G allery > View folders . A list of folders appears in the display . 2 Scroll to a folder and select Open . A list of images or tones appears in the display . 3 Scroll to an image or tone, then select Options .
[ 1 0 8 ] Depending on the type of file, some of th e following options appear: Play âÂÂPlay a multimedia file. Pa u s e âÂÂP ause a multimed ia file that is playing. Zoom âÂÂDisplay a zoomed-in version of the image. Use the scroll keys to move around in the image. Open âÂÂOpen the selected file. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected file . Send âÂÂSend the sele cted file. Note: The Send option may not be available if the selected file (either image or sound) is copyrighted. Edit im age âÂÂStart the image editor . Move âÂÂMove the fi le to another folder . Rename âÂÂRenam e the selecte d file. Mute audio âÂÂMute a sound file. Unmute audio âÂÂUnmute a muted sound file. Set contrast âÂÂAdjust the contrast in the image. Set as wallpaper âÂÂSet the image as wallpaper . Set as ring tone âÂÂUse the tone as the ringing t one in the c urrent profile. Details âÂÂView details of the file, such as the n ame, time and date the file was created. Sort âÂÂSort the files according to date, type, name, or size. Delete all âÂÂDelete all items in th e current Gallery folder . View in sequence âÂÂView all of the images in the folder sequentially as a slide show , o r listen to each of the tones in sequence.
[ 1 0 9 ] Menu functions ⢠EDIT AN IMAGE 1 From the menus, select G allery > View folders . 2 Select a folder that cont ains images and select Open . 3 Scroll to an image and select Options > Open . The image editor starts. 4 Select Options > Edit image > Options . Options include Save , Insert text , I nsert frame , and Insert clip - art. 5 T o insert text in the center of the image: a) Select Insert text . b) Enter text in the text editor and select OK . 6 T o put a frame around the image: a) Select Insert frame . b) Scroll to one of the frame images in the Graphics folder and select Options > Ins ert . c) When the image is displayed with the frame added, select OK . 7 T o insert clip art in the center of the image: a) Select Insert Clip - art . b) Scroll to one of the clip art images in the Grap hics folder and select Options > Ins ert . c) When the image is displayed with the clip art added, select OK . 8 T o save the edited image, select Options > Save .
[ 1 1 0 ] Organizer (Menu 9) Y our phone has many useful features for organizing your everyday life, including an alarm clock, a calendar and a to-do list. ⢠ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock is based on the internal clock of your phone. It sounds an alert or turns on the built- in FM radio at the time you specify . The alarm works even if the phone is off if there is enough power in the battery . When the alarm is triggered, the clock radio alarm stays on until the radio is turned off. Select an alarm tone From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm tone , then select one of the following: Standard âÂÂSelect the default alarm tone. Radio âÂÂUse the radio as an alarm. If you select this optio n, connect the headset to the phone. The phone uses the last channel you li stened to as an alarm to ne. If th e headset is not co nnecte d, the def ault a larm tone is used. Ring ing tone âÂÂSelect an alarm tone from the ringing tone list. Open Gallery âÂÂSelect a sound clip from a Gallery folder to use as an alarm. Open a folder that contains tones, scroll to the tone you want, and select Options > Select . Set an alarm NOT ALRE ADY SET 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm time . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n.
[ 1 1 1 ] Menu functions ALREADY SET 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. T urn off an alarm setting From the menus, select Organ izer > Alarm cloc k > Alarm time > Off . Alarm off appears briefly in the display . When the alarm sounds Y our phone beeps, vibrates, and the display lights up. Stop and Snooze appear in the bottom of the display . WITH THE PHONE ON Select Stop to shut the alarm off. OR Select Snooze . The alarm stops for 1 0 minutes and Snoozing appears in the display . If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 1 0 minutes, and then sounds again. WITH THE PHONE OFF 1 The alarm sounds. If you s elect Stop , Switch the phone on ? appears in the display: 2 Select Ye s to power up the phone; select No to keep it switched off. W arning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CALENDAR The calendar keeps track of reminders , calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these events.
[ 1 12 ] Open the Calendar From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the Monthl y view appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Tip: T o open the calendar quickly , press the Right selection key at the start screen. Four - way scrolling Y ou can move the cursor in some cale ndar views by using the four-way scroll keys like a joystick. Monthly view Monthly view provides an overview of the selected month and weeks. It also allows you to jump to a specific date. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar notes such as a meeting or reminder . Go to a date 1 From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Go t o date . 3 Enter the date (for exampl e, 12/1 5/2003) and select OK . The monthly view ap pears in the disp lay with the jump date hig hlighted. Make a note for a specific date Y ou can choose from five types of notes: Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , and Reminder . Y our phone asks for further information depending on which note you choose. Y ou also have the option to set an alarm for any note that you select. 1 Go to the date for which you w ant to set a reminder . See âÂÂGo to a dateâ on page 11 2 for more in formation. Monthly view
[ 1 13 ] Menu functions 2 From the monthly view with the go to date highlighted, select Options > Make a note , then select one of the following: 3 Enter the note and select Options > Save . 4 Enter the information requested by the prompts. View calendar note s (the day view) After you have created some calendar notes, you can view them as follows: 1 From the menus, select Org anizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Any dates that contain calendar notes are in bold. 2 Use four-way scr olling to go to the date containing the note. 3 Select Options > View day . Any notes you have for the day appear in a list format. 4 Scroll to the desired note and select Options > View . The body of the note appears in the display . Meeting prompts you to enter a subject, location, and then a start/end time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Call prompts you to enter a phone number , a name, and the time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Birth day prompts you to enter the personâÂÂs name, and year of birth. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Memo prompts you to en ter a subject and then an end date. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Reminder prompt s you to enter the subject you wish to be reminded about. Y ou are then gi ven the option to set an alarm.
[ 1 14 ] Options while viewing calendar notes Select Options while viewing a dayâ s notes to display and the following options appear: View âÂÂView the full note (available only in header view). Make a no te âÂÂMake another note for the selected date (available only in header view). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your calendar . Repeat âÂÂMake the note recur on a regula r basis (daily , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yearly). Go to date âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar (available only in header view). Send note âÂÂSend the note to an other device using Infrared or as a text message or in vCal format. Copy âÂÂCopy the note. Y ou can then paste the note to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the date and time, date and time format, the day each week starts, and whether you want yo ur notes to autodelete after a specified time. Go to to-do list âÂÂTakes you to the to-do list for todayâ s date. Send a calendar note to another device 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display . Days containing notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the note you wish to send. 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to the note you wish to send and select Options > Send note . 5 Select either Via Infrared , As note , or As text message .
[ 1 15 ] Menu functions 6 If you s elected Via Infrared , align the infrared ports of both devices and select Select . Ensure the other device is set to receive data using IR. For more information on enabling IR in th e re ceiving device, refer to the user guide for the receiving device. The note is sent. 7 If you selected As n ote , enter the number for the recipient (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts) and select OK . The note is sent. 8 If you s elected As te xt message , the note appears in the display . 9 Select Options > Se nd . 10 Enter the number for t he recipient (or select Find to retrieve a number from contacts), and select OK . The note is sent. Receive Calendar notes from another device When you receive a c alendar note, your phone displays Calendar note received . Y ou can then save the n ote in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. VIEW RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES 1 When your phone displays Calendar note received , select Show . The text of your note appears in the display . 2 Press the scroll keys to view th e entire message, if necessary . SAVE RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the Calendar note , select Options > Save . DISCARD VIEWED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the Cale ndar note, select Options > Discard .
[ 1 16 ] â¢T O - DO LIST Y ou can keep track of your tasks w ith the to-do list feature. Y o u may be able to save up to 30 notes, depending on their length. T o-do notes are not related to specific dates. Add a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organizer > T o - do list > Option s > Add . 2 Enter the to-do note and sel e ct Options > Save . 3 Select either High , Medium , or Low priority . The to-do note is saved. View a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organizer > T o - do list. 2 Scroll to a to-do note and select Options > View . The to-do note appears in the display . Options while viewing to-do notes Select Options whil e viewing the header or body of a particular note and the following options appear: View âÂÂView the body of a note (available only in header view). Edit âÂÂEdit the content of a note (available only in body view). Add âÂÂAdd another note (availabl e only in header view). Deadline âÂÂSet a deadline for the note (available only in body view). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Mark note as done âÂÂMark a note or task as complete; no more reminders will follow (available only in body view). Sort by deadline âÂÂSort the notes according to their deadline. Send âÂÂSend the n ote as a text message. Edit priority âÂÂChange the priority to high, me dium, or low (available only in body view). Go to calendar âÂÂLeave the to-do list and go to the calendar . Save to calendar âÂÂSave the to-do note to a date on your calendar .
[ 1 17 ] Menu functions Games (Menu 1 0) Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun games in your phone! 1 From the menus, select Games . After a brief pause, the list of ga me submenus in the following table appear in the display . 2 Select the desired submenu. Select game âÂÂSelect a game or enter a game option list. See âÂÂGame optionsâ on page 11 8 for more info on game options. Game downloads âÂÂConnect to game downloads on the Internet using your browser . Memor y âÂÂCheck the available memory fo r games and game related applications. Settings âÂÂT urn game sounds, lights, and shakes on or off. ⢠GAME DOWNLOADS MENU 1 From the menus, select Games > Game downl oads . 2 Select one of the options displayed. After a brief pause, the phone connects t o the web pages using the currently active set of browser settings. If the connection fails, you may enter the Services menu and activate another set of service settings. See âÂÂOptions while onlineâ on page 144 for more info on browser settings. ⢠LAUNCH A GAME 1 From the menus, select G ames > Select game . After a brief pause, a list of games appears in the display .
[ 1 18 ] 2 Scroll to a game and press the Ta lk key . If the selection is a single game it will launch. O therwise, a list of games within the selected game set appears in the display . 3 T o launch a single game, scroll to the desired game and press the Ta lk key . Tip: If a game uses the whole dis play area, select ion keys suc h as Options or Back will not appear in the displ ay . Press the Left selection key or the Right select ion key to show the options keys Select or Back (returns to the game). ⢠GAME OPTIONS While viewing the games list, select Options to display the following options. Scroll to an option and select Sel ect to activate the option or enter its submenu. Open âÂÂPlay the game. Delete âÂÂDelet e the game. We b a cc e ss âÂÂChoose an option for restrictin g network access. Options ar e Ask firs t , Allo wed , and No t allowed . Update version âÂÂCheck if a new version of the game is available for download. W eb page âÂÂGet more information or additional data from an Internet page. This feature is shown only i f it is supported by the network and an internet address has been provided by the game. Service settings âÂÂSome games need specific se rvice settings. Y our phone is set to use as default the se rvice settings for the browser . Details âÂÂDisplay details of the game.
[ 1 19 ] Menu functions Applications (Menu 1 1) Y our phone supports J2ME Java applications. Y ou will find useful Java utilities pre-installed on your phone. Also, you can manage and d ownload new applications that may be offe red by your service provider . For currency conversion, see âÂÂCurrency conversionâ on page 122 for more information. ⢠APPLICATION OPTIONS Open âÂÂOpen the selected application or application set. Delete âÂÂDelete the application or application set from your phone. If you delete a pre-installed application, yo u will not be able to recover it. We b a c ce ss âÂÂChoose an option f or restricting network access: Ask fir st (ask for net access), Allo wed (allow net access), Not allowed (do not allow net access). Update version âÂÂCheck if a new version of the application is available for download. W eb page âÂÂGet further information or additional data for the application from an Internet page. This featur e must be supported by a service provider . It is only sh own if an Inte rnet address has been provided with the application. Service settings âÂÂSome applications need specif ic service settings. Y our phone is set to use as default the service settings for the browser . Details âÂÂShows additional information about the application. ⢠LAUNCH AN APPLICATION 1 From the menus, select Applicatio ns > Select application . After a brief pause, one or more applications appear in the display . 2 Scroll to an application or an application set.
[ 120 ] 3 T o launch the application, press the Tal k key . OR Select Options > Open . An application may require a few seconds to load. When you op en an applicatio n, wait for the launch screen to disappear . At t ha t p oin t, th e application is ready . ⢠DOWNLOAD APPLICATIONS Y ou can download new Java applications in diff e rent ways. Application downloads 1 From the menus, select Applicatio ns > App. downloads . After a brief pause, the list of available browse r bookmarks ap pears in the display . Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. 2 Select More bookmarks to access the list of browser bookmarks in your Serv ices menu. 3 Select the boo kmark t hat contain s the appl ication yo u wish to downlo ad. After a brief pause, you are connected to the web page. See âÂÂNavigate th e wireless Internetâ on page 140 for information on browsing web pages. If the connection fails, you may enter the Services menu and activate another set of service settin gs. See âÂÂOptio ns while onlin eâ on page 144 for more info on browser settings. Download links 1 From the menus, select Services > Download li nks . 2 Select an application from the list.
[ 12 1 ] Menu functions PC Suite Use the Java Application installe r from PC Suite to download the applications in your phone. Note: Only install software from sources that you trust. When you download games or applicat ions, games may be saved in the Applications men u and applications ma y be saved in the Games menu . ⢠VIEW MEMORY STATUS FOR APPLICATIONS Y ou can view the size of memory available for game and application installations. From the menus, select Applicatio ns > Memory . After a brief pause, the amount of free memory appears in the display . ⢠CONVERTER II This application converts many common unit types. Switch the conversion direction with the Scroll up key and the Sc roll down key . Press the Star key for the minus (-) sign. Press the Po u n d key for the decimal point. Select Option s to display the following: Clear all âÂÂReset the application. Revers e conv . âÂÂToggle the unit conversion direction. Set conversion âÂÂSet a unit con version to a certain state that will always occur when you enter the application . P ossible states are temperature, currency , weight, length, area, volume, and other (create a new conversion type). Configure âÂÂProvide options for unit conversion. Instructions âÂÂDisplay instructions for use. Change sign âÂÂT oggle the value of the unit from positive ( ) to negative (-) and vice versa.
[ 122 ] Extras (Menu 12) Extras include a calculator with currency exchange rate converter , countdown timer , stopwatch, mobile wallet, and syn chronize tool. ⢠CALCULATOR Basic calculations The calculator in your phone adds, subtracts, multiplies, divides, counts the square and the square root, and converts currency values. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and is designed for simple calculations. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Calculator . After a brief pause, the calculator screen appears in the display . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation. Press the Po u n d key for a decimal point if necessary . 3 T o perform an arithmetic calculation, press the Star key to cycle through the add ( ), subtract (-), multiply ( * ), and divide (/) characters, and pause briefly to select the displayed character . OR T o perform a square or squa re root calculation, select Options , then select Square or Square root . 4 For an arithmetic calculation, en ter the second number in your calculation, then select Options > Equals . The sum of your calculation appears in the display . Currency conversion Y ou can convert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa d irectly from the start screen. 1 At the start screen, enter a currenc y amount to convert.
[ 123 ] Menu functions 2 Select Options , then select one of the f ollowing options: To ho m e âÂÂConverts foreign cur rency t o domestic currency . To fo r e ig n âÂÂConverts domestic currency to foreign currency . If you have not done so already , you are prompted to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the exchange rate, using the Po u n d key to insert a decimal if needed, and s elect OK . The converted amount appears in the display . Edit the exchange rate 1 From the menus, select Extras > Calculator > Options > Exchange rate . 2 Select one of the following options: Foreign units in home un its âÂÂEnter the number of home units it takes to make one unit of foreign currency . Home units in foreign units âÂÂEnter the number of foreign units it takes to make one unit of your home currency . 3 Enter the exchange rate and select OK . The exchange rate is saved . ⢠COUNTDOWN TIMER The countdown timer is like an egg-timer or the timer on your microwave oven. Y ou can enter a specified time (up to 99 hours and 59 minutes), and when the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm. Note: The countdown timer only works when the phone is on. Once you turn off your phone, the timer is no longer active. Set the timer 1 From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the time.
[ 124 ] 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t , then select OK . 3 Enter a note for the timer , then select OK . The timer begins running. Change the time After you have set the timer , you can change the time. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer > Change t ime . 2 Enter the new time in hh:mm format, then select OK . 3 Leave the note as it was, or enter a new note and select OK . The timer begins running. When the alarm sounds When the time runs out, your phone sounds an alarm, displays the timer note, and flashes its lights. ⢠Press any key during the alarm to stop the timer . ⢠After 30 seconds the timer alert expires automatically . Stop the timer befor e the alarm sounds From the menus, select Extras > Countdown timer > Stop ti mer . Timer stopped appears in the display . ⢠STOPWATCH Y our phone has a stopwatch that can be used to trac k time at sporting events or other occasions. The stopwat ch displays time in hours, minutes, seconds and fractions of a second: hh:mm:ss.s While the stopwatch is running, if you press the End key and return to the st ar t s c ree n, th e cl ock continues to run in th e backgroun d and the icon appears in the upper left corner of the screen. Using the stopwatch consumes the battery and the operating time of the phone will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background when performing other operations with your phone.
[ 125 ] Menu functions Measure time 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Split timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T o stop timing, select Stop . Measure split time Y ou can use the split t ime function fo r such things as a long distance race when you need to pace yourself. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Split timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T o take an interme diate time, select Sp lit . The timer continues to run. The split time appears below the running time. If you split the time more than once, the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measured times. 3 T o stop timing, select Stop . The total time appears at the top of the display . Measure lap time Y ou can use the lap time function when you want to track how long it takes to complete each cycle or lap. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Stopwatch > Lap timing > Start . The running time appears on the screen. 2 T ake a lap time by selecting Lap . The clock stops, then starts imme diately from zero. The lap time appears below the running time. If you take more than one la p time, the new measured time appears at the beginning of th e list. Y ou can scroll to see previous measured times.
[ 126 ] 3 T o stop timing, select Stop . The total time appears at the top of the display . Save the lap time 1 While the clock is running, select Stop > Options > Save . 2 Enter a name for the measurement and select OK . If you do not enter a name, the total time is used as the default title for the lap time. Other stopwatch options Y ou can ch oose the following options when using the stopwatch: Continue âÂÂShows up when the stopwatch is working in the background. Show last time âÂÂAllows you to view the last measured time. View times âÂÂAllows you to browse the saved times. Delete ti mes âÂÂAllows you to delete any save d times. Y ou can delete the saved times one by one or all at once. ⢠W ALLET The wallet feature allows you to store personal information like debit and credit card information to an encrypted area of phone memory . This information can then be used to make secure online purchases. W allet purchases can also utilize digital signatures enabled by a security module in the SIM card (if present) for signin g and verifying transactions. Online purchases and digital signature capa bilities are dependent upon your service provider . Y ou can also store impo rtant informati o n in a wallet per sonal note. Security features such as a password and data encryp tion make it ideal fo r storing personal informat ion such as PI N codes and other sensitive dat a.
[ 127 ] Menu functions Security T o protect yourself against unauthorized use of the wallet conten t, you can require a code to be entere d each time you use wallet. See âÂÂAc t iv at e or deactivate code requestâ on page 128 for instructions. Time - out If wallet is open for longer than 5 mi nutes without any user interaction (key presses), a query appears in th e display asking if you would like to keep W allet open , or Exit . If you do not respond within 5 seconds, the wallet application closes and your ph one returns to the start screen. Create a wallet code The first time you access wallet, you w ill be asked to create a personalized wallet code. The wallet code can be 4âÂÂ1 0 digits in length. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter a wallet code. 2 Enter the 4âÂÂ1 0 digit code of your choice and select OK . W allet prompts you to verify th e code. 3 Enter the same code again and select OK . Note: Create a code that is un ique, yet easy to remember . This will be your key to using wallet features in the future. Also, keep your wallet code in a secret place , separate from your phone. Change your wallet code 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > Settings > Change code . 3 Enter the original wallet code and select OK . 4 Enter the new wallet code and select OK . 5 Enter the new wallet code again for verification and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your change.
[ 128 ] Activate or deacti vate code reques t T o protect yourself against unauthorized use of wallet content and information, you can require the wallet code to be entered each time you use wallet. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > Settings > Code request . Y ou are prompted to enter the wallet code. 3 Enter the wallet code and select OK . 4 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A m es sa ge ap p ea r s in the display confirming you have activated or deactivated code request. Reset the wallet code If you forget the wallet code and wish to erase all the information stored in wallet, follow these steps. W arning: Once yo u reset the wallet code and clear the contents of wallet, all of the information is deleted. Y ou must manually enter the information to restore it. 1 At the start screen, enter *#3925538# (*#ewallet#) . A message appears asking if you want to clear your wallet content and code. 2 If you want to permanently delete your wallet code and its contents, select OK . 3 Enter the security code and select OK . Y our wallet code and content are erased. Create a wallet card W allet cards contain data entry fie lds for shipping, billing, receipt, and card information. W allet can hold up to five credit card sets.
[ 129 ] Menu functions 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter the wallet code. 2 Enter the wallet code and select OK > Cards . 3 Scroll to a card and select Options > View , then select one of the following: Card info âÂÂEnter the card holder , type, number , verification value, expiration day , expiration month, and expiration year . User info âÂÂEnter your user name and password. Ship ping inf o âÂÂEnter your first, middle, and last name, company name and street address 1, street ad dress 2, city , state, zip code, and country , phone number , and e-mail addr ess. Billing info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, last name, company name and street address 1, street address 2, city , state, zip code, country , phone number , and e-mail address. Receipt info âÂÂEnter the receipt to phone number and receipt to e - mail address. Compose a personal note W allet can store up to 30 personal notes, such as passcodes or other sensitive data. Y our notes are protec ted by the wallet security feature. 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your wallet code. 2 Enter your wallet code and select OK > P ersonal notes > Add new . 3 Compose your note, and select Options > Save . 4 Enter a title for the note and select Options > Save . Y our note is saved. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING THE NOTES LIS T 1 From the menus, select Extras > W allet > P ersonal notes . The headers of the notes you have composed appear in the display .
[ 130 ] 2 Scroll to a note header and Select Options , t hen select one of the following: View âÂÂView the contents of the selected note. Edit âÂÂEdit the content s of the selected note. Add new âÂÂCompose and save a new note. Sort âÂÂSort the list of notes by name or date. Delete âÂÂDelete the selected note. Delete all âÂÂDelete all note s. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING A NOTE While viewing a personal note, select Options , then select one of the following: Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note to a compatible phone using SMS. Copy to calendar âÂÂCopy the note t o any dat e on your calendar . Use detail âÂÂCapture any numbers within the note. The number can then be saved to contacts, used to place a call, or you can send a message t o the number . Delete âÂÂErase the note. ⢠SYNCHRONIZE Y our phone synchronization feature allows you to synchronize the calendar and contacts data in your phone with a remote Internet server or a compatible PC. Contacts in your SIM card will not be synchronized. Note: This feature must be supported by your service provider . For more information on availabilit y and synchronization service settings, contact your service provider .
[ 13 1 ] Menu functions Save settings Y ou may receive the synchronization settings as a text me ssage or you may need to enter the synchronizat ion settings manually . If you do not rec eiv e the synchronization setting as a text messa ge, see âÂÂSav e s ett ings manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information. SAVE SETTINGS WHEN RECEIVED AS A TEXT MESSA GE When you receive the synch ronization settings as a text message, Synchronization settings received is displayed. Select Options , then select one of the following: Details âÂÂView the received settings first. Save âÂÂSave the synchronization settings. Discard âÂÂDiscard the synchronization settings. SAVE SETTINGS MANUA LLY Y ou need to activate the set where yo u want to save the synchronization settings. A set is a collection of settin gs required to make a connection to a service. 1 From the menus, select Extras > Synchroniz ation > Settings > Active Internet sync. settings . 2 Scroll to the set you wish to activate and select Acti vate . A confirmation message appears in the display . 3 Select Custom. active Inte r net sync. se tt. , then select each of the following and enter the required settings: Settingsâ name âÂÂRename the synchronization setting and select OK . Data to be synchronized âÂÂScroll to Contacts or Calendar , then select Mark to synchronize that type of data. Y ou can mar k both types if desired. Select Unmark to prevent synchronization. Select Don e to save the changes. Database addresses âÂÂSelect Contacts databa se or Calendar database , enter the name of the database, an d select OK . Y ou can provide an address for each database if desired.
[ 132 ] User n ame âÂÂEnter the user name and select OK . (Contact your service provider , if necessary , for this information.) Pa s s w o r d âÂÂEnter the passwor d and select OK . (Contact your service provider , if necessary , for this information.) Synchronization server âÂÂEnter the name of the server and select OK . Synchronize from your phone If you have saved data in the remote Internet server , you can synchronize your phone by starting the synchronization from your phone. Once you have customized and selected the a ppropriate synchronization settings, you are ready to synchronize data. ( See âÂÂSave settingsâ on page 13 1 or âÂÂSave settin gs manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information.) SYNCHRONIZE DATA 1 From the menus, select Services > Active se rvice set tings . The synchronizat ion settin gs may differ from the service set tings required for browsing. After synchron i zing, change your active service settings back to the previ ous ones if you want to use other serv ices later . 2 Mark the data to be synchronized. See âÂÂSave settings manuallyâ on page 13 1 for more information. 3 From the menus, select Extras > Synchronization > Synchronize . Synchronization begins. Depending on the type of connect ion you are using to synchronize data, connecting or initia lizing messages may appear . Note: Synchronizing for the first time or after an interrupted synchronization may take time up to 30 minutes, if contacts or calendar are full. STOP SYNCHRONIZATION 1 T o stop synchronization select Quit or press the End key . The Quit synchronization? message appears. 2 Select OK .
[ 133 ] Menu functions HANDLE CALLS DURING SY NCHRONIZATION During synchronization, outgoing calls are not possible. Incoming calls can still be received, and can be handled in one of the following ways: ⢠T o reject the incoming call, press the End key (synchronization continues). ⢠T o answer the incoming call, press the Ta lk key (synchronization is interrupt ed and a Sy nchron izatio n suspend ed message appears). Note: Once the incoming call is ended, a Start synchronization again? message appears. Selecting Ye s starts synchronization over again, from the beginning. Synchronize from your PC Y ou can synchronize the data in contac ts and calendar t o correspond with the data of your PC by starting th e synchronization from your PC. T o synchronize contacts and calendar from your PC, use either an IR connection or a data cable. Y ou also need the Nokia PC Suite software. Start the synchronization from your PC using Nokia PC suite. After synchronizing, the data in the phone and in the PC are the same.
[ 134 ] Connectivity (Menu 13) Y ou can make a serial connection betw een your phone and a PC using th e DKU- 5 data cable, which is available fo r purchase as an enhanc ement. On ce y ou e s t ab li sh th i s c o nn e c t i on , you can access phone information from your PC, or use your phone as a wirel ess modem. It may also be possib le to make this same serial con nection between you r phone and an IR-equipped lap top or IR- equipped de sktop PC using the IR port. For more information, see the PC/PDA connectivity guide. This document can be downloaded from the Nokia website at http://www .nokia.com . ⢠INFRARED Y ou can set up the phone to receive data t hrough its IR port. T o use an IR c on ne c t io n, transmission and reception mu st be to or from an in fr a re d compatible phone or device. Y ou can send or receive data such as business cards and calendar notes to or from a compat ible phone or data device (such as a computer) using the IR port of your phone. W arning: Do not point the IR beam at anyone's eye or allow it to interfere with oth er IR devices. This device is a Class 1 laser pr oduct.
[ 135 ] Menu functions SEND AND RECEIVE DATA 1 Ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between the devices. The preferable distance between the two devices in an IR connection is from 3 inches to 3 feet . 2 Activate IR in your phone by selecting Connectivity > Infr ared from the menus. 3 The user of the other device should activate IR as well. If data transfer is not started within two minutes after the activation of the IR port, the connection is ca ncelled and must be restarted. CONNECTION INDICATOR â¢W h e n is shown continuously , the IR connection is activated and your phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port. â¢W h e n blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or a connection has been lost. ⢠GPRS, HSCSD, CSD With your phone you can use gene ral packet radio service (GPRS), high-speed circuit switched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD). GPRS is a technology used to send an d receive data using short bursts or packets over the wireless network. With GPRS, you can stay connected to the Internet an d allow for faster d ow n l o ad s w it ho ut c o mp l e t i ng a di a l -u p c o nn ec ti o n . Applications using GPRS include the bro w ser , text messaging and dial-up connections for making digital data calls 3-ft maximum distance
[ 136 ] GPRS dial - up connections When you use your Nokia phone as a wireless modem, you have the option of enabling GPRS connectivity from your PC or laptop computer . Before you can u se GPRS technology , yo u must save the GPRS settings for each of the applications us ed over GPRS. Some service providers may have already set up information for your GPRS dial-up connection. In order to use GPRS, you must firs t subscribe to the network service. Contact your service provider for details. GPRS icons The following icons appear on t he screen to show you the status of your GPRS connection. ⢠DATA COMMUNICAT ION APPLICATIONS For information on using a data c ommunication application, refer to the documentation provided with the application. If you use an IR connection, activate the IR connection in your phone by selecting Connectivity > Infrared from the menus. Also, make sure that the connection is active in your PC. If you use the DKU-5 data c able: 1 Connect the cable to the USB port on your computer and to the connector on your phone. 2 Start using the data communications application on the computer . Shows up in the upper left corner of the screen. Indicates an active GPRS connection, for example, when you are using the browser . Indicates that CSD or voice calls are not possible when using GPRS. Indicates that the GPRS connection has been interrupted by a voice call.
[ 137 ] Menu functions Note: Making or answering phone calls during a computer connection is not recommended as it might disrupt the operation. For better performance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary surface with the keypad facing downward. Do not move the phone during a data call. ⢠NOKIA PC SU ITE Nokia PC Suite 5 is a collection of powerful tools that you can use to man age phone features and data. PC Sui te consists of the following components : Nokia Content Copier allows you to copy data between two Nokia phones, to back up phone data to your PC (then restore the data back to your phone), and erase data from your phone. Nokia Connection Manager allows you to monitor the serial connection between your phone and PC and switch to a different type of connection (cable, IR, or Bluetooth) when copy ing data from one phone to another . Nokia Sound Converter allows you to convert General MIDI files for use with MMS messages and as ringing tones for your phone. Nokia PC Sync allows you to synchronize contact s, calendar , and to-do list items between your phone and PIM applications such as Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Organizer . Nokia Image Converter allows you to convert and optimize graphics for use in MMS messages or for creating desktop wallpaper for your phone. Nokia Phone Editor allows you to edit contact s and settings from your PC. Nokia Applicati on Installer allows you to insta ll Java applications from your PC to your phone. Nokia Phone Browser allows you to browse the contents of your phone using Windows Explorer or My Computer . Refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide fo r installation an d setup instruct ions. PC Suite software and documentation for the Nokia 7250i can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com .
[ 138 ] Services (Menu 14) Y our phone has a built-in browser you can use to connect to selected services on the Internet. Y o u can vi ew weather reports , chec k news or flight times, view financial information, and much more. The browser on your phone can display W AP-based content. Note: This feature is network-depe ndent. Contact your serv ice provider for more information. ⢠NOTES ON WIRELESS INTERNET ACCESS This section gives a brief overview of wireless Internet technology . T echnology background A technology called Wireless Applic ation Protocol (W AP) is to mobile devices what the W or ld W ide W eb (WWW) is to personal computers. The mobile community began develo ping W AP several years ago to provide access to the Internet for mobile users. Most W AP sites are made up of te xt and hyperlinks. Some pages even contain low-resolution graphics, or require data input. Y our service provider and others are free to design WAP sites as they choose, so the sites are as variable as web pages on the world wide web . Internet content on your personal computer is called a web page. Internet content on your mobile phone is called a page or card. With your multimode br owser you can vi ew the services that use Wireless Mark-Up Language (WML) or extensible Hyper T e xt Mark-u p Language (xHTML). Since the phon e display and memory capacity are much smaller than in a computer , Inter net conten t is displayed differ ently . Y ou may not be able to view all the details on some Internet pages.
[ 139 ] Menu functions Role of the service provider Because wi reless Internet c ontent is designed to be viewed from you r phone, your service provider is now yo ur wireless Internet ser v ice provider as well . It is likely that your service prov ider has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the Internet. Once at your service providerâ s home page, you may find links to a number of other sites. ⢠SET UP FOR BROWSING It should not be necessary to manua lly configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is done by yo ur service provider once you have subscribed to the feature. Contact your service provider if you have problems using the browser . ⢠SIGN ON TO THE WIRELESS INTERNET Activate service settings for the desired service 1 From the menus, select Services > Settings > Connections settings > Active service se ttings . 2 Scroll to the desired service and select Activate . Connect to the service Y our service provider may have programmed the Right sele ction key to connect you directly to a web site, for example, the pr oviderâÂÂs customer site. Y ou can change this setting by reprogramming the Right select ion key . See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. Y ou can also program the Ri ght selection key to connect you directly to a web site of your choice. See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87.
[ 140 ] There are s everal ways to connect to a servic e: ⢠T o open the serviceâ s start page, from the menus, select Ser vices > Home . OR At the start screen, press and h old the 0 key ( the Internet icon ). ⢠T o select a bookmark, select Service s > Bookmar ks and select a bookmark from the list. If the bookmark does not work wi th the current active service settings, activate another set of service settings an d try again. ⢠T o enter the address of the service, select Services > Go to address . Enter the address of the service and select OK . After a brief pause, the phone atte mpts to connect to your service providerâ s home page. If you see Check service set tings , t he phone may not be set up for browsing. Contact your service provider to make sure that your phone is configured properly . ⢠NAVIGATE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Since your phone screen is much smaller than a co mputer screen, Internet content is displ ayed differently from content displ ayed on a computer . This section cont ains guideli nes for using ph one keys to navigate a W AP sit e. ⢠To browse the W AP site, press the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key . ⢠T o select a highlighted item, press the Tal k key . ⢠T o enter letters and numbers, press a key from 0 âÂÂ9 . ⢠T o enter special characters, press the Star key .
[ 14 1 ] Menu functions ⢠EXAMPLES OF WIRELESS INTERNET SITES The following illustrations show most of the elements you may find on a wireless Internet site. These a re examples only . 1) Header line . Shows the current Internet site. 2) Active l ink . Appears as a highlighted word. 3) Inactive link . Appears as an underlined word. Scroll through the list of links usin g th e Scr oll up key and the Scroll down key . 4) Selection list . Brackets [ ] appear when you have the option to enter information. 5) Options . Select Options to go to the site menu and/or browser page. 6) Back . Select Bac k to return to the previous page. 7) Data entry field . Brackets [ ] that enclose dots indicate when you need to enter information. In th is example, you can enter your zip code to receive the local weather forecast. 1) 2) 3) 6) 4) 5) 7)
[ 142 ] ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can save addresses for your fa vorite sites as bookmarks. Y ou can add up to 50 bo okmarks to your browser . Once you h ave saved a bookmar k, you can program the Go to menu to take you directly to t hat site. See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87. Enter bookmarks manually 1 From the menu, select Services > Boo kmarks . After a brief pause, a list of bookma rks (if any) appear in t he display . 2 Select Options > New bookmark . 3 Enter an address for the bookmark and select OK . 4 Enter a title for the bookmark and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your bookmark is saved. Set bookmarks while online While you are connected to the site that you want to bookmark, select Options > Add bookmark . A message appears in the display confirming your bookmark is saved. ⢠FILE UPLOAD Depending on your service, you may be able to upload images and sound files from your phone to a web page. Y ou must be connected to an xHTML page that contai ns embedded image upload tags. Follow the instruct ions on the display to upload files. For more information, contact your service provider . ⢠DISCONNECT FROM THE INTERNET T o close your connection, press the End key twic e.
[ 143 ] Menu functions ⢠S ET UP AN AUT OMATIC CONNEC TION Some service providers may have customized the options on t he Services menu. Contact your service p rovider for more information i f the options shown here are not avail able. Y ou can choose one of the following options for your GPRS connection. 1 From the menus, select Connectivity > GPRS > GPRS connection . After a brief pause, the followin g options appear in the display . 2 Select one of the following options. Always online âÂÂThe phone is au tomaticall y registered to a G PRS network when y ou tu rn your phone on. When you use the W AP browser , the co nne ct ion be twe en yo ur phone and th e network is create d and data transfer is possible. When yo u exit the W AP browser , the GPRS connection ends but the registrati on to the GPRS network remains. When ne eded âÂÂThe GPRS connection is established when you use the W AP browser and is closed when you exit the W AP browser . ⢠RECEIVE A CALL WHILE ONLINE If you are using the W AP browser over GPRS, you can still receive a voice call. Y our data call is put on hold and you can choose to answer the call. ⢠T o answer the incoming call, press the Ta lk key . ⢠T o reject the incoming call, press the End key . Note: After you end your voice call, the GPRS con nection automatically resumes. ⢠MAKE A CALL WHILE ONLINE When you are browsing a W A P card and want to make a call, select Options > Other opti ons > Use detail > Phone number . Y our phone then searches the information on the W AP card for a string of numbers. Y ou can then choose from the number or nu mbers displayed to place the call.
[ 144 ] An alternate way is to press the End key to disconnect from the Internet, then place your call by searching contacts for a name and number or by keying in the phone number . ⢠MAKE AN EMERGENCY CALL WHILE ONLINE If you are using GPRS to connect to the I nternet, you can end your data connection and then make an emergency call. 1 T o close your Internet connect ion, press the End key . 2 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1). 3 Press the Ta lk key . ⢠OPTIONS WHILE ONLINE While you are connected to the Internet , select Options to ac cess the following options. Some service prov iders may have customized these options. Contact your service provider for more information if any of the following options are not available. Home âÂÂStarts the browser and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. Add bookmark âÂÂSaves the current page as a bookmark. Bookmarks âÂÂShows a list of all saved bookm arks. Bookmarks help you find a W AP site quickly . Download links âÂÂShow the list of bookmarks for down loading. Shortcuts âÂÂOpen a new list of options, fo r example, options specific to the current page. Other options âÂÂShow a list of other options, such as appearance and security options. Reload âÂÂReload and update the current page. Quit âÂÂDisconnect from a service.
[ 145 ] Menu functions ⢠SECU RITY Cache memory The information or services you access with the W AP browser are t emporarily saved in the cache memory of the ph one. A cache is a buffer memory , which is used to store data temporarily . If you tried to access or have accessed confidential in formati on requirin g passwords (for example, your bank acco unt), clear the cache after each use. T o clear the cach e from the menu, select Services > Clear the cache . T o clear the cache while browsing, select Option s > Other options > Clear the cache . Certificates T o use some W AP services, such as ba nking services, you need an authority certificate. Using the certificate ca n help you to improve the security of connections between your phone and a W AP server . Y ou can download the certifi c ate fr om a WAP page if the WAP service supports the use of authority certif icates. After the download, you can view the certificate, then save or delete it. If you save the certificate, it is added to the list of certificates in the phone. Y our phone alerts you if the identity of the W A P server or W AP gateway cannot be verified or is not authent ic. T o view the list of authority certificates , from the menus, select Serv ices > Settings > Security settings > Auth ority certificates > Certificate list . ⢠ALLOW OR REJECT COOKIES A cookie is data that a web site saves in your ph one browser cache memory . The data can be, for example, your user info rmation or your browsing preferences. Cook ies will be saved until you clear the cache memo ry .
[ 146 ] 1 From the menus, select Services > Settin gs > Secu rity settings > Cookies . OR While browsi ng, select Options > Other options > Security settings > Cookies . 2 Select Allow to accept cookies or Decline to reject cookies. ⢠CREATE A DIGITAL SIGNATURE Y ou can make digital signatures with your phone. The signature can be traced back to you through the private key on the security module and the user certificate that was used to perfor m the signature. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name to a paper bill, contract or other document. 1 While browsing, select a link on a page, such as the title of the book you want to buy and its price. The text to sign (possibly includin g amount, date, etc.) will be shown. 2 Check that the header text is Re ad and that the digital signature icon is shown. If the digital signature icon does not appear , there is a security breach, and you should not enter any personal data such as your signing PIN. 3 Read all of t he text before signing, scroll ing through the t ext if necessary . 4 T o sign the text, select Sign . 5 Select the user certificate you want to use, enter the signing PIN (provided with the SIM car d if th e SIM card has a security module), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappear s, and the service may display a confirmation of your purchase.
[ 147 ] Menu functions ⢠APPEARANCE SETTINGS Y ou can determine how pages appear on the phone display . 1 From the menus, select Services > Settings > Appearance settings . 2 Select one of the following options: T ext wrapping âÂÂT ext on the web page continues on the next line if it cannot be shown on only one line. Select On to allow text wrapping, or Off to prevent text wrapping. Show images âÂÂSelect Ye s to display pictures fr om the page, or No to hide pictures. When pictures are displayed, pages load more slowly . Go to (Menu 15) The Go to menu lets you access specific functions quickly . Y ou can personal ize the men u so that it li sts the functi ons you u se most f requentl y . See âÂÂP ersonal shortcutsâ on page 87 for instructions on setting up the Go to menu. SIM services (Menu 16) In addition to the functions availabl e on the phone, your SIM card may provide additional services that you can access in Menu 16. This menu is shown only if it is supported by your SIM card. The name and content s of the menu depend entirely on the serv ice available. For availability , rates, and information on using SIM services, contact your service provider . T o see the mes sages sent betw een th e phone and the network when you are using the SIM services, select Settings > Ph one settings > Con firm SIM service actions > Y es . Accessing these services may involve sending a t ext message or making a phone call for which you may be charged.
[ 148 ] 9 Hardware and enhancements ⢠HARDWARE Connection ports and other tools ⢠Charger connector (1) ⢠P op-P ort TM connector for headsets and data cables (2) ⢠IR (i n frared) port (3) ⢠Camera lens on the back cover of the phone (4) Antenna Y our phone has a built-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, avoid touching the antenna while the phone is powered up. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than necessary . Hold the phone as you would any other telephone with the antenna area pointed up and over your shoulder .
[ 149 ] Hardware and enhancements Recharge the battery Y our phone is powered by a recharge able battery . To charge the battery: 1 Plug the charger t ransformer in to a standard ac outlet. 2 Insert the charger output plug into the round co nnector at the bottom end of the phone. After a few seconds, the battery indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. If the battery is completely flat, it may take a few minutes bef ore the charging indicator appears on the display or any calls can be made. Tip: Y ou can use the phone while the charger is connected. Change the Xpress - on⢠covers W arning: Before changing covers, ensure t he phone is powered off and disconnected from the charge r or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached. REMOVE THE BACK COVER AND THE BATTERY This procedure is illustrated in the section âÂÂRecharge the batteryâ on page 149 . 1 Push the back cover release toward the top of the phone. 2 Lift th e back cover away from the phone to remove. 3 After you have removed the back cove r , insert your finger into the finger grip and lift the battery from its compartment.
[ 150 ] REMOVE THE FR ONT COVER 4 Press the front cover latch on the top of the phone while gently pulling the top of the front cover away from the rest of the phone. INSTALL THE KEY MAT AND NEW FRONT COVER 5 Remove the key mat from the old front cover and place it into the new front cover as shown. 6 Insert the latches from the bottom of the new front cover into the matching holes at the bottom of the phone. 7 Gently push the latches from the middle of the front cover into the matching holes in the middle of the phone. 8 Gently push the cover latch on the top of the front cover through the locking hole in the top of the phone, and snap the cover into place.
[ 15 1 ] Hardware and enhancements 9 Install the battery , and then match the top of the back cover to the locking catch in the top of t he phone. 10 P osition the back cover over the locking catches on both sides of the phone, and press down to lock the cover into place. ⢠ABOUT ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from AC P -7, ACP-8, ACP-12, LCH- 9, LCH-12 , DDC-1, an d D T -1. W arning: U se only batteries, char gers and enhancements approv ed by the phone manufacturer for use with this particular phone model. The use of any other type s may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone, and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancemen ts, please check with your dealer . When you disconn ect the pow er cord of any enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord.
[ 152 ] Important battery information CHARGING AND DISCHARGING Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full perfor mance may be achieved only after two or three complete char ge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approv ed by the ph one manufact urer and recharg e your battery only wi th the ch argers ap prov ed by the manufact urer . Un plug the charger when not in use. Do not l eav e the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, si nce overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fu lly charged battery will di scharge it self over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge; allow it to cool down or warm up first. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery which is damaged or worn out. Do not short-circuit the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes direct connection of the and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a cl osed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery be tween 59ðF an d 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully char ged. Batteries' performance is particularly limited in temperatures we ll below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of ba tteries acco rding to applica ble local regu lations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose of as household waste.
[ 153 ] Hardware and enhancements PROLONG THE BATTERY Use the following guidelines to obtain th e best performance from your battery: ⢠Y ou can use your phone while the battery is charging. However , if the battery is completely empty , it ma y need to recharge a few minutes before you can make or receive calls or the battery indicator appears. ⢠After the first charge, you can ma ke and receive calls during the charging cycle, but a call lengthens the charging time. When a call ends, the normal charging cycle resumes. ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrol ling and remain constant when the phone is fully charged. If you lea ve the phone connected to the charger , the battery receives an ad ditional charge. If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, Batte ry full momentarily appears in the display . Note: The battery will accept a âÂÂtrick le chargeâ for an additional two hours. â¢P O W E R Standard 720-mAh Li - Ion battery (BLD - 3) ⢠Provides up to 5 hours of talk-time. ⢠Provides up to 3 hours talk-time using the loudspeaker . ⢠Provides up to 1 0 days of standby time. ⢠Provides up to 20 hours of playing time for the radio when using the headset. ⢠Provides up to 8 hours of playing time for the radio when using the speaker . Note: Operation times are estimates and may vary depending on network conditions, charging and phone use.
[ 154 ] Standard travel charger (ACP - 7) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). Multivoltage performance travel charger (ACP - 8) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the ch arger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Call s can be made du ring chargin g, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used toget her with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). Battery charging stand (DDC - 1) Charge a spare battery with this convenient stand.
[ 155 ] Hardware and enhancements Rapid travel charger (ACP - 12) This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-Va c wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Calls ca n be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop stand (DCV-14). ⢠AUDIO Music stand (D T - 1) Equipped with full-range stereo speakers, the Nokia Music stand is designed for listening to your FM phone radio in excellent quality stereo sound. It also includes input for external audio devices. Just plug in a compatible CD player or MP3 player to the external audio input at the back of th e stand to enjoy music on the stereo speakers. K eeping the business user in mind, the Nokia Music stand has an automute feature for external audio sources. And the integrated microphone lets you make conference calls and talk handsfree while your phone is charging in this stylish, st reamlined music stand.
[ 156 ] Headset (HS - 5) The headset provide s an easy and convenient handsfree solution with a remote control. Boom headset (HDB - 4) New over-the-ear design concept boom headset is small, lightweight, and provides excellent audio quality . Connect the headset 1 Plug the headset plug into the P op-P ort TM connector at the bottom end of your phone. 2 P osition the headset on your ear as it appears in the illustration to the right. With the headset conn ected, you can make, answer , and end calls as usual. ⢠Use the keypad to enter numbers. ⢠Press the Ta lk key to place a call. ⢠Press the End key to end a call.
[ 157 ] Hardware and enhancements Stereo headset (HDS - 3) Distinctive Nokia design enabling the use of stereo FM radio available on some Nokia phones. Provides excellent audio quality and handsfree functionality with an integral send/end button. Loopset (LPS - 4) With the Nokia loopset, people who us e a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck, so it can be worn comfortably and discreetly . ⢠DATA Data cable (DKU - 5) For e-mail, faxe s, Internet, and data transmissions, the data cable p rovides easy and convenient connection with no modem or PC card needed.
[ 158 ] Desktop stand (DCV - 14) The desktop stand pr ovides easy charging and convenient data synchronization with a compatible computer using the data cable (DKU-5) sold separately . ⢠CAR Full car kit (CARK-143) The full car kit is a complete handsfree solution for your vehicle. ⢠Advanced car handsfree unit (HFU-4) ⢠Mounting plate (MKU-1) ⢠Handsfree microphone (HFM-8) ⢠Handsfree speaker (HFS-12) ⢠P ower cable (PCU-4) ⢠System cable (SCU-4) ⢠Mobile holder (MBC-15S) and swivel mount (HHS-15) The car kitâ s ignition sense feature prevents the phone from draining the car battery when the car ignition is turned off. Note: MBC-15S and HHS-15 are also sold separately .
[ 159 ] Hardware and enhancements Mobile lighter charger (LCH - 12) This multi voltage charger plugs into the cigarette lighter and is an easy and convenient way to charge the compatible phone battery in a vehicle. This lightweight ac charger can be used with all battery options. T o use the charger , plug it into a standard 120-V ac outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to t he base of your phone. Calls can be made during charging, even with a fully discharged battery . Headrest handsfree (BHF -1) This handsfree unit with an integrated microphone installs on a car headrest and provides basic handsfree operation. ⢠COVERS AND CASES Xpress - on color covers Express yourself with Xpress-on c olor covers that match your own unique style. Carry cases A wide range of stylish carrying case s for your Nokia phone is available from your local Nokia dealer . The availability and selection of carrying cases may vary by dealership.
[ 160 ] 10 R e f e r e n c e information ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y our phone is a product of superio r design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years: ⢠K eep the phone and all its parts and enhancements out of the reach of small children. ⢠K eep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all types of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot area s. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, da mage batteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it war ms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form ins ide which may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt t o open the phone. Nonexpert han dling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake th e phone. Rough h andling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the phone and may violate regul a tions governing radio devices.
[ 16 1 ] Reference information All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charger or any enhancement. If any of them are not working properly , take them to your nearest qualified service faci lity . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arrange for service. ⢠I MPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION T raffic Safety Do not use a handheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the ph one on the passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regula tions in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger . Use the phone only in its normal operating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elec tronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. P ACEMAKERS P acemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 6 inches (20 cm) be maintained be tween a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interf erence with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. P e rsons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket
[ 162 ] ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠If you have any reason t o suspect that interference is taking place, switch off your phone immediately . HEARIN G AIDS Some digital wireless phones may interfe re with some hearing aids. In the event of such int erference, you may wa nt to consult your service provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phon es, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the ma nufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shie lded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off yo ur phone in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF ene rgy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es (for example, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag system s). Check with the manufacturer or its representative regar ding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. P osted facilities Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death.
[ 163 ] Reference information Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blast ing operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below de ck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contai ns chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should service the phone or install the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless ph one equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids , gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicl es equipped with a n air ba g, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including both installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wire less equipment is improperl y installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phon e while in the air . Switch of f your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone networ k, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these in structions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the of fender , legal action, or both.
[ 164 ] ⢠EMERGENCY CALLS W arning: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wire less, and landl ine networ ks as well as user-pro grammed functions. Because of this, connections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essentia l communications (for example, medical emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services an d/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. T o make an emergency call: 1 If the phon e is not o n, switch it o n . Check for adequate signal strength. 2 Press the End key as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc. ) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number (for example, 9 1 1). 4 Press the Ta l k key . If certain features are in use, you may first need to tur n those feature s off before yo u can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular service provider .
[ 165 ] Reference information CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOV ERNMENT'S REQUIR EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W A VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmi tter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the e mission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Fe deral Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards th at were developed by independent scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards in clude a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are co n ducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determin ed at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while operating can be well bel ow the maximum value. This is because th e ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you ar e to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is ava ilable for sale to t he public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC fo r each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.69 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.7 0 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enha ncements and FCC requirements).
[ 166 ] While there may be differences betwee n the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluate d as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/ o et/fccid after se archin g on FC C ID PY A NHL - 4JX. For body worn operation, this p h one has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an enhancement that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from the body . Use of other enhancements may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body-worn enhancement and are not holding the phone at the ear , posi t ion the handset a minimum of 7/8 inch (2.2 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W /kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a su bstantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measureme nts. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at www . nokia.com/us .
[ 167 ] T roubleshooting 1 1 T r oubleshooting The following table lists some common problems and their solutions. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solut ion My phone is not charging The charger and phone are not properly connected. Securel y con nect th e charger to the phone. The charger is not properly plugged i nto the wall. Ensure the cha rger is plugged in correctly . My phone is not making/ receiving calls The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal strength is poor . If you are indoors, move toward a window . I cann ot listen to my voice messages Y ou do no t have voice mail service. Call your service provider . Y ou have not set up your voice mail service with your service provider . Call your service provider . Y ou ha ve not saved your voice mail num ber t o yo ur phon e. See âÂÂSave your voice mailbox numberâ on page 67. Y ou have forgotte n your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your service provider . The voice mail number you have saved to your phone is incorrect. Call your service provider . When I insert my SIM card into an other phone, it is rejected Fixed dialing is activ ated on your SIM card and the receiving phone does not support fixed dialing. Deactivate fixed dialing on the SIM.
[ 168 ] 12 T echnical information Feature Specification Dimensions Width 1.73 in (44 mm) Height 4.13 in (1 05 mm) Depth 0.75 in (19 mm) W eight 3.24 oz (92 gm) with BLD-3 Li-Ion Battery Wireless networks GSM 900, 1800, and 1900 networks Size (volume) 4.45 cu in (73 cu cm) Frequency range (Tx) GSM 900: 880âÂÂ9 15 MHz GSM 1800: 17 1 0âÂÂ1785 MHz GSM 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz Frequency range (Rx) GSM 900: 925âÂÂ960 M Hz GSM 1800: 1805âÂÂ1865 MHz GSM 1900: 1930âÂÂ1990 MHz Tx output power 2 W (max) Battery voltage 3.7 Vdc Number of channels 299
[ 169 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 13 Nokia one -year limited warranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that th is cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty for the Pr oduct extends for ONE (1) y ear beginnin g on the date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that th e Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends only to th e original purch aser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) of the Product and is n ot assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri c a. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective pa rts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use wi t h new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative part s. NokiaâÂÂs limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actu al cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer fo r the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Co nsumerâ s exclusive remedies for breach of warranty .
[ 17 0 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consumer after t he completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no covera ge or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the follow ing conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, expos ure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, negle ct, abus e, acc ident, alte ration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged fro m external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthqua ke or damage fro m exposure to weather conditions, an Act of G od, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or Internet viruses, bugs, worms, T rojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by t he Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the a pplicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the defe ctive function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other so ftware problems introduced into the Product.
[ 17 1 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is not convenient becaus e of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Co nsumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn.: Repair Department 795 W est Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service ag reement (if applicable). Expenses related to removi n g the Product from an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by th is limited warranty . The Con sumer will be responsibl e for any expen ses related to rei nstallation of t he Product. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 3 0 days, or after a reasonable number of atte mpts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Pr oduct has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days.
[ 172 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited war ranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed t o the Consumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Product will be retu rned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UNDERST AND THAT THE PRODU CT MA Y CONSIST OF REFURBISHED EQUIPMEN T THA T CONTAINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPR OCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCH ANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRI TTEN W ARRANTY . O THERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHA LL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONS EQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LO SS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD P ARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJU RY T O PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FRO M BREACH OF THE W ARR ANTY , BREACH OF CONTRAC T , NEGLIGEN CE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O T HER LEGAL OR EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP A IRED.
[ 173 ] Nokia one-year limited warranty 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gi ves the Consumer specific legal rights and t he Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or se ller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agr eements or underst andings, oral or written, r elating to the Pro duct, and no represen tation , promise or condition not contained he rein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this limited warrant y may be di rected to: Nokia Inc. Attn.: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2 U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimile: (8 13) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and enhancements is specifically define d within their own warranty cards and packaging.
Manufactured or sold under one or more following US P atents. Asterisk (*) indicates design patents pending. 4868846 55 19885 5827 082 5966378 6 1 12099 6266330 4969 192 5526366 5835889 597 0059 6 1 15 6 17 6282436 500 1372 5553125 5 8 3 9101 5987 137 6 1 18775 6285888 5045973 5557639 584884 59917 16 6 12 1 846 6292668 5101 1 7 5 556582 1 584 52 19 599 1857 6 122498 6295286 52 12834 5570369 5857 1 5 1 59995 23 6 128322 6308 084 5230091 558 1244 5862 178 6005857 6128509 6 310 6 0 9 5233634 5597 10 2 587 06 83 60 1 1 853 613809 1 631 1 054 524 1284 5625274 5887266 60 14573 6 140966 6314 166 524 1583 5640395 5889770 60 18277 6 144243 63244 12 5266782 5664004 5892475 6026 16 1 6 144676 63472 18 5 3 111 5 1 5664053 5898925 6028567 6 148209 6356759 53 1 1 179 566 9069 590 7823 6029 128 6 15 1 485 6359904 53 17283 5677620 59 14690 6038238 6 15 150 7 6363259 533 1638 5678224 59 14796 6043760 6 163609 637 0362 5335362 5692032 59 15440 6047 196 6 164547 637 0 390 5353328 5699406 59 17868 6049796 6167248 6377803 5378935 5699482 5920826 60504 15 61 70 073 63 93 12 1 5384782 57 0 1392 5926 138 6055439 6 178535 64 30 72 1 5390223 5729534 5926 769 6060 193 6 185295 6434133 5396657 57 2954 1 5930233 6 069923 6 188909 * 2 9 / 1 70210 5400949 573 4683 5946651 60 72787 6195338 *29/17 02 29 54 16435 575 4976 5956332 608 1534 6 199035 *29/17 0 245 5442521 5760568 5956625 6 084962 6201876 *29/17 0 246 54448 16 578 2646 5956633 6088746 62 19560 5446364 57 94 142 5960354 6 094587 62400 76 5479476 5802465 5960 389 6097964 62400 79 5487 084 580 5084 5963901 6 1 05784 6249584 5493255 58 0530 1 5966374 6 1 08553 62593 12
[ 175 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cell ular T el ecommu nications & Internet Asso ciation. All Rights R eserv ed.1250 Connecti cut A v en ue, NW Suite 800 , W ashington , DC 20036 . Phone: (202 ) 785-0081
[ 176 ] Saf ety is the most important call you will ev er make . A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people in the U .S. toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, safety and v alue deliv ere d b y the wireless telephone. Quite simply , the wir eless phon e gi v es people the po w er ful a bility to comm unicate b y v oice--almos t anyw here, anytime--with the bos s, wi th a c lient, with the kids , with eme r genc y personnel or e v en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions of calls from their wir ele ss phones, and the n umbers ar e rapidly gr o wing. But an important responsibility ac companies those benef its, one that e v er y wir eless phone user m ust uphold . W hen dri ving a car , dri ving is y our f irst r esponsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluab le tool, but good judgment mus t be e xer cised at all times w hile driving a motor v ehicle--w hether on the phon e or not. T he basic lessons ar e ones w e all lear ned as teena g ers . Dri ving requir es aler tness, caution and cour tesy . It r equir es a hea vy dose of basic common sense---k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c hec k y our mirr ors fr equently and w atch out f or other dri v ers . It r equir es obeying all traf f ic signs and signals a nd sta ying within the speed limi t. It means using seatb elts and r equiring other passe ngers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, dri ving saf ely means a little more. T his broc hur e is a call to wir e le ss phone users e v er yw here to mak e safety their f irst priority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless telecomm unications is k eeping us in touch, simplifying our li v es, pr otecting us in emer g encies a nd pr o viding opportunities to help others in n eed. W hen it comes to the use of wir eless phones, saf ety is your most important ca ll. Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w h ile dri ving and using a wir eless phone w hich should be easy to r emember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone and its f eatur es suc h as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v anta ge of v aluab le featur es most phones of fer , inc luding automatic r edial and memory . Also, w or k to memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dial function w ithout taking y our attention off the r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands fr ee device. A numb er of hands fr ee wir eless phone accessories ar e re adily a v ailab le toda y . Whether y ou ch oose an installed mounted device f or y our wireless p hone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v antage of these de vices if a v ail a ble to y ou. 3 P osition y our wireless ph one within easy r eac h. Mak e sur e y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r eac h and w her e y ou can gra b it without r emo ving y our ey es from the r oad. If y ou get an incoming call at an incon v enient time, if possib le, let y o ur v oice mail ans w er it fo r y ou.
[ 177 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA 4 Suspend con v ersations during hazar dous dri ving conditions or situations . Let the person y ou ar e speaking with kno w y ou are dri ving; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traf f ic or hazar dous w eather conditions. R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be hazar dous, b ut so is hea vy traff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst r esponsibility is to pa y attention to the roa d. 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone n umbers w hile driving . If y ou are r eadin g an addr ess book or b usiness car d , or writing a "to do" list w hile dri ving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w h er e y ou ar e going . Itâ s common sense. Don â t get caught in a danger ous situatio n because y ou are r eading or writing and not pa ying attention to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and assess the tr af f ic; if possib le, place calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T r y to plan y our call s bef or e y ou begin y our trip or attempt to coincide y our calls with times y ou ma y be stopped at a stop sign, r ed light or otherwise stationar y . Bu t if y ou need to dial w hile driving, f ollo w thi s simple tip--dial only a fe w n u mbers , c hec k the r o ad and y our mirrors , then contin ue. 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotiona l con v ersations th at ma y be distractin g. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and driving do not mix--they ar e distracting a nd e v en dangerous w hen y ou ar e behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w ar e y ou are dri ving and if necessary , suspend con v ersations w hich ha v e the potential to di v er t y our attention fr om the r oad. 8 Use y our wirele ss phone to call f or help . Y our wire less phon e is one of the greatest to ols y ou can o wn to pr otect y ourself and y our family in danger ous situations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only thr ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency n umber in the case of f ire, tr af f ic accident, r oad hazar d or medical emer genc y . R emember , it is a free call on y our wireless phone! 9 Use y our wirele ss phone to help o thers in emer gencies . Y our wir eless phone pro vid es y ou a perfect oppor tunity to be a "Good Samar itan" in y ou r community . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pro gre ss or other serious emer gency w here li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency n umber , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assistance or a special wir eless non-emer genc y assistance n umber w hen necessar y . Cer tain situations y ou encounter w hile driving ma y requir e attention, b ut ar e not ur g ent enough to merit a call f or emer genc y services . But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to lend a hand. If y ou see a brok en-do wn v ehic le posing no serious h azar d, a br ok en tr aff ic signal, a minor tr aff ic accident w here no one appe ars injur ed or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen, call r oadside assistance or other special non-emer genc y wir eless number . Car ele ss, distra cted indi viduals and peop le dri ving irr esponsibly r epresent a hazar d to ev er y one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecomm unications Industry Association and the wir eless industry ha v e conducted educational outr each to inf or m wir eless phone users of their resp onsibilities as safe dri v ers and good citizens . As w e appr oac h a ne w c entur y , mor e and mor e of us will tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless telephones . And, as w e tak e to the r oads , w e all ha v e a r esponsibility to dri v e safely . T he wir ele ss industry reminds you to use y our phone saf el y when driving .
[ 178 ] F or mor e inf ormation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or update s: http://www .w o w-com.com/consumer /issues/dri ving / ar tic les.cfm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecomm unications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A v en u e, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1
[ 179 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ..... F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones
[ 180 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administration 1. Do wireless ph ones pose a health h azard? T he a v ailab le scientif ic ev idence does not sh o w that any health pr ob lems ar e associated with usin g wir eless phones . Ther e is no proof , ho w ev er , that wirele ss phones ar e absolutely saf e. W ireless phone s emit lo w lev els of radiofr e quency ener g y (RF) in the micr o w a v e r ange w hile being used. T hey also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the stand-b y mode. W her eas high lev els of RF can pr oduce he alth eff ects (b y heating tissue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating eff ects causes no kno wn ad v erse health effec ts . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biological ef fects . Some studies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut such f indings ha v e not been conf irmed b y addition al r esear c h. In some cases , other r esearc hers ha v e had diff iculty in r epr oducing those studies, or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's r ole concerni ng the safety of wireless phones? Under the la w , FD A does not re vie w the saf ety of radiation-emitting consumer pr oducts suc h as wir eless phones bef ore they can be sold, as it doe s with ne w drugs or medical de vices . Ho w ev er , the agency has authority to tak e action if wir eless phones ar e sho wn to emit rad iofr equency ener g y (RF) at a le v el that is hazar dous to the user . In suc h a case, FD A could requ ir e the man u fac tur ers of wir eless phones to notify users of the health hazar d an d to r epair , r eplace or r ecall the phones so that the hazar d no longer e x ists . Although the e xistin g scientif ic data do not justify FD A regu latory actions, FD A has ur ged the wir eless phone indu str y to tak e a n umber of steps , inc ludin g the f ollo wing: ⢠Suppor t n eeded r esear ch into possib le biological eff ects of RF of the ty pe emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w a y that minimizes any RF exp osur e to the user that is not necessa r y f or device function ; and ⢠Cooper ate in pr o viding users of wir eless phones with the best possib le inf or mation on possib le ef fects o f wir eless phone use on human health. FD A belongs to an intera gency w or k ing group of the f ederal agencies that ha v e r esponsibility f or differ ent aspe cts of RF safe ty to ensur e coor dinated eff or ts at the feder al le v el. The f ollo wing agencies belong to this w orking gr oup: ⢠National Institute f or Occupational Safety and Health ⢠En vironmental Pr otection Agenc y ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr ation ⢠National T elecommunica tions and In f o rmation Administr ation T he National Institutes of Health par tic ipates in some inter a genc y w orking gr oup acti vities, as w ell.
[ 18 1 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA FD A shares r egulator y r esponsibilities f or wireless phones with the F ederal Communi cations Commission (FCC). All phones that ar e sold in the United States must comply with FCC saf ety guidelines that limit RF e xposur e. FCC r elies on FD A and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions a bout wir eless phones . FCC also r egulates the base stations that th e wir eless phone netw orks r ely upon. While these base stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones the mselv es, the RF e xposur es that people get from these base stations ar e typically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get from w ir eless phon es . Base stations ar e thus not the subject of the saf ety questions discussed in th is docume nt. 3. What kinds of ph ones are the subject of t his up date? T he term wireless p hone r efers her e to hand-held wir eless phones with b uilt-in antennas , often called cell mobile or PCS phon es . T hese types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measu ra ble r adiofr equency energ y (RF) because of the short distance betw een the phone and the userâ s he ad. Th ese RF ex posur es ar e limited by F ederal Comm unications Commission saf ety guidelines th at w ere de v eloped with the ad vice of FD A and other f ederal health and saf ety agencies . When the phon e is located at gr eater distances fr om the user , the e xposur e to RF is dr astically lo w er because a person's RF e xposure decr eases ra pidly with incr easing distance fr om the sour ce. T he so-called cor dless phones; w hich h a v e a base un it connected to the telephone wiring in a house, typically oper ate at far lo w er po w er le v els, and th us pr oduce RF e xposures far belo w the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thu s far has pro duced conf licting r esults, and many studies ha v e suff er ed from f la ws in their resear ch methods . Animal experiments in v estig ating the eff ects of r adiofr e quen cy energy (RF) exposur es char acteristic of wir eless phones ha v e yielded conf licting results that often cann ot be r epeated in oth er la bor atories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e suggested that lo w lev els of RF coul d acceler ate the de v elopment of cancer in la bor atory an imals . Ho w ev er , many of the studie s that sho w ed increased tumor dev elopment used animals that had be en genetically engineer ed or tr eated with cancer -causing chemicals so a s to be pr e-disposed to dev elop cancer in the a b sen ce of RF e x p osur e. Other stud ies e xposed the animals to RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . These cond itions ar e not similar to the conditions under w hic h people use wir eless phones, so w e donâ t kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h stu dies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar g e epidemiolo g y studies ha v e been pub lished since December 20 00. Betw een them, the studies in v estigated any possib le association betw een the use of wir eless phones a nd primary brain cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acoustic neur oma, tumors of the b rain o r sali v a ry gland, leuk emia, or other cancers . None of the studies demonstr ated the e xistence of any harmful health eff ects fr om wir eless phone RF e xposures . Ho w ev er , none of the studies can ans w er questions a bout long-te rm exposur es, since the a v era ge period of phone use in these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears .
[ 182 ] 5.What research is neede d to decide whether RF exposu re from wireless phones po ses a health risk? A combination of la bor atory studies and ep idemiological studies of people actually using wir eless phones w ould pr o vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime animal e xposur e studies could be completed in a fe w y ears. Ho w ev er , v er y lar ge n umbers of animals w ould be needed to pr o vide relia ble pr oof of a cancer pr omoting ef fect if one e xists . Epide miological studies can pro vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to human po pulations, b ut 10 or mor e y ears fo llo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers a bout some health ef fects , suc h as cancer . T his is b ecause the interv al betw een the time of ex posur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors de v elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears. T he inter pr etation of epidemiolo gical studies is hamper ed b y dif f iculties in measuring actual RF exposur e during da y-to-da y use of wireless phones . Many factors aff ect this measur ement, suc h as the angle at w hich th e phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used . 6. What is FDA doin g to find out more a bout the possible h ealth effect s of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or k ing with the U .S. National T o xicolo g y Pr og r am and w ith groups of in v estigators around the w or ld to ensure that h igh priority animal studies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions a bout the ef fects o f e xposur e to radiofr equency ener g y (RF). FD A has been a leading par ticipant in the W or ld Health Organization International Electr oma gnetic Fields (EMF) Pr oject since its inception in 1996. An inf luential r esult of this w or k has been the dev elopment of a detailed agenda of resear ch needs that has dri v en the esta b lishment of ne w resea r c h pr o grams ar ound the w or ld. T he Pr oject has also h elped dev elop a series of pub lic inf or ma tion documents on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal Cooper ati v e R esearc h and De v elopment Agreement (CRAD A) to do r esear ch on wir eless phone safety . FD A pro vides the scientif ic o v ersight, obtaining input fr om e xperts in go v ernment, industry , and academic or g aniz ations . CTIA- funded r esear ch is conducted th r ough contr acts to independent in v estig ators . The initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . T he CRAD A will also include a br oad assessment of additional r e se ar c h needs in the conte xt of the latest resear ch de v elopments around the w or ld. 7. How can I fi nd out how much radio frequency energy exposure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones sold in the United States mu st comply with F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) guidelines that limit r adiofrequency ener g y (RF) e xposure s. FCC esta b lished these guidelines in consultation with FD A and the other feder al health and safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f or RF ex posur e fr om wir eless telephones is set at a Specif ic Absorption Rate (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC limit is consiste nt with the saf ety sta ndar ds dev eloped b y the Instit ute of Electr ical and E lectr onic Enginee ring (I EEE) an d the Nat iona l Council on R adiation Pr otection an d Measur ement. T he exposur e limit tak es into conside ration the bodyâ s ab ility to r emo v e heat from the ti ssues that a bsorb ener g y fr om the wireless phone and is set w ell belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e ef fec ts .
[ 183 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones m ust r eport the RF e xposur e lev el f or ea c h model of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety) gi v es dir ectio ns f or locating the FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF exposur e lev el in the online listing. 8. What has FDA don e to measure the radiofrequency e nergy coming from wireless phones? T he Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standar d f or measuring the r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) expo sur e fr om wir eless phones and other wir eless handsets with the par tic ipation and leadersh ip of FD A scientists and engineers . Th e standar d , R ecommended Practice f or Determining the Spatial-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ireless Commun ications Devices: Ex perimental T ec hniques , sets f or th the f irst consistent test methodolo g y f or measuring the rate at w hic h RF is deposited in the heads of wir eless phone users . Th e test method uses a tissu e-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodolog y is e xpected to gr eatly impr o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif feren t la boratories on the same ph one. SAR is the measur ement of the a mount of ener g y absorbed in tissue, eith er b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measur ed in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of matter . T his measur ement is used to determine w h ethe r a wir eless phone complies with safety guideline s . 9. What step s can I t ake to reduce my ex posure to radiofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these products--and at this point w e do not kno w that there is--it is pr oba b ly v e ry small. But if y ou are conce rned about a v oiding ev en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to minimize y our e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposure a person r ecei v es, r educing the amount of time spent using a wir eless phone will r educe RF exposur e. If y ou must conduct e x te nded con v ersations b y wir eless phone e v er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance betw een y our body and the sour ce of the RF , since the e xposur e le v el drops of f dr amatically with distance. F or exam ple, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireless phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone connected to a r emote antenna. Ag a in, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir ele ss phones ar e har mful. B ut if y ou are concerned a bout the RF e xposur e fr om these pr oducts, y ou can use measur es lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF exp osur e fr om wir eless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless pho nes? The scientific evidence does n ot sho w a danger to users of wireless pho nes, inc luding childr en and teenagers. If y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposure to radiofr equenc y ener g y (RF), the measu r es described a b o v e w ould a pply to c hildr e n and teenagers using wir eless phones . R educing the time of wir eless phone use and incr easing the distance betw een the user and th e RF sour ce will r educe RF e xposure.Some gr oups sponsor ed b y other national go v er nme nts ha v e ad vised that childr en be discoura ged fr om using wir eless phones at all. F or example, the go v er nment in the United Ki ng dom
[ 184 ] distrib uted leaf lets containing such a r ecommendation in December 2000. T h ey noted that no e vidence e x ists th at using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill ef fec ts . T heir r ecommendation to limit wireless phone use b y child r en w as strictly precautionary; it w as not based on scientif ic evidence that any health hazar d e xists . 1 1. What a bout wireless phone interference with medical equipment? R adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) fr om wir eless phon es can inter act with some electr onic devices . F or this reason , FD A h elped dev elop a detailed test method to measur e electr omagn etic interfer ence (EMI) of implanted car diac pacemak ers and def i b rillators fr om wir eless telephones . T his test method is no w par t of a standar d sponsor ed b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medical instrumentation (AAMI). T he f i nal dr aft, a joint ef f or t b y FD A, medical device man ufactur ers , and many other gr oups , w as completed in late 2000. T h is stand ar d will allo w man ufactur e rs to ensur e that car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillators ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence fr om handheld wir eless phones and helped de v elop a v oluntar y standar d sponsor ed b y the Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf ormance req uir ements f or hearing aids and wir eless phones so that no interfer ence occurs w hen a person uses a compatib le pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standard w as appr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A continues to monitor the use o f wir eless phone s f or possib le inter actions with other medical de vices . Should h armful interfer ence be f ound to occur , FD A will conduct testing to assess the interfer ence and w or k to r esolv e the prob lem. 12. Where can I find a dditional information? F or additio nal inf or mation, please r efer to the f ollo wing r esour ces: ⢠FD A w e b pa ge on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) RF Saf ety Pr ogram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety ⢠International Commission on Non -Ionizing R adiation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Organization (WHO) Inter national EMF Pr oject http://www .w ho .int/emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Bo ar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .org .uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones
[ 185 ] Index Numerics 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . 81 , 92 A access codes PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PIN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 access the Internet . . . . . . . . . 139 activate call forwarding . . . . . 90 adjust earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 advanced multimedia player . 43 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 answer a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 â 121 audio enhancements . . . . 155 âÂÂ157 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 B battery about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 charge and discharge . . . . . . . 152 chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 recharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 boom headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 C cal cul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 âÂÂ115 call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lists, delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 âÂÂ74 restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 calls answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 emergency . . . . . . . . 35 , 144, 164 make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 cancel call forwarding . . . . . . . 91 car enhancements . . . . . . . . . . 158 care and maintenance . . . . . . . 160 carry cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 cell info display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 clock radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 clock, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 closed user groups . . . . . . . . . . . 39 color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 conference calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 connection p orts . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
[ 186 ] connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 âÂÂ137 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 âÂÂ84 1-touc h dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 add image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 call from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 find entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 info numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 select view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 service numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . 123 covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 currency conversion . . . . . . . . . 122 customer care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 customize profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 D data enhance ments . . . . . . . . . 157 date settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 delete 1-touch dialing entry . . . . . . . . 82 call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 contact en try . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 fixed dialing entry . . . . . . . . . . . 38 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 dialed numbers, view . . . . . . . . . 73 dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 dow nl oad applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 duration of calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 E e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 while online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 with keypad locked . . . . . . . . . . 35 enhancements . . . . . . . . . . 151 âÂÂ159 audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 â 157 car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 covers and cases . . . . . . . . . . . 159 data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 âÂÂ155 extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 âÂÂ133 countdown timer . . . . . . . . . . . 123 currency conversion . . . . . . . . 122 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 F fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 âÂÂ39 folders gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 forward messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 âÂÂ118 GPRS connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . 135
[ 187 ] H headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 I images add to contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 edit in gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 info message service . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 infrared connectivity . . . . . . . 134 install SIM card . . . . . . . . . . 23 âÂÂ25 international calls . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Internet s ervice . . . . . . . . . 138 âÂÂ147 K keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 L language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lap timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 M maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . 19 âÂÂ22 menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 message alert tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 messages chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 default type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 info message service . . . . . . . . . 70 linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 MMS settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ66 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 âÂÂ59 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 send . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 , 58 , 59 , 64 service commands . . . . . . . . . . 70 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 âÂÂ55 text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 undel ivered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 âÂÂ70 missed calls, view . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 multimedia messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ66 player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 music stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ,155 N Nokia P C Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 notes calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 âÂÂ115 to-do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 O operator logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
[ 188 ] organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 âÂÂ116 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 OTA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 over the air settings . . . . . . . . . 87 own numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 P PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 personal shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . 87 phone memor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 â 39 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 57 âÂÂ59 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 âÂÂ155 predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 â 34 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 â 86 customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Q quick keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 R radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 read messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 receive e -mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 received calls, v iew . . . . . . . . . . 72 recharge the battery . . . . . . . . 149 redial a number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 registr ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 reject a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 reply to messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 restor e factory settings . . . . . 101 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 S safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 161 screen sav er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 security Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 âÂÂ39 select profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 self-timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 send business card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 multimedia messages . . . . . . . . 64 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 serv ice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 set alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 radio channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 âÂÂ101 anykey answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 automatic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 cell info display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 color scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 âÂÂ98 display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . 98 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
[ 189 ] help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 line for outgoing c alls . . . . . . . 93 OTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 per son al sh or tcut s . . . . . . . . . . 87 phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 âÂÂ96 phone memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 restore factory settings . . . . . 101 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 send caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 start-up tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 summary after call . . . . . . . . . . 92 time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 shortcuts menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 âÂÂ22 personal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 SIM card, i nstall . . . . . . . . . . 23 âÂÂ25 special characters . . . . . . . . . . . 34 start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 start-up tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 stereo headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 summar y after call . . . . . . . . . . 92 synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 T take a photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 text entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 âÂÂ34 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 predictiv e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 âÂÂ34 time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 timed profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 to-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 travel chargers . . . . . . . . . . 154 âÂÂ155 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 turn off alarm clock . . . . . . . . 111 U unlock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 35 V vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 view call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 call times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 voice mail listen to messages . . . . . . . . . . . 29 set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 âÂÂ70 volume earpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 W wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
[ 190 ] 05/03 NO TES